Full transcript
Intro: From Beginner to AI Native
0:00In this course, I'm going to take you
0:01from a complete beginner to someone who
0:02is AI native and can build automations,
0:05AI agents, literally anything that you
0:07can describe, you're going to be able to
0:08build by the end of this course. These
0:10are the topics that I'm going to cover
0:11with you guys. So, feel free to skip
0:12around to whatever pies your interest,
0:14but I'm going to go through all of this
0:15in order, and I'm going to do real
0:17examples and step-by-step builds
0:18throughout. So, don't want to waste any
0:20time. Let's just jump straight in. So,
0:22this whole course is basically assuming
0:23that you know nothing and that you don't
0:24have a technical background, which if
0:26you guys don't know who I am, my name is
0:28Nate and I do not have a technical
0:29background. But, I've been able to do
0:31some pretty incredible things with AI in
0:32the past couple years. I've got multiple
0:34different businesses that are based on
0:35content, education, certifications,
0:37events, consulting, and all of that is
0:40powered by a small team who is really,
0:42really good at using AI. The whole idea
0:44is that one person can do the work that
0:46it used to take teams. And I felt that
0:49ROI myself. And if you guys haven't, by
0:50the end of this video, you will have a
0:52very clear path to feeling that ROI and
0:54having AI systems that help you do more
0:56and that will eventually become the
0:58baseline. So, it's great to be getting
0:59ahead of this stuff. Okay, so first
What Is Claude Code (Chat, Cowork, Code)
1:01things first, what is Claude Code?
1:03Because I know the word code probably
1:04intimidates a lot of people. If you've
1:06never coded before, you don't have to
1:08code. So, Anthropic, that's the company
1:10that is behind this ecosystem, right?
1:12Um, the cloud models, Claude Chat, that
1:15is probably what a lot of you guys are
1:16used to. So, there's basically these
1:18three products. The first one is Claude
1:20chat and that is where you can talk to
1:22Claude in the web or wherever you want
1:23to do it on your phone and you just talk
1:25to that large language model the AI
1:27model and you get an answer. So kind of
1:29like a a chatbot. Then we've got Cloud
1:31Co-work which is kind of like the next
1:33step up. Fun fact, Cloud Co-work the
1:35entire product was built using cloud
1:37code by a few engineers. It would have
1:39taken the team weeks and weeks and much
1:41larger team but they were able to ship
1:43this in like a week with a few
1:44engineers. So very very cool. And cloud
1:46co-work is much more for kind of like
1:48your knowledge workers, your managers.
1:50It's much more of a simple interface to
1:52do simple automations and stuff, but
1:54cloud code is just the most powerful.
1:57And the cool thing about cloud code is
1:58like I said, you don't need to know how
2:00to code at all. And so I really don't
2:02ever use cloud co-work even though you
2:04could argue a lot of the stuff that I do
2:06in cloud code could be used in co-work.
2:08code is just way more powerful and it's
2:09where I see the future as far as
2:11thinking about building your own agents
2:13and just having things that are a lot
2:14more agentic for you. So those are kind
2:17of the three products, but what's cool
2:18about it is they're not that different
2:20to actually use. So if you learn one
2:22really well, you're going to be able to
2:23transfer those skills wherever you go.
2:24So don't feel like you're locking in by
2:26choosing one of these products. That's
2:28why I choose the most powerful product.
2:30So if I open the Claude desktop app,
2:32what do we see right here? This is
2:33Claude chat. You know, I can come in
2:34here and I can say, "Hi, Claude." and it
2:37can kind of understand a little bit
2:38about me. It can see my preferences.
2:40Obviously, it knows my name, but this
2:42isn't where you're going to get real
2:44work done. This is where people are kind
2:46of treating this as like a Google search
2:47engine or they're connecting their Gmail
2:49and helping it, you know, having it help
2:51them write email drafts and stuff like
2:52that, but it's not true agentic power.
2:55And this is Claude Code. What do you
2:57see? It's a very similar interface. You
2:59just talk to it in chat, but now what
3:00happens is it's able to access your
3:02local files. As you can see here, I can
3:04choose a folder to actually work within,
3:06whether that's my desktop or my
3:07downloads or my Herk 2, which is kind of
3:09my AI operating system, which is a term
3:11I might throw out a little bit today.
3:13Don't worry about it too much. At the
3:14end of this video, I'm going to show you
3:16a full course around how to actually
3:17build your own AI operating system, but
3:19this comes first. The whole point here
3:21is that Claude Code is able to work
3:24inside of local files as well as touch
3:26anything out there online. It can touch
3:28your Gmail, your Slack, your CRM. It can
3:30touch anything online, but it can also
3:32touch your local files, which is really,
3:33really important. And the other cool
3:35thing to note is that when you're in
3:36cloud chat, you know how you guys
3:38probably are aware of models like Opus
3:40or Sonnet regardless of the model or
3:42even Fable. Now, Claude Code is powered
3:44by all of those same models. So inside
3:46of cloud code, you still use sonnet or
3:48haiku or opus or fable, but the code
3:51aspect is basically just enthropic
3:53saying, "Hey, because you're working
3:55with local files, here are some other
3:57things you can do like web searches and
3:58web fetches and searching through local
4:00files that make you a little bit more
4:01powerful than cloud chat." So
4:03fundamentally, it's not that different
4:05from cloud chat. I don't ever use cloud
4:07chat anymore. Everything that I would
4:08typically do in Cloud Chat, I'm doing in
4:10Cloud Code because Claude Code knows
4:13everything about me, my business. It can
4:15see all my YouTube videos. It can see
4:17all of my Slack threads. It can see
4:18everything that I'm doing, which makes
4:20this feel way more like an employee
4:22rather than just like Claude chat, which
4:24kind of feels like a virtual assistant,
4:25right? I'm not reexplaining myself to
4:27Claude Code because it knows everything
4:29about me. So, you're probably going to
4:31hear the term harness, magenta harness,
4:33AI harness. That's what Claude code is.
4:36And this is kind of the way that I think
4:37about how you build with AI. This three
4:40sort of layer circle. At the core, we
4:42have the AI model. So, Opus 4.8 or Fable
4:45or GPT, whatever model you're using,
4:46that's at the core. Then around that, we
4:48have the AI harness. So, cloud code is a
4:51harness that uses AI opus or other cloud
4:55models to power it. And then on top of
4:57that harness, you have you. So, your
5:00brain, your prompts, your context, your
5:02data, your business. That's how it
Models vs Context (The Core Analogy)
5:04works. So if we make this a little bit
5:06more practical with analogy here, we've
5:08got the model here. We've got a car and
5:10then we've got you. So opus is a model,
5:13right? But without this is basically the
5:15engine. So we put this inside. If I can
5:18make the layering right, we put this
5:20basically inside of the car. Wherever
5:22you think the engine in this car might
5:24be, let's just say it's here. Then this
5:27is still not going to really be that
5:28useful. It's not going to be able to
5:29drive or go anywhere without the human.
5:31So the human has to come in here and
5:33drive the car. So the human is steering
5:35the harness and the harness is powered
5:36by the AM model. That might make no
5:38sense to you at this point. That's okay.
5:40I just wanted to sort of lay out these
5:42terms because you will hear these terms
5:44the more you get into AI. So just a
5:46simple way to think about it because as
5:48you continue to evolve and as the tools
5:50continue to evolve, you might switch out
5:52the model. So maybe you'll be using
5:53cloud code, but eventually you might
5:54switch this out for a different model or
5:56maybe you'll be using the model, but
5:58you'll switch out a different harness.
5:59Maybe you want to get in a different car
6:00and just drive it in a bit of a
6:02different way. So they're
6:03interchangeable but at the core this is
6:05what we're looking at AI harness and you
6:08and really the most important thing in
6:09this whole picture is you. If you are
6:13not giving it the right context then
6:14it's not going to be able to do the
6:16right stuff for you. So that's what it
6:17looks like. Okay. So that is what cloud
6:19code is. Now before we start getting
6:20into some of the technical stuff of
6:22getting set up and you know building
6:23stuff I wanted to talk about the mindset
6:25because the mindset around this stuff is
6:27so important for many reasons. I think
6:29the first one is that you know the space
6:30changes so fast. new models, new tools,
6:33new headlines. The space changes fast.
6:35So, how do you learn things in a way
6:37where it's not outdated next week? And
6:39that's what I want to teach you guys
6:40today. That's so important, in fact,
6:42that I actually wrote a book about this.
6:44It's called Becoming AI Native. And in
6:46this book, I go over kind of like
The 12 Mindset Shifts
6:48throughout the chapters, these 12 big
6:49mindset shifts. And so, throughout this
6:52course, I'll probably relate back to
6:53some of these mindset shifts a little
6:54bit. But, I wanted to talk a little bit
6:56about mindset before we jump into the
6:57weeds of everything today. But before we
6:59hop into those mindset shifts, I want to
7:01talk about real quick with you guys. Six
7:03AI skills that I think every single
7:04person needs to master just to basically
7:06future proof their careers. AI is real
7:08and it's not going away. Just like
7:10social media replace newspapers and
7:12billboards and Netflix replace cable, AI
7:14will change and replace millions of
7:15jobs, including yours, unless you learn
7:17six important skills. These six AI
7:19skills will futureproof your career so
7:21that you don't have to try and start a
7:22business if you don't want to or switch
7:23careers if you don't want to. So, these
7:25six skills are going to apply no matter
7:26what job title you hold or whatever
7:28career you're pursuing. And I can
7:29guarantee you the last skill in this
7:31video will surprise you because it's the
7:32most unique skill, but it does work. So,
7:34let's just get started with skill number
7:36one, the AI person. So, becoming the AI
7:38person. I know that that sounds like
7:39super obvious because this is an AI
7:41video, but I think that a lot of people
7:43misunderstand what that actually means.
7:45If you're watching this, you probably
7:46feel like you're on the beginning side
7:47of AI. And honestly, you probably are
7:49because there's so much happening right
7:51now. There's always new models. There's
7:52always new tools. There's always new
7:53agents and workflows, new benchmarks,
7:55all of this kind of stuff coming out
7:56every single week. But I bet if you went
7:58and you talked to your friends or your
8:00family or just a lot of the people that
8:01you work with, they probably already
8:03think of you as an AI person. Or if they
8:05don't, you want them to. And that's the
8:07point. Being the AI person is relative.
8:09It doesn't mean that you're the best AI
8:11engineer in the world or that you
8:12understand every single AI model and the
8:14architecture behind it. You guys
8:15probably think of me as an AI person,
8:17but in reality, I feel overwhelmed every
8:18single day by how much I still don't
8:20know. But just remind yourself it's all
8:22relative. It just means that inside of
8:24your circle you know more than the other
8:26people and that matters way more than
8:27you might think. I've seen this happen
8:28over and over in my communities. People
8:30start picking up AI almost like a hobby.
8:32So they're playing with Claude, maybe
8:33they're testing out codecs, maybe
8:34they're messing around with Google V3,
8:36building little tools or little AI side
8:38projects, automating parts of their job,
8:39just running a bunch of experiments. And
8:41then what happens is they start showing
8:42people and that's usually all it takes.
8:44They show someone at work, hey, look at
8:46this thing I built this weekend. Or hey,
8:47I used Claw to clean up this process. or
8:49hey, I figured out a way to make this
8:50task, which normally takes me three
8:52hours, only take me 20 minutes because
8:53of AI. And all of a sudden, that person
8:55becomes known as the AI person. And the
8:57reason this is so powerful is because
8:59companies are about to have a ton of
9:01like AI moments. They're going to get
9:02access to a new model or they're going
9:04to spin up a new internal product or
9:05maybe they're going to want to build a
9:07little AI task force internally. And
9:08when that happens, someone's going to
9:10say, "We need someone to lead this." You
9:11want someone in the meeting to say,
9:13"Actually, I know someone who's really
9:14into this stuff." Or something like, "We
9:16should ask Nate. you know, he's told me
9:17that he's been playing around with all
9:18these AI tools. That's how these
9:19opportunities open up before there's a
9:21formal job title. And that's how people
9:22get pulled into better projects. That's
9:24how people become more valuable without
9:25quitting their job and starting from
9:27zero. And the data backs this up. So
9:29IBM's 2026 CEO study found that 85% of
9:32CEOs said that all functional leaders
9:34have to become technology experts in
9:36their own domain. Not just the CTO, not
9:38just the engineers, not just the IT
9:40team, everybody. So whether you're in
9:41marketing, sales, finance, ops, legal,
9:43customer success, whatever you're in,
9:45this applies to you. And the thing to
9:46remember here is that it's not just in
9:48one department. It's not like cyber
9:50security where you kind of have like a
9:51new team and then you're done. It's
9:52going to seep into every single role and
9:54every vertical whether you like it or
9:56not. And I know some of you are probably
9:57thinking, "Okay, but my role doesn't
9:58really need AI and that's your mistake.
10:00Your role will need AI because every
10:02single role will." So instead of trying
10:04to switch careers or learn a completely
10:06new job, just take a look at your role.
10:08Take a look at what you already do and
10:09ask yourself, how do I become faster and
10:12better and more useful at this specific
10:14task and this specific role with AI? So,
10:16I mean, think about it. If you were an
10:17accountant when Excel came out and you
10:18basically just said, you know what? I'm
10:20good. I like the way I do this. I'm
10:21going to keep doing all of this on paper
10:23and with a calculator, you were done.
10:24Like, that was probably your last day at
10:26that company, if you said something like
10:27that, if you made kind of like that
10:29stubborn statement. The people who
10:30learned Excel first were just faster.
10:32They got through spreadsheets in a
10:33fraction of the time that it used to
10:34take them. Let's just say from two
10:36spreadsheets a week to 10. That's just
10:37random numbers, right? But that new
10:39level of output became the baseline. And
10:41AI is like that, but it's a lot bigger.
10:42Cuz right now, being the AI person feels
10:44like an edge, but in a few years, it's
10:46just going to be the new normal. So, the
10:47advantage isn't waiting until someone's
10:49forced to learn it. The advantage is
10:50becoming the new normal. While most
10:52people still think it's optional. So,
10:53practically, how do you actually do
10:54this? Well, I would say you pick one
10:56main AI tool and actually get pretty
10:58good with it. So, as of May 2026,
11:00recording this video, for me, that's
11:01Claude. And I use Claude for my general
11:03knowledge work and to build automations.
11:05But the exact tool isn't the point. The
11:06point is, you need one tool that you're
11:08not just messing around with. You're
11:09using a tool to actually deliver some
11:11sort of ROI. And then you can pick one
11:13workflow in your current job. You can
11:14take something that you already do every
11:16week. And then figure out how you can
11:17use AI to make it better or faster.
11:18Document what changed, how long did it
11:20take before, how long after, what got
11:22better, what still needed human
11:23judgment. Now, obviously, be smart.
11:25Like, don't expose company data or break
11:26any regulations. Don't try to automate
11:28something at work without getting like
11:30permission about it. And if your company
11:31has guidelines and you can't use Claude,
11:32then that's actually another opportunity
11:34for you to look at because you can go
11:36dig into what those regulations are and
11:37you can figure out which tools you
11:39actually could use. And that alone shows
11:40that you care. But I just want you guys
11:42to remember that you don't need to
11:43change careers. You can just find the AI
11:45native version of the career that you
11:46already have. So that's skill number
11:48one, become the AI person. But skill
11:50number two is where a lot of people are
11:51going to mess this whole thing up
11:53because the more you use AI, the more
11:54tempting it gets to just trust the
11:56output and say like that's good enough.
11:57And that's where skill number two comes
11:58in, which is taste and judgment. As AI
12:01gets better, it gets easier and easier
12:02to just trust the first thing that it
12:04gives you. And I saw this joke the other
12:05day that was on one side, we had a
12:07person with a bullet point and they were
12:09using AI to turn that bullet point into
12:11like a super professional structured
12:12email to send to the team. And then on
12:14the other side, we had that team and
12:15they were using AI to turn that
12:17structured email into just one bullet
12:19point. Now, it's funny, but it does also
12:20kind of create the perfect image of
12:22where work is going if we're not
12:24careful. You know, everyone's
12:24transforming things, but is everyone
12:26reading it? And that's dangerous because
12:28when you first start using AI, you
12:29review everything, right? Like you read
12:31every word, you double check the claims,
12:32you make sure it sounds like you, but
12:34the outputs start getting pretty good
12:35and then you get more comfortable with
12:36it and you just kind of let your guard
12:38down and that's the trap. And sometimes
12:39the giveaway is really small like m
12:41dashes. You know, AI is notorious for
12:43putting m dashes in everything because
12:44it's been, you know, trained on so many
12:46white papers and formal documents. And
12:48so like for me, I've basically never
12:50manually written or typed an M dash in
12:52my entire life. So if something goes out
12:54for me with five m dashes in it, people
12:55who know me are going to look at that
12:57and be like, "Okay, Nate obviously
12:58didn't write this. This is AI." And the
12:59problem is the second they think that it
13:01changes the way that they interpret that
13:03entire message. They start wondering,
13:04"Did this person actually read this? Is
13:06any of this true? How much of this is
13:07actually them?" And that's where taste
13:08comes in. And just to be clear, I'm not
13:10saying that I don't use AI to write or
13:11that you shouldn't. I think everyone
13:12should. It's just about taste. But
13:14anyways, this issue comes up for me all
13:15the time with video. So AI helps me make
13:17motion graphics that are honestly way
13:19better than what I could do by hand.
13:21They're way faster. They're cleaner,
13:22they're more polished, but it doesn't
13:23always get right where the motion
13:25graphics should come in or how long they
13:27should stay on screen or the visuals and
13:29like what's explaining and if it's
13:30distracting or if it's helpful. And that
13:32is still my job to watch the whole video
13:33back and give feedback. And that's going
13:35to be true in every field. AI can write
13:36the sales email. You still need to know
13:38if it'll annoy the prospect. AI can
13:39draft you the HR memo, but you still
13:41need to know if it'll make the employees
13:42feel weird. So, how do you actually
13:43build this skill? First, you should
13:45study the best work in your field. If
13:46you're in sales, study great sales
13:48emails. If you're in marketing, study
13:49great landing pages. Next, start saving
13:51examples. So, build a library of stuff
13:53that you actually like and stuff that
13:54sounds like you. And when something's
13:55good, don't just say, "Cool, that's
13:56good." And just copy and paste it
13:58somewhere else. Ask it why. Ask what
13:59made it good and ask what makes it clear
14:01and ask what makes it trustworthy and
14:03tell it why you think it's good and tell
14:04it what you like about it. Third, every
14:06time you correct AI, you feed that
14:08correction back into the system. So, the
14:09feedback loop is for good things, but
14:11also for bad things. If AI writes
14:12something and you change five things,
14:14say, "Hey, here are five things that I
14:16changed. Here's why. Update your
14:17instructions so that next time it's
14:18closer." And that's how you actually
14:20train the system to better understand
14:21your taste. Because at the end of the
14:23day, AI can generate the work. Taste is
14:24deciding what deserves your name.
14:26Because remember, if you produce
14:27something with AI, your name is signed
14:28to it. Whether that is something that's
14:30really, really good and the whole team
14:31loves it, you will get credit for it. Or
14:33if it's something that's bad, you will
14:35take the blame. It doesn't matter if AI
14:36wrote it, doesn't matter if you wrote it
14:37for that piece of work because your name
14:39is assigned to it. So now the question
14:40is, how do you actually get AI to
14:42produce better work in the first place?
14:43Because if you're just typing prompts
14:44and just crossing your fingers, then
14:46you're leaving a lot on the table. So
14:47that's skill number three and it's
14:48something that you can apply the second
14:49you close out of this video. And that
14:50skill is becoming a context engineer. So
Prompt Engineering vs Context Engineering
14:52you might have heard the term prompt
14:54engineering. This was a huge thing a
14:55couple of years ago. The whole idea of
14:56prompt engineering was that if you
14:58wanted a better output from an AI model,
14:59you had to give it a good prompt. You
15:01had to give it a role, clear
15:02instructions. You had to tell it the end
15:03state. You had to give it examples. You
15:05had to tell it what to do and what
15:06explicitly not to do. But prompt
15:08engineering is getting less important
15:09over time because the models are just
15:11getting so much better on their own.
15:13Even Andre Karpathy, who's one of the
15:14goats of AI and actually just joined
15:16Enthropic, called context engineering
15:18the delicate art and science of filling
15:20the context window with just the right
15:22information. So translation in layman's
15:24terms, prompts are how you ask. Context
15:26is what your AI actually knows. In
15:28context engineering is way more durable
15:29than prompting because no matter how
15:31good the models get, they still need to
15:32know what's actually in your brain. So
15:34what's going on in your business, what's
15:35on your calendar, what your priorities
15:36are, stuff like that. So here's my
15:38personal example. I've built what I call
15:39my AI operating system or my AI OS. And
15:42basically, it has pretty much all the
15:43context that's in my head. It can see my
15:45meeting transcripts. It can see all my
15:46YouTube videos. It can read through my
15:48DMs and channels in ClickUp and Slack.
15:50It can pull my emails. It honestly knows
15:51what's going on in my world better than
15:53I do because it can recall everything
15:55instantly and perfectly. And I can't do
15:57that. So, it's kind of like this running
15:58joke that if someone couldn't get a hold
15:59of me, they should just message my AIOS
16:01and it would actually give them an
16:02answer that's better and faster than
16:04waiting for me to respond. And that's
16:05the point you want to get to where an AI
16:07has so much context about you that you
16:08can say something like that. So, how do
16:10you actually start that? Well, the
16:11simplest move, stop opening Claude or
16:13ChatGBT in a blank chat. Instead, spin
16:15up a custom GBT or spin up a Claude
16:17project and feed it real context from
16:18whatever you're working on. So, say
16:19you're running a marketing campaign for
16:21a new product launch. Don't just open up
16:22a fresh chat every time you need help
16:24with ideas. Spin up a project, drop in
16:26documents with your product details,
16:27your marketing calendar, add copy that's
16:29worked well in the past, add copy that's
16:30flopped in the past. Now, the AI is
16:32actually working with that context, not
16:34generic best practices. And the analogy
16:36I keep coming back to here is a summer
16:37intern. When a new intern shows up at
16:39the company, you have to sit them down
16:40and kind of onboard them, right? Like
16:42you have to explain what the business
16:43does, walk them through who's on the
16:45team and who does what. You have to tell
16:46them what current projects matter. And
16:47only after they have all that context
16:49can they actually contribute in a
16:50meaningful way. And AI is the exact
16:52same. And without the context, it's just
16:53a smart intern who's guessing. And
16:55remember, the context you're giving for
16:56the most part is data that's not
16:58publicly accessible. The context about
17:00your subject matter expertise, your
17:01brain, your IP, that's what makes the
17:03outputs unique. If everyone's using that
17:05same model and asking for the same
17:06things, then everyone's outputs will
17:07look the exact same. So your context is
17:09really, really important. So just
17:10remember, garbage in, garbage out. If
17:12you give your AI bad data and no
17:14context, then you're going to get a very
17:15generic output. So that's skill number
17:16three, become a context engineer. Now,
17:18skill number four is one of the most
17:19underrated skills on the entire list.
17:21And in the AI era, it might be the
17:23biggest separator between the people who
17:24win and the people who get left behind,
17:26and it's iteration speed. Now, if skill
17:28number two was about knowing what good
17:29looks like, this skill is about getting
17:31there as fast as possible. So, the two
Taste, Iteration & Building Your Jarvis
17:33skills kind of work hand in hand, but
17:35this one stands on its own because in
17:36the era of AI, the people who iterate
17:38fastest are the ones who win. If you can
17:39move fast without sacrificing quality,
17:41you're just going to outperform
17:42everybody because every iteration is
17:43more data. Every iteration is a chance
17:45to learn what's working and what's not
17:46and a chance to make your skills and
17:48your agents and your prompts and your
17:49context, all of it better. The analogy I
17:51always go back to here is like you're
17:53teaching a kid to ride a bike. You can't
17:54just chuck a kid on a bike and say,
17:56"Have fun." And expect them to go ride a
17:58mile. That's not how it works. You would
17:59put them on the bike. You'd maybe put
18:00one hand on their back. You'd hold the
18:01handle and you'd start walking with
18:02them. You would feel if they were
18:04leaning left and correct them. You'd
18:05say, "Hey, you know, shift your weight
18:06over to the right a little bit. You're
18:07helping them calibrate. And after each
18:09run up and down the driveway, you
18:10continue to calibrate. You continue to
18:11iterate and adjust. And the more time
18:13that that kid spends on the bike with
18:14your guidance, the more that you can
18:16start to slowly let go and eventually
18:17you take off the training wheels and one
18:19day you give them a little push and they
18:21just ride and they're pedaling and they
18:22are doing great." And that's exactly how
18:24building with AI works. You very rarely
18:26can just oneshot something. You use the
18:28data and you feed it back in and you
18:29make it better. And the thing is once
18:31you've taught one kid to ride a bike,
18:32teaching the next kid is easier and
18:33teaching the third kid's easier. And by
18:34the time you're teaching your 15th kid
18:36how to ride a bike, you've pretty much
18:37got the process down to a science. And
18:39now obviously every use case is
18:40different, right? Like some agents are
18:41more complex than others and and they
18:43don't always get built the same. But the
18:44idea of your process in building agents
18:47gets better every time. So hopefully you
18:48guys get the point that I'm trying to
18:49make here. Remember earlier that little
18:51example I said of like let's say people
18:52are typically producing two spreadsheets
18:54a week and then after Excel they move
18:56that baseline up to 10. The faster you
18:58can iterate, the faster you're going to
18:59be able to produce things, which means
19:00your new baseline is going to be higher
19:02than everyone else's baseline as far as
19:04like units of output. So how do you
19:05actually train yourself to be able to
19:07iterate and move faster? This part may
19:08sound silly, but the first thing I think
19:10is to master keyboard shortcuts. Stop
19:12using your mouse for every little thing
19:13and honestly stop typing everything,
19:15right? Like use voice input. It's way
19:16faster than typing. And we actually have
19:17a voiceto text tool called Glido that I
19:19use literally every day. So if you want
19:20to check it out, links in the
19:21description. But the bigger move is
19:23rapid prototyping. Don't sit there
19:24trying to plan the perfect version. Just
19:26build the ugly version fast. See what
19:28breaks, fix it, and iterate. That's the
19:29whole idea of getting out a P or a proof
19:31of concept. Now, there's another half to
19:33this skill that's just as important,
19:34which is knowing when to stop iterating.
19:36Because when you're building AI tools,
19:38it can feel like there's no such thing
19:39as a finished product. I've been there.
19:41There's always a nice to have. There's
19:42always one more feature you could add.
19:43So what you have to do is give yourself
19:45a north star. You have to tie one
19:46automation to one very specific business
19:49metric and you have to define what done
19:51is. You have to define what done looks
19:52like before you even start building. So
19:54if it's a customer support automation,
19:55tickets resolved per day. If it's a
19:57sales automation, maybe it's qualified
19:58appointments set per week. If it's an
20:00ops automation, maybe it's refund
20:01percentage going down by X%. So pick the
20:03metric, build until you hit it, and once
20:05you hit it, move into maintenance mode.
20:07Obviously, over time, you can probably
20:08find ways to improve it and maybe
20:10improve the metrics even more, but the
20:11heavy lifting is done. So whether you're
20:12building automations for yourself or for
20:14a client, a clear definition of done is
20:16what keeps you from scope creeping on
20:17yourself. And that's skill number four,
20:18iteration speed. Now skill number five
20:20is going to feel a little bit different
20:21and it's inspired by Iron Man. So this
20:23skill is building your own Jarvis. So
20:25you guys have seen Iron Man, right? Tony
20:27Stark doesn't sit at his computer typing
20:28prompts into Jarvis all day. Jarvis is
20:30already always there. He runs in the
20:31background and he notices things and he
20:33pings Tony when something needs
20:34attention. He'll even kick off tasks
20:36before Tony even asks. Now, this is
20:38different from skill 3. Context
20:39engineering was about teaching your AI
20:41what you know. Skill number five is
20:42about teaching your AI to act on what it
20:44knows without you having to be the
20:46trigger. So here's the way I think about
20:47this. Imagine you build an automation
20:48that only runs when you explicitly fire
20:51it off. That's great. It's going to make
20:52you a lot more productive. But if you're
20:54not around to trigger it, nothing
20:55happens. Now imagine you build a system
20:57that fires on its own. While you're in a
20:59meeting, while you're on a walk, while
21:00you're taking a nap on the beach, that's
21:02real leverage. So the move here is to do
21:04an audit of your day. What things do you
21:06do every week that get triggered by
21:07something predictable, meaning maybe a
21:09specific type of email coming in or
21:11every Monday morning or every Wednesday
21:12evening or every time a new lead lands
21:14in your CRM? Every one of those triggers
21:16is something that you can actually hand
21:18to a system and tell it to do X, Y, and
21:19Z when A or B happens. But here's the
21:22catch. The second you take yourself out
21:23of the loop, the risk obviously goes up
21:25because you're not sitting there
21:26watching it and making sure nothing goes
21:27wrong. There's no catching the mistake
21:29before it reaches a customer or pulls
21:31the wrong data or sends the wrong
21:32message to the wrong list. So the moment
21:34you remove yourself from the process,
21:35the system has to be pretty airtight and
21:37pretty battle tested. Which is exactly
21:39why a lot of people screw this up. The
21:40second they hear Jarvis or an always
21:42personal AI assistant, their brain jumps
21:44straight to building an AI agent for
21:46basically every function. Whether that's
21:47a new email or an end of week report. A
21:49lot of people just jump straight to an
21:51AI agent. So the real skill here is
21:52knowing when something needs an AI agent
21:54versus when it just needs a simple
21:56workflow that doesn't even use AI at
21:57all. So I think about this like a
21:58vending machine versus a slot machine. A
22:00vending machine is deterministic. You
22:02put in a quarter, you hit E4, you get a
22:03Coke. Same input, same output every
22:05single time. A slot machine is
22:06nondeterministic. You pull the lever.
22:08Sometimes you win, sometimes you lose,
22:09sometimes nothing. So AI agents are slot
22:11machines. And essentially, like every
22:13time you talk to an AI, it's almost like
22:14you're gambling. Like not really when
22:16you put the right harness and context in
22:17place, but you never know what's going
22:18to come out the other side. Agents are
22:20really powerful when you need deep
22:21reasoning and you need, you know,
22:23variability, but they cost more. They
22:24fail more often in unexpected ways. So
22:27they introduce more risk. But if you
22:28have a simple, you know, if this, then
22:29that, that's a workflow. And that's just
22:31a vending machine. Predictable, it's
22:32really cheap, and it doesn't break. So
22:34if your task is something like every
22:35morning at 9:00 a.m., pull last week's
22:37revenue from Stripe and post that in
22:38Slack, that does not need an agent. A
22:40simple workflow could do that in 5
22:41minutes and basically never fail. But if
22:43your task was something like read these
22:44incoming customer emails and understand
22:45what they actually want and draft a
22:47tailored response, now you need some AI
22:49in there because the input is messy and
22:51there's reasoning and you have to
22:52generate some sort of content. And
22:53honestly, this is the elite version of
22:55being the AI person that we talked about
22:57at the start. Because in a world where
22:58everyone is shouting AI, AI, AI, the
23:00person who can actually step back and
23:02say, "Hey, we don't actually need AI
23:03here. We can solve this cheaper, faster,
23:05and with way less risk." That person
23:07stands out way more than the one who's
23:09cramming AI into every single task. So
23:11being the person that has that take
23:12signals that you actually understand the
23:14business problem, not just the AI hype.
23:16When you're building your Jarvis, ask
23:17yourself two questions for every task
23:18that you want to automate. First one, do
23:20I actually need to be the one triggering
23:22this? Or can the system fire this off on
23:24its own? And second, does the step
23:26actually need AI or could a simple
23:27Python script or no code workflow do it
23:30at a fraction of the cost with less
23:31risk? And what you want to do is default
23:33to the simplest thing that gets the job
23:35done. Because the people who win in the
23:36AI era aren't the ones who are building
23:37the fanciest agents with hundreds of
23:39tools and hundreds of sub aents. They're
23:41the ones building systems that run
23:42quietly in the background, costing them
23:43almost nothing and doing real work
23:45whether they're there or not. So that's
23:47skill number five. But the final skill,
23:48I can guarantee is something that you've
23:50never heard of. At least not in this
23:51context. I'm talking about unemployment
23:53insurance. And no, I don't literally
23:54mean taking out insurance. Rather, I
23:56mean creating your own insurance. This
23:58might be a bit of a hot take. Not
23:59everyone's going to agree with me on
24:01this, but I'm bringing it up because I'm
24:02really confident this is going to become
24:04way more normal over the next few years.
24:06And the skill is building multiple
24:07income streams using AI so that no
24:09single employer or client can take you
24:11out. The old career model was basically
24:13like one job, one income, a 401k, maybe
24:15a few investments. But basically, all
24:17your eggs were in one basket. And if you
24:18got fired, you were kind of back on the
One Passion, Many Branches
24:20hunt. You were polishing your resume,
24:21applying to 100 jobs, hoping somebody
24:23bit. And this new model that I'm talking
24:24about that I see emerging is job
24:26stacking. Your day job plus a couple of
24:28AI powered side income streams. I've
24:30already seen a ton of people running
24:31multiple remote jobs, you know,
24:32part-time gigs, side projects, and
24:34stacking that all to equal way more
24:36income than they'd ever make at just one
24:38full-time job. I'm not saying that every
24:39one of you guys should just go quit your
24:40full-time job and do this. I'm saying
24:42that it's already happening and it's
24:43about to become way more common because
24:45AI lets one person do work that used to
24:47take a team of five. Now, the thing I
24:48want to hammer home here, you don't have
24:50to stack five income streams in
24:52completely different domains. That's how
24:53people end up burnt out and broke. The
24:55better version is one passion with
24:57multiple branches. I'm a really, really
24:58strong believer that to be successful at
25:00anything in life, you have to enjoy it.
25:02You have to have at least some kind of
25:03passion for it. If you're chasing AI for
25:05the wrong reasons or you're going after
25:07something because someone said there's a
25:09lot of money in it, then people are
25:10going to be able to see right through
25:10that and it's going to be really hard to
25:12be successful. So, what I want you to
25:13take out of this is to figure out what
25:15motivates you. Figure out what you're
25:16actually passionate about. And that's
25:18where your north star comes from. I've
25:19got a few different income streams
25:20myself. And what's cool about it is that
25:22they all stem off of my same north star.
25:24Same theme, same expertise just packaged
25:26in a few different ways. For example,
25:27you've got your career, that's your
25:29foundation. your expertise about that
25:30career packaged into maybe a course or a
25:32niche newsletter or blog or microsass or
25:35maybe even some consulting on the side.
25:36It's the same domain, but it just takes
25:37different shapes and that's how you
25:39avoid the biggest trap with this whole
25:40idea which is distraction. When you're
25:42starting, just pick one and go hard
25:43until you have momentum under you and
25:45then you can sort of branch out. Now, a
25:46couple quick caveats to mention here is
25:48once again be smart, check your
25:49employment contract, watch out for
25:50non-competes, disclose whatever you're
25:52doing on the side if your company
25:53requires it, like don't do anything
25:54sketchy and don't burn your day job
25:56chasing the side thing and be safe. But
25:57how do you practically do this? Well,
25:59honestly, this really depends on who you
26:01are as a person, but if I had to give a
26:02default move, I would say building in
26:04public. Experiment with AI tools, build
26:06small things, and share what you're
26:06learning. Document the wins and losses.
26:08Build a tiny brand around the work
26:10you're already doing. Because the second
26:11you start posting, you become
26:12discoverable. That's how opportunities
26:14show up, clients show up, job offers
26:16show up, people want to work with the
26:17people actually doing the work. And this
26:19is also something interesting to think
26:20about. The world is shifting in a way
26:22where humans are using AI for almost
26:23everything, right? Which means when
26:25humans go to search the internet for
26:26something, they're probably going to do
26:28that through some sort of AI interface.
26:30Which means if you don't exist basically
26:32at all, somewhere where an AI can find
26:34you and find information about you, then
26:36it's going to be a lot tougher to be
26:37discovered. Now, if building in public
26:38isn't your thing, that's fine. You just
26:40have to find your own version. Maybe
26:41it's a quiet consulting practice, niche
26:43newsletter that doesn't require your
26:44face. Maybe it's a product that you
26:45build and sell without ever showing up
26:47on camera. Medium is completely up to
26:49you, but the point is you start building
26:50something that's actually yours. So,
26:52those are the six skills that I'd
26:53recommend learning and developing to
26:54futureproof yourself in the AI era. I'm
26:57a strong believer in adaptation and
26:58survival of the fittest. So, as long as
27:00you keep up with the changes and
27:01developments in the space that matter
27:03for your northstar, your ability to earn
27:05and live will always be protected. And
27:06now that we have discussed those six
27:07skills, keep those in mind as you work
27:09your way through the rest of the course
27:10and the rest of these mindset shifts.
27:12Everything loops back to those. So, now
27:14let's get back to those mindset shifts.
27:15The first thing is that AI native isn't
27:17what you know. It's not how much
27:19expertise you have or how many models
27:21you can name. It's about what your hand
27:23reaches for. So throughout this course,
27:25what I want you to think about is how
27:27would you do this manually? When you
27:29know that you need to respond to an
27:30email or that you need to analyze a
27:31report, what do you do? You probably
27:33open up the tab on your browser or maybe
27:35you even have it bookmarked and you're
27:37constantly switching between tabs and
27:39context switching. But being AI native
27:42means, okay, rather than doing this
27:44manually myself, let me default first to
27:47doing this with AI, doing this through
27:48cloud code, doing this through my other
27:50tools, using AI to do something like
27:52research and analysis before I give it
27:54my first pass. That's how someone
27:56becomes truly AI native and way more
27:58productive. I hardly ever leave cloud
28:01code. Most the day when I'm working, I'm
28:03working inside of this interface right
28:04here because it just makes me way more
28:06productive. And then the next one that I
28:07wanted to call out, and like I said,
28:08we'll probably revisit all these, is
28:10number four. Don't quit in the dip. The
28:12payoff is the climb. And here's what I
28:14mean by that. Let me just make a quick
28:16chart here. Whenever you decide to learn
28:19something new, there is typically a
28:21short-term cost that you have to bear.
28:22Whether that is because you're a bit
28:24overwhelmed or whether it's because you
28:25have to learn a new skill or set up a
28:27new system, whatever it is, there's
28:29usually a short-term cost you have to
28:30bear. And that discourages a lot of
28:32people. So let's say you start learning,
28:34you know, you start taking this course,
28:35you start getting a little overwhelmed.
28:37Do not quit. Do not click off the video.
28:39At least save it for later and come back
28:40to it because like I said, what happens
28:42is you start learning, right? And a lot
28:45of people expect that the learning is
28:47going to be linear like this. They
28:49expect this is how their progress is
28:50going to look. But typically what
28:52happens is their progress looks more
28:54like this and it becomes exponential.
28:57And so this gap right here, this is
29:00where people end up dropping out. they
29:02get overwhelmed and they quit here
29:03before they start to get all of the
29:05actual exponential benefits of learning
29:08the thing and implementing the new
29:10technology. And look at all this green
29:12that you're actually going to get when
29:13you keep learning and you keep building.
29:15Another way that I like to think about
29:16it is let's say on this range, right?
29:19The old way of doing something is maybe
29:22getting you results that are about here.
29:24And what happens is the dip that I'm
29:26talking about when you start to learn a
29:27new method. You may feel slower in that
29:29week and you may feel like you're doing
29:31it worse in that week because you're so
29:33used to the old manual way. But what
29:35happens is is that short-term dip, maybe
29:37you're dipping in 20% productivity. Is
29:40that dip worth, you know, maybe the 60%
29:44productivity that you ultimately will
29:46have? In most of the cases, the answer
29:48is yes. But this is where people drop
29:50off. And that's what I'm trying to
29:51prepare you guys for. Do not drop off in
29:53the dip. Do not drop off in this gap
29:55right here. And because I'm designing
29:57this course for knowledge workers,
29:58managers, regular people that don't have
30:00coding backgrounds. Think about it like
30:02this one overarching rule. You are just
30:05a manager. You're managing AI agents.
30:08What does that mean to me? Think about
30:09it like if you've ever managed an
30:11employee, which a lot of you guys
30:12probably have, but if you haven't, this
30:14is typically what it would look like.
30:15First of all, you get them onboarded.
30:17You let them get to know you. You get to
30:19know them. You let them get to know your
30:20business a little bit.
30:22You don't want to overwhelm them. You
30:23don't throw them 10 products on day one.
30:25You slowly phase them in until you start
30:27to feel a little bit more trust. But
30:29that doesn't mean you just let them run.
30:31Your job is to very, very clearly tell
30:33them, "Hey, this is what you need to do
30:35today. This is what good looks like.
30:36This is what bad looks like." And then
30:38when they finish their job and they give
30:40you something, you don't just pass it
30:41along or accept it as is. You review it.
30:44You look at it. You use your judgment.
30:46You use your taste. And then you say,
30:47"Hey, here's what you did good and
30:49here's what you did bad." Now take my
30:51feedback and iterate again and update
30:54your instructions. You know, remember
30:55that I told you this so that next time
30:57it's not bad and next time it's even
30:59better. And that doesn't mean it's going
31:01to be 100% on the first pass, but it
31:03means every single time that you get a
31:05deliverable from your AI agent, that's
31:06an opportunity to improve the system.
31:09And the cool thing is all of this
31:10improvement, all of this instructions,
31:12everything I'm explaining right now and
31:13everything for the rest of this course,
31:15it's just natural language. So if you
31:17can think clearly about what you want,
31:18which humans are pretty good at, and you
31:20can describe what you want pretty
31:21clearly, which once again, humans are
31:22pretty good at, then you will be good at
31:24managing AI agents. All right, so let's
31:26move on to number three, which is
31:27installing and signing in to cloud code.
31:31So you can just go ahead and Google
31:32cloud code install, right? You can click
31:34on the quick start docs, and then you
31:36can pretty much figure out right here
31:37how to get a cloud subscription because
31:39you do need a cloud subscription to use
31:40cloud code. And then how do you actually
31:42install it? And there's a few ways to do
Installing Claude Code & Your First Prompts
31:44this. If you want to use one of these
31:45commands in your terminal to install
31:47cloud code on your device, that works
31:49fine. And by that I mean you would open
31:51up your command prompt or your
31:52PowerShell or, you know, whatever it is
31:54on your operating system and just run
31:56these commands. You could even have
31:58Cloud Chat help you out with this if
32:00you're having trouble for some reason.
32:01But it's super easy. And what I would
32:02recommend is getting the Claude Code
32:04desktop app or just cloud desktop app.
32:05So Google that, click on this right
32:07here, and then download for your
32:09operating system. So for me, I'm on
32:11Windows and I would download this, run
32:13the wizard and then when you open up
32:15Claude, it will look something like
32:16this. And you're just going to go ahead
32:17and get started. Now, this is where you
32:19are going to, like I said, have a paid
32:21plan for Claude Code. You can start on
32:23this pro plan. As you can see, you get
32:24Claude Code and then you can upgrade
32:26that later if you want to max the $100 a
32:29month plan or the $200 a month plan. I
32:31know that sounds expensive, but think
32:32about this. For 200 bucks a month, you
32:35can get basically a full AI employee,
32:36which is the cheapest employee you might
32:38ever get for the amount of work you can
32:40do. For reference, um, you know, a good
32:42project manager or a good software
32:43engineer could cost you way upwards of
32:45$100,000 a year, whereas this is only
32:47going to be 200 bucks a month, which is
32:49very cheap. So, start with Pro and
32:52upgrade later as you need. And once you
32:54have that account, then all you have to
32:56do is actually sign in on the Claude
32:58desktop app. All right. So, now that we
33:00are set up, let's talk about where to
33:01run Cloud Code. So, I just showed you
33:03guys how to use the cloud desktop app,
33:05right? You can come in here and we can
33:07talk to Claude chat right here. I can
33:09say something like hello or sorry, it's
33:11not cloud chat. This is cloud code and
33:12this is the cloud desktop app. So, I'm
33:15going to be using this throughout the
33:16course because I think the interface is
33:17super nice and we can manage all of our
33:19different projects and our chats on the
33:20lefth hand side. So, this is what I will
33:22be using today. However, I will say a
33:25lot of the times I do like to use this
33:26in VS Code. So, VS Code is just a simple
33:28IDE. It's completely free to download
33:30and it lets me use cloud code in the
33:31terminal like this or I can even use the
33:34uh cloud code extension which looks once
33:37again a little bit more userfriendly. So
33:39the point I'm trying to make here is
33:40there's a lot of different ways you can
33:41run it. Other YouTubers run it different
33:43ways, your friends might run it
33:44different ways, but under the hood it's
33:46basically all doing the exact same
33:47thing. So don't stress too much about
33:49where you use it. If later on in 2 weeks
33:51you want to switch to VS Code, you can
33:53do so and nothing will change. All of
33:55your files and projects will still be
33:56there. all of your sessions, all of your
33:58apps, whatever you built, it's still
33:59there. It's just the way that you
34:01actually interact with it. So, don't
34:02stress about it too much. Like I said in
34:04today's video, I am going to be using it
34:06right here with the Clawed Desktop app.
Working With Local Files (Excel, HTML)
34:09Okay, so earlier I said that this can
34:11work with your local files, right? But
34:13what does that actually mean? So, if I
34:15open up my file explorer right here, you
34:17can see that I've got, you know, my
34:18downloads, my desktop, a bunch of other
34:20folders, pictures, whatever. And Claude
34:23Code is able to navigate through all of
34:25this, edit these things, move them
34:27around, find things for you. So, just as
34:29a super simple example, right here, I
34:30have AIS Live Black, which is just a
34:33logo, right, for our upcoming event, and
34:35this is in my downloads folder from a
34:37few weeks ago. Let's say I knew that
34:39that was there, but I forgot exactly
34:41what it was called or how to find it. I
34:43could real quick just say, "Hey, so I
34:46know that I have the AIS Live logo, the
34:49black version, somewhere in my downloads
34:50folder. could you real quick just find
34:52that for me and then you know just help
34:53me pull that up. And so what happens
34:55when you actually send off a message to
34:56claude code is it will tell you what
34:59it's doing. So right here it says
35:00searching AIS live. That means it's
35:02searching through my um local files and
35:06it's searching for these terms AIS live
35:08logo ais
35:10you know BB black AIS live. It found
35:13this right here. It found the AIS live
35:15PNG. Then it says, "Okay, there's it
35:17with the blue live and the red dot,
35:19which means it used its vision to look
35:21at it to verify that this actually is
35:23the real logo that I'm talking about."
35:25And now it's using something called
35:26PowerShell. So, it's basically just
35:28running commands. And it said, "Pulled
35:29it up. Here's the file. It's in your
35:31downloads." There's also an AIS Live
35:32White sitting right next to it. Do you
35:34want me to copy these into the brand
35:36assets so that it's in our project here?
35:38Or, you know, like what do you want to
35:39do with it? And basically, if I wanted
35:41to just find it again, I could just copy
35:42this file path right here. I could then
35:44go into my file explorer and I could
35:46just come in here, paste that, hit
35:47enter, and it will open up the picture.
35:49So now I was able to locate exactly
35:51where that was. But yeah, if I wanted it
35:53to organize my downloads folder or
35:54organize all of my documents, it could
35:56do so. Now, another quick example, it
35:59can also create things for you like
36:00Excel sheets, Google Sheets, Google
36:02Docs, HTML, um, documents, websites,
36:05apps, anything. So here's a quick
36:08example. I gave it a SLG goal prompt
36:10which I'll talk about later in this
36:11course, but that basically just means
36:12that I'm able to set a condition and
36:15Claude will keep working until that
36:17condition has been met. I mean, that's
36:19so that's just an employee, right? So, I
36:22basically said, I want a quarter 2
36:23assessment of my YouTube channel
36:24performance. This means that you have to
36:26go to YouTube, pull the data, and then
36:28put everything into an Excel sheet. And
36:30I don't only want you to display the
36:32stats. I want you to do deep analysis as
36:34if you are my master content strategist.
36:38an analyst. So then what happens is it
36:40reasons through and you can see here it
36:42even took screenshots to verify that
36:43everything looked good and to verify
36:45that everything was accurate and then it
36:47comes through and it gives me this Excel
36:48sheet and as you can see it put it here
36:50inside of my Herk 2 project in a folder
36:52called projects in a folder called
36:54YouTube Q2 2026 assessment and then it
36:56gave me this Excel sheet which if I pull
36:58this up this thing is pretty legit. We
37:01have a start here page with a bunch of
37:02you know just basically onboarding us to
37:04this doc. I can see the executive
37:06dashboard with my real-time stats,
37:07subscribers, my performance from the
37:09quarter, things that mattered. I can
37:11look at per video scorecard with length,
37:13views, views per day, watch hours, all
37:15these other stats, monthly trends,
37:17content pillars, format and length,
37:19audience, and traffic. So, this is
37:22insane. How long would this have taken
37:24you to manually go pull out, you know,
37:2775 videos, put all the analytics in
37:29here, color code it, design it, do all
37:32of this, and this literally took my AI
37:34agent about 10 minutes right here inside
37:38of Cloud Code. And once again, all I did
37:40was I used my completely natural
37:41language. All of you guys could have
37:42instructed Claude to do this. Okay, so
37:44we're flying through here, just getting
37:46through a lot of the beginning stuff,
37:47and hopefully you guys' mindsets are
37:48getting in the right spot and you're
37:49getting excited. Let's talk a little bit
37:51about prompting. What exactly is
37:53prompting? Prompting is the way that you
37:55talk to your AI in a way that actually
37:58helps it achieve the goal that you want.
38:01Now, there's a few levers to pull here
38:02when it comes to prompting. And it's
38:04really not that complicated. You know,
38:06we used to have this term, which it
38:07still exists, but there's this term
38:09called prompt engineering, which is
38:12basically the art of designing prompts
38:14to get your AI agents to actually do
38:16what you want them to do. Now, prompt
Prompt Engineering & Verifying the Output
38:19engineering is becoming a little bit
38:20less important over the years. It's
38:22still very important, don't get me
38:22wrong, but the the models are getting so
38:24much better where the prompt is less
38:26important. It still is important, but
38:29over time, I think it will become less
38:30important because the models are getting
38:31smarter. But generally, the things that
38:33I like to tell my agent are the role. I
38:36like to define, hey, here's who you are.
38:39Here's what you're supposed to do. And,
38:41you know, context. So, you are a master
38:46content strategist like you just saw in
38:47that example. you are helping Nate who
38:50runs a business doing X Y andZ and here
38:52is what's important to Nate's business
38:53these X Y andZ metrics and here is the
38:55avatar for Nate's business so giving
38:57context on you know the background so
39:00context and background I should say
39:02because not only is the background
39:04important but specific context so I need
39:06you to help me run you know a Q2 an
39:08analysis on my YouTube channel so that I
39:11can look at all the stuff and I can make
39:13Q3 even better example instead of saying
39:16hey help me write this email to my boss
39:18say, "Hey, help me write this email to
39:20my boss. I need you to, you know, sort
39:22of tread lightly here because I've
39:23gotten in trouble twice in the past
39:24month, and I'm asking for more time off,
39:26and you know, he's a really great and
39:28understanding person, but I just feel
39:30like a little bit guilty for asking for
39:31this time off, so that's why I need help
39:33writing this email." Giving your agent
39:35that context is going to make it
39:37understand your actual desires much
39:39better. So, you're not sitting in this
39:41place where you're like, "Okay, AI
39:42sucks. It didn't give me what I wanted."
39:44it's probably because you didn't give it
39:46clear enough instructions of what you
39:48actually want. Now, the next thing I
39:49like to do is I like to negative prompt.
39:51Basically meaning what not to do. So, if
39:54you think about it like you're
39:55instructing a student or, you know, a
39:57kid who's trying to learn a new process,
40:00you have to tell them what not to do
40:02because they're curious and they're
40:04going to try different things unless you
40:05explicitly tell them not to. Now, if you
40:07were telling someone like, I don't know,
40:08a 45-year-old how to make scrambled
40:11eggs, you probably wouldn't tell them
40:12not to put their palm on the stove top
40:14because, you know, they've been around,
40:16they have experience, they know not to
40:17do that. But an innocent mind probably
40:20doesn't know that. So, you would say,
40:21"Hey, don't ever touch the pan. It's
40:23going to be very hot." So, negative
40:25prompting, I found, has really helped
40:27make sure I keep the agents on the guard
40:29rail that I'm actually, you know, trying
40:30to keep them on. And then another thing
40:32that I really, really like to do is add
40:34verification. Basically, the idea of,
40:37you know, and I'm actually going to type
40:38this out because it's so important in
40:39all caps. Make the AI prove its work. Is
40:45that the right its? That might not be. I
40:47think in this case, that's the correct
40:49it. But either way, you guys know the
40:50point I'm trying to make. Make the AI
40:52prove its work. Think about it like
40:54this. Let me make another one of my
40:57little axis charts here. Okay. So when
41:00you ask AI to do something, what are you
41:03ultimately looking for is you are
41:04looking for it to get you an output that
41:07is 100% perfect. Now realistically that
41:10doesn't happen very often. So what
41:12happens is on the first pass you're
41:14maybe getting somewhere around 60% of
41:16the way there and then what happens is
41:17you give feedback like we talked about
41:18earlier and then it tries again and now
41:20you get a little bit higher and you just
41:22keep doing these manual iterations of
41:23feedback until you eventually get to
41:25this point where you're satisfied with
41:26the work and maybe you take it home that
41:28last 2% or 1%. Now this is because it is
41:33not the one verifying its work. You're
41:35the one verifying its work. So all of
41:37these steps are keeping you in the loop.
41:39But what if you could actually make the
41:41AI check its own work so that on the
41:43first try now it's maybe getting and
41:45that's not completely aligned. Let's try
41:46that again. So that on the first try
41:48it's maybe getting you 80% of the way
41:50there. And then you the human have to
41:52iterate two or three times and then
41:53you're there. And this gap is what
41:55you're trying to close here by allowing
41:57the AI to prove its own work. So what
41:59could that look like? Let's say you are
42:01building um a website and you want to
42:04make sure that the form submission works
42:06and that it doesn't accept, you know,
42:08bad versions of an email. For example,
42:10if people are submitting their emails,
42:12it has to be, you know, an actual at
42:14something domain. Well, you can have the
42:17agent open up the website and test it a
42:20100 times and test that, you know, none
42:22of these edge cases sneak through and
42:24then it proves to you, hey, here's what
42:25I ran. Here's why I'm confident. And
42:27what what you'll find is when you do
42:28stuff like that, when it's trying to
42:30prove it's work and it finds bugs, it
42:32will fix the bug and then keep testing
42:33and then fix the bug again and then keep
42:35testing. So the way that you do
42:36verification is obviously different for
42:38whatever the task at hand is, but every
42:40task at hand has some sort of
42:42verification. Just think about it like
42:44this. If a human gave you this work,
42:46what would you do to approve it? Would
42:48you just read it through a bunch of
42:50times to make sure there's no
42:50grammatical errors? Would you actually
42:52open it up and use it? Would you make
42:54sure that there are no, you know,
42:56elements out of bounds or something like
42:58that? Whatever you would do to verify
42:59it, chances are you can tell cloud code
43:02to do that to verify it. So those are
43:05kind of like the main four things just
43:06to keep it simple that I'm always
43:08thinking about when I am prompting my
43:10cloud code to do something for me. All
43:12right, so let's talk a little bit about
43:13tokens and models. So what is a token?
43:17Well, a token is basically what we are
43:19being built for. So when you pay for
43:23credits on some account, you're paying
Tokens & Choosing Your Model
43:25for credits. When you are paying for
43:26your AI model usage, you're paying for
43:29tokens. A token is essentially how AI
43:32interprets text. So maybe four
43:35characters is a token or maybe a
43:37punctuation mark is a token. It's not a
43:39deterministic rule of what a token
43:40really is, but roughly 3/4 of a word or
43:43short words. So maybe in this scenario,
43:45the sentence cla code helps you is four
43:48tokens. Now you don't need to know
43:49exactly this like that's not important
43:51if you can identify hey that's one token
43:53that's 12 tokens. What's important is
43:55that you know the pricing. So different
43:58models cost different amounts and they
44:00all have different pros and cons. So if
44:02we look at for example right now in the
44:04current you know July of 2026 clawed
44:07models with their tokens. Haiku is fast
44:10and cheap. So for certain scenarios you
44:12only need Haiku because it's fast and
44:14cheap. It's $1 for a million input
44:17tokens and it's $5 for a million output
44:20tokens. Sonnet 5 is $3 for a million
44:23input tokens and $15 for a million
44:24output tokens. And this is a very
44:26balanced model. And Opus 4.8 is the most
44:28expensive model right now besides Fable,
44:30which is even more expensive, double the
44:31cost of Opus. But Opus 4.8 is $5 for a
44:35million input tokens and $25 for a
44:37million output tokens. Now, yes, you
44:39guys are noticing there's input and
44:40there's output. And the output tokens
44:42are more expensive. So, what is the
44:44difference there? Well, let me open up a
44:46new chat real quick. Or actually, let's
44:48just go to the one where I said hello.
44:49So, every time that I shoot off
44:51something, my prompt goes into the
44:54model. So, this is where we're being
44:56charged for Opus, for example. Actually,
44:58let me switch this model back to Opus.
45:00This is where we're being charged $5 per
45:02a million input tokens for this. Now,
45:04everything that it spits out, all of
45:06these things, all of these commands,
45:08every line of text that it gives us that
45:09it puts out, that's being charged for
45:12Opus at $25 per million output tokens.
45:16So, when it is outputting stuff, that's
45:19more expensive than what you're feeding
45:20into the model. So, for example, if I go
45:22back to the YouTube Analytics one where
45:24it gave us this Excel sheet, let me ask
45:26a quick question. How many tokens did
45:30you have to output to actually generate
45:32that YouTube assessment Excel sheet? And
45:35because you were using Opus, how much
45:38real money would that have costed me?
45:40Okay, so keep in mind that this is an
45:42estimate. But here is what this looked
45:45like. So it had to run different
45:47scripts. It had to check them out, write
45:50up the brief, it had to build the Excel
45:52sheet with different actual characters
45:53inside, and then it had to output
45:55basically all those commands. So they're
45:58calling this an average of let's just
45:59say 25,000 output tokens. And at the
46:02pricing for Opus 4.8 of $25 per million,
46:05this basically costed us about 63 to run
46:09because of the output tokens. Now what's
46:11interesting though is because in this
46:12session you can see that we've used
46:14about 428,000
46:16tokens out of the a million context
46:18token window which I will explain in a
46:20bit if that makes no sense to you. But
46:22the point here is that we probably sent
46:25in and the AI model had to look at
46:27hundreds of thousands of tokens because
46:28it had to pull so much data from YouTube
46:31and analyze so many things and that was
46:33going into the model. So those input
46:35tokens because typically you use a ton
46:37more input tokens. That's why they're
46:39build lower. This will all start to
46:41click a little bit more when you really
46:42start to get your hands on. But I just
46:43wanted to show you a real quick example
46:45of kind of the difference and
46:46understanding that different models have
46:48different, you know, pros and cons. fast
46:50and cheap, balanced, most capable, but
46:51they also come with different prices.
46:53Now, keep in mind because you guys are
46:56on a clawed subscription, when you come
46:58in here and you go to your usage, this
47:00is how you're being build. You're not
47:01being build per token because you're
47:03using this inside of your subscription.
47:05In your subscription, you have different
47:07limits. You've got a current session
47:09limit, which is a 5 hour rolling window.
47:11You've got all models, which is a weekly
47:13limit. And then right now, we have a
47:15fable limit as well. So you can only
47:16use, you know, this much fable before
47:18all of this would then switch usage
47:20credits on top. It's really cool because
47:21I'm on the $200 a month max plan for
47:24cloud code. And if I filled up every
47:26single session, every single weekly
47:27limit, I would actually be getting
47:29around $8,000 of inference out of my
47:31$200 a month plan. So we're getting this
47:34on a huge discount right now. So if you
47:36are using cloud code or you're using the
47:38cloud models or any AI models through
47:40API billing, which is through token
47:42billing rather than through a
47:43subscription, you are paying a ton more
47:46for those tokens. So that is something
47:48else important to keep in mind here. But
47:50don't stress about this too much. You're
47:52on a subscription, you're getting a good
47:53deal. Just monitor your session limit,
47:55monitor your weekly limits. I've got
47:57videos coming later and I've got, you
47:59know, sections in this course later
48:00about context window management and
48:02session limit management. So just keep
48:04that in mind for later. But I just
48:06wanted to break that down a little bit
48:07for you guys so that these terms all
48:09sort of click and make sense. Okay. The
Setting Up a Project (claude.md & settings.json)
48:11next thing we have here to understand is
48:13called the claw.md.
48:15So if I just real quick open up this
48:18project, right? This is my Herk 2
48:19project which I'll refer to a lot. This
48:21is my AI operating system. This is the
48:23place where I have basically everything
48:24about my business. If I go over here to
48:27my files and I scroll until I find my
48:31claw.md, as you can see, there's a lot
48:32of folders and files inside of this
48:34project. There it is. I scrolled right
48:36past it. This is my claw.md. So, let me
48:38open this up full screen. This is
48:40basically the system prompt for my AI
48:43agent. So, before I read this, let me
48:44just show you a quick visual. So, this
48:46is our little cloud code agent, right?
48:48And let's say we open up a new chat. So,
48:50this thing is completely fresh. It just
48:52woke up. And I go ahead and I shoot off
48:54a message to this thing that says hi.
48:56Right? So I say hi. I don't know why
48:59this keeps going green, but I say hi to
49:01my AI agent. What it does before it
49:03processes this message is it's going to
49:05read the cloudmd
49:07so that it can basically get, you know,
49:09it can orient itself with where we are.
49:12So it will read this cloudmd which is
49:16bunch of lines of text and then it will
49:18read my message and then it knows how to
49:20respond more accurately. So, if I go
49:23back into this real quick and actually
49:26just real quick close out of this file,
49:27what you'll see is that when I said
49:29hello, it said, "Hey, Nate, ready to go
49:31whenever you are." A few things on the
49:33radar in case any next AIS live is this
49:35Friday and Saturday, July 11th and 12th.
49:37CIA opens July 28th. Open threads,
49:40highros, link tagging, keep the best of
49:42fable, what do you want to work on? The
49:44reason it knew this is because it was
49:46able to orient itself with my cloud.MD
49:48MD and read about my projects and you
49:50know what's going on in my business so
49:52that it's able to help me out way more
49:54specifically. So let's take a brief read
49:56through some of the stuff that's in my
49:57cloudmd here. So this is me setting up
50:00the role, right? You are Nate Herk's
50:02executive assistant. Your job is to help
50:03him spend less time on operations,
50:04people management, and admin so he can
50:06focus on learning AI tools and making
50:08YouTube videos. That is his number one
50:10priority. I've then given it a routing
50:12map. So this is where things live. If
50:14you want to find things about, you know,
50:16his business, his team, his OTAAS, his
50:18strategy, go here. Here's the path. If
50:20you want to find things about corporate
50:22structure, entities, tax, IP, then go
50:24here. Voice and style, go here. Course
50:27knowledge, go here. Projects, as you can
50:29see, I'm just telling it where
50:31everything lives. And now it can read
50:33through this and it can help me out way
50:34more specifically. So, this is something
50:36that you'll build over time. I'm going
50:38to build one with you guys. Don't worry,
50:39just a sec. But this is basically just
50:42what it is. It's a system prompt for
50:43your AI agent and it changes all the
50:45time because remember how earlier I
50:47talked about the loop of getting an
50:50output
50:52using judgment to assess it and then
50:54instructing Claude to change so that it
50:56doesn't happen again. This is where I
50:57would say you know like let's say it
50:58gives me this output right let's say it
51:00gives me some research brief that was
51:01just absolutely horrible. I would then
51:03say okay
51:05Mr. Claude I read this research brief
51:08and I don't like this because you didn't
51:10use enough sources. is you only gave me
51:12four. Um, you also put a ton of m dashes
51:15in here which I don't like. So update
51:16your instructions in the claw.mmd so
51:19that you don't do this again. So that
51:20next time I ask you to do research, you
51:22do it better. And then claude will write
51:24changes in its own claw.mmd and then
51:27next time you talk to it, it will be
51:28smarter. So that's how these things just
51:30get smarter and smarter as you use them.
51:31And by the way, when you guys see a file
51:33that ends in MD, all that means is
51:36markdown. Markdown is basically just
51:38like a a computer language and it really
51:41just lets computers understand like
51:43headers and bullet points and really
51:46just structure like that. So this is
51:49markdown when it's rendered nicely for
51:51us humans to read. But this is kind of
51:54what raw markdown looks like. You can
51:56see we use these pound signs to
51:58indicate, you know, status and layers
52:00and we use these dashes for bullets and
52:02everything like that. But MD just means
52:04markdown. The same way later in this
52:06course you might see a py file which
52:08would be a Python file or a txt which
52:11would be a text file. So the dot and
52:13then the you know whatever comes after
52:15that the suffix or whatever is just the
52:18type of file. All right. So here's what
52:20I'm going to do that I want you guys to
52:21do with me. I'm on my desktop. You can
52:23be wherever you want but I'm going to
52:24create a new folder. I'm going to open
52:26up a new folder right here. And I'm just
52:27going to say I'm just going to call this
52:29knowledge work since that's kind of what
52:30this course is about. So, I have a
52:32knowledge work folder on my local
52:34desktop that I just created. And what
52:36we're going to do now is I'm going to
52:37open up Claude and I am going to click
52:39on the plus um right here, new session.
52:42And instead of working in my Herk 2
52:44directory, I'm going to open a new
52:46folder. And this is where I'm going to
52:47go to my desktop, and I'm going to find
52:48that knowledge work folder, and I'm
52:50going to open that up, which basically
52:52means we're now working inside of this
52:53knowledge work folder. Where is it?
52:56There it is. Okay. Select the folder.
52:58Now, it's going to ask if we want to
52:59trust this workspace, which I'm going to
53:01do because it says Claude may read,
53:03write, or execute files in this
53:05directory. So, only proceed if you
53:06actually trust the space, which I do.
53:08So, I click trust. Now, what happens?
53:10Well, let's just start building this
53:12thing out. I'm going to say, "Hey,
53:14Claude Code, my name is Nate." We're
53:16just going to start off conversation
53:17like that. Now, there is one thing to
53:19keep in mind here is because we're in a
53:22new project, Claude still knows a little
53:25bit about me. And the reason is because
53:27there's a difference between your global
53:29cloudmd and your project level. So let
53:32me explain that real quick as well. If I
53:34go down here, I've got some stuff ready.
53:36Okay, so global versus project. Global
53:39is something that claude reads every
53:41single time and that is at the global
53:43level. Whereas project is only
53:45specifically in that project. So the
53:48example you guys just saw, we looked at
53:50this cloud.MD where you know it said,
53:51"Hey, you are Nate's executive
53:53assistant." This gets loaded in whenever
53:55I'm inside of my Herk 2 project. But
53:58whenever I'm in this new knowledgework
54:00project, if I go over here and I go to
54:01my files, this folder is empty. So
54:03there's no project level claw.mmd file
54:05being read yet. But what there is is a
54:08global level claw.mmd. And that's how it
54:10knows my name. Well, I just said it, but
54:12that's how it knows other things about
54:13me because there is a global file. So
54:16real quick, I'm just going to show you
54:17what the global claw.mmd looks like. And
54:19before you get a little bit overwhelmed
54:21or stressed about this, like I said,
54:23this is something that evolves over time
54:25and it really isn't a big deal because
54:27you're able to change it so frequently
54:29by asking Claude to just change it. And
54:31for me, the global cloudMD is just
54:33things that I like and things that I
54:34don't like. So, let me show you exactly
54:35what I mean by that. The way I get there
54:37is I go to my PC, I go to my drive, I go
54:40to users, and I click on my user. And
54:42then there's a cloud folder right here.
54:44And then from here, I can open up my
54:46claw.md, which is just a markdown file.
54:48So, this obviously looks a little bit
54:50more um ugly because it's opened up as
54:52as markdown in my notepad. But look at
54:55this. This is my global cloudmd. These
54:57rules apply to every product on your
54:59machine. They govern any writing meant
55:01for Nate or publishes Nate. So, LinkedIn
55:03posts, YouTube scripts, comments,
55:04emails, captions, docs, anything. So, I
55:07have this AI phrase kill list, which I
55:09said, hey, every time it outputs
55:11something and I say I don't like how
55:12that sounds because it sounds like AI, I
55:14say add this to my global claw.mmd. You
55:16know, I don't like this stuff. So, it
55:18won't say all of these phrases. It will
55:20never write this in my LinkedIn posts.
55:21It will never write this in my YouTube
55:22video scripts or anything like that
55:24because this is a global rule. And look
55:26at this. It's also just learned other
55:27things about me over time. He here's the
55:29things he doesn't like. Here's other
55:30things that I've learned. And this is
55:32just my global claim. It's very simple.
55:34So, if you've got specific things about
55:35your business or specific things about
55:37the way that you like to treat Claude or
55:38you like Claude to treat you, then you
55:40can put those in your global rules
55:42because you're okay with the fact that
55:44every single project ever that you do
55:45with Claude on this local machine, these
55:48rules will be in play there. So, that's
55:49kind of the difference between um as I
55:52said global cloud.MD and project
55:55cloud.MMD. And it's important to keep
55:56this in mind because later when we talk
55:58about things like skills, there's also
56:00the element of is this a global skill or
56:02is this a project level skill? Okay.
56:04Anyways, this is a new project, right?
56:06This is called knowledge work. So, I'm
56:07just going to say I'm building a brand
56:09new project right here and this is for a
56:12course that I'm teaching. So, this is
56:13kind of a demo project for me, but I
56:15want to show my audience how to set up
56:17cloudmds, how to build skills, how to
56:19build automations. And so we're going to
56:20do a lot of this together, but right now
56:22what I want you to do is just initialize
56:24with a cloud.mmd and acloud folder.
56:27There doesn't have to be anything inside
56:29of the cloud. Um, but just initialize
56:31with a cloud.md folder and just throw a
56:34little bit of baseline information in
56:35there for now. And by the way, if you
56:36guys are interested in the voicetoext
56:38tool that you see right up on screen
56:40right here, it's it's very pretty, then
56:42check out the link in the description.
56:44It's called Glido. It's our tool that we
56:46created and it is the fastest and the
56:47most private on the market. So check it
56:49out. Anyways, as you can see, it is
56:51going to start building that for us. So,
56:52in a sec, we'll see over here on the
56:53folder side, we will see a cloudmd and
56:56we will see acloud folder. There we go.
56:58They just popped up. So, the cloud
56:59folder has nothing, but the cloudmd. Let
57:01me open that up real quick. This file
57:03gives cloud code the context it needs to
57:05work in this repository. Keep it short
57:07and current. Here's the project
57:08overview, demo project, here's a
57:10structure, here's the conventions, and
57:12any notes. This cloudmd file will grow
57:14over time. So as we go through this
57:17course and as we build new things, we
57:18will all watch this cloudmd file grow
57:20together. So that is just showing you
57:22how easy it is to get that set up and
57:24that your agent can fix that, edit it,
57:26delete it, stuff like that at any time.
57:28Now you guys are probably wondering what
57:29is this.cloud folder. So let me go back
57:31up here and show you that that is
57:33exactly what we are going to cover next
57:35is the cloud folder. These are basically
57:37the first two things that I always set
57:39up when I'm working on a new project in
57:41cloud code. I have the cloudmd which
57:43once again is the rules in plain English
57:44and then we have the cloud folder which
57:46is basically just think about it almost
57:48like a settings folder. It's the config
57:50folder. Usually the things that go in
57:52here there sometimes are more but the
57:53three things that I want you guys to pay
57:54attention to the settings.json which has
57:57things like permissions preferences the
58:00agents folder which is where you can
58:01build your own custom sub aents and put
58:03them in there and then skills which is
58:05where you package up your skills and
58:07they live in here so that Claude can
58:09call on them automatically. Now, just as
58:11an example, let me show you inside of my
58:13Herk 2 project what this looks like. So,
58:15I'm going to come back over here and I'm
58:16going to open up my doclaude, which is
58:18right here. You can see that I've got
58:20my, you know, agents, the one I talked
58:22about. I've got my settings files, and
58:24I've got my skills. Now, obviously,
58:26there's some other things because this
58:27project is massive. And that's why I
58:29wanted to call out just those three. And
58:31really, the most important one, in my
58:32opinion, is skills. We're going to talk
58:34about skills later more in depth, but
58:36look at this. Every single skill that I
58:37have in here is just natural language.
58:39So, for example, if I open up this grill
58:41me skill, it's just a markdown file. So,
58:43if I open this up, it looks very similar
58:45to the claw.mmd. It's all natural
58:47language and it just tells Claude code
58:49what to do in this specific skill. So,
58:51that's the exact same way that it works
58:53in here with our sub agents. And our
58:55settings is basically just a JSON file
58:57that shows Claude what it's able to do
59:00and what it's not able to do. You can
59:02see we have allowed permissions. We have
59:03some environment variables up here.
59:05We've got things that we've denied. That
59:07is basically how this settings file
59:09works and you don't need to know how to
59:11build this. It will build it
59:12automatically and you can use natural
59:13language once again. So every single
59:15project will have these two things but
59:16these two things also live on a global
59:18level because once again if you wanted
59:21to have you know you have your global
59:22cloudmd but then you also have global
59:24skills potentially. I only have one
59:26right now that's global on this machine
59:28but you can have skills that apply to
59:30every project. You can have sub agents
59:31that apply to every project. So that's
59:33the difference between global and
59:35project. But these are two things that
59:36you always want to get set up when
59:38you're building a new project. Okay,
59:40anyways, let's keep on moving here. Um,
59:42one thing I do want to call out is you
59:44might see my claude here switch over to
59:46usage credits. And once again, that's
59:48because I'm about to go past my 5 hour
59:50limit, in which case, if I want to keep
59:52going, I will then be paying per token.
59:55So, because I'm on the 200 bucks a month
59:56plan, that doesn't happen too often. But
59:57when I am pushing this thing to its
59:59limits, I do hit that. And so if you
1:00:00guys see that pop up on my screen
1:00:02somewhere else in this course in a few
1:00:03minutes, don't be concerned. That's all
1:00:05that that means. So anyways, the next
Connecting Tools: API Keys & .env
1:00:07thing I want to talk about API keys and
1:00:10env. So first of all, what is an API? It
1:00:13stands for application programming
1:00:15interface. And all of that really means
1:00:17is it's a method to allow one software
1:00:19to talk to another software. So imagine
1:00:22Gmail sending a letter to claude code.
1:00:25That's via API. So the point I'm trying
1:00:27to make here is remember earlier in this
1:00:30course when I showed you guys this demo
1:00:32where I opened up, you know, this
1:00:34YouTube thing and I said, "Hey, go to
1:00:36YouTube and pull my data." The only
1:00:38reason that it was able to go pull my
1:00:40data from YouTube is because I gave it
1:00:42my API key, which is essentially a
1:00:45password. So if I said, "Hey, go pull
1:00:47Mr. Beast's YouTube data," it could only
1:00:49pull publicly accessible YouTube data.
1:00:51it couldn't pull some of those more, you
1:00:54know, detailed stats that I saw from my
1:00:56channel because I don't have his API
1:00:57key. So, what we had to do was we had to
1:01:00give it access to actually pull that
1:01:02information. And that's when it used
1:01:04this fetch YouTube data py, which py
1:01:06stands for a Python file, and it used
1:01:08that in combination with my API key. As
1:01:10you can see here, YouTube data API. So,
1:01:13that's what I'm going to show you guys
1:01:14now in our knowledge work project. We're
1:01:16going to get set up with an API. So, the
1:01:18example that I'm going to show you guys
1:01:19is Tavi. Tavi lets agents search the web
1:01:22better. You can see here they even have
1:01:24an official Tavi agent skills for Cloud
1:01:26Code, which I'm not going to dive into
1:01:27right now, but the reason I wanted to
1:01:29show you guys Tavi is because you can
1:01:30sign up here and you get a,000 free
1:01:32credits right away, no matter what. So,
1:01:34Cloud Code does have built-in tools for
1:01:36research. So, if I say, "Hey, can you
1:01:39please just research what is context
1:01:41engineering?" And just give me like a
1:01:42one-s sentence example or sorry, a one-s
1:01:44sentence definition. So it will
1:01:47basically because I'm prompting it to
1:01:49research this. What it's going to do is
1:01:50it will probably you see it says finding
1:01:52tools. It's looking through different
1:01:54tools and then it's going to actually
1:01:55search the web using a search the web
1:01:58tool. Query select web search. So web
1:02:01search is one of the tools that it can
1:02:02use. It also has something like a web
1:02:03fetch. But anyways the point I'm trying
1:02:06to make here is cloud code can natively
1:02:08search the web. But if we give it
1:02:09something like tavally it's always good
1:02:11to just get other sources right. So what
1:02:13I'm going to do here is go back into
1:02:14tavi. You can see right here I have an
1:02:16API key which I'm going to go ahead and
1:02:18copy. Now API keys because they're
1:02:20passwords once again do not share them
1:02:23with anybody because let's say I am on a
1:02:26paid plan of Tablety and let's say I
1:02:27paid for 5,000 credits. If I gave you
1:02:29guys my API key, you guys could all take
1:02:31that and spend my money and I don't want
1:02:34to, you know, I don't want you guys to
1:02:35spend my money. So I'm not going to show
1:02:36you my API key in this video. I will
1:02:38because, you know, it's a demo and I'm
1:02:40showing you and I'm going to delete it.
1:02:41But that's how you should treat API
1:02:43keys. You shouldn't be posting them
1:02:44online. and you shouldn't be sharing
1:02:45them across your team unless you know
1:02:47your team is supposed to. So anyways,
1:02:49what I'm going to do is say well not say
1:02:52I'm going to go into my files and you
1:02:53can see that once again we only have
1:02:55these two. So what we need is we need a
1:02:57file called aenv
1:02:59which basically just stands for like
1:03:01environment. So environment variables
1:03:03hey cloud code I want to connect you to
1:03:05tavi and in order to do that I need to
1:03:07give you my API key for tavi. So can you
1:03:09please create in this project aenv file
1:03:12so that I can upload my secret. Now the
1:03:14reason we want to create thisv file is
1:03:16it just it's a safe place to put secrets
1:03:19because they won't get pushed to GitHub.
1:03:21You can see here it said let me also add
1:03:23a dot getit ignore so the secret never
1:03:25gets committed. Now, I'll talk about
1:03:27GitHub more later on in this course, but
1:03:29basically what that is is think about
1:03:31this. When you make a Word doc on your
1:03:34computer, no one else can get that,
1:03:36right? But if you push that up to like a
1:03:38shared drive, then other people can
1:03:39collaborate on it and work on it if you
1:03:41make that public. At least you can still
1:03:42push something to the cloud or push
1:03:43something to GitHub and keep it private.
1:03:45So anyways, the point being if you put
1:03:47something in yourv that will never get
1:03:49pushed to GitHub ever. So basically
1:03:52things that are secret and sensitive put
1:03:53in yourv. So anyways, it went ahead and
1:03:56it created that env as you can see right
1:03:58here. And there's currently nothing in
1:04:00there, but it did give us this
1:04:01placeholder. It says Tableau API key.
1:04:04This is where you would put your Tableau
1:04:05API key. So I'm just going to go ahead
1:04:07and delete the placeholder. Go back into
1:04:09Tavi. Copy this value. Go back into
1:04:12Claude, paste that in there, and then
1:04:14hit save. So now that our API key is in
1:04:16there and it's saved, I can say, cool.
1:04:18So I just gave you my Tavly API key. Go
1:04:20ahead and make a test request to Tavi to
1:04:22make sure that that works.
1:04:25So, I'll go ahead and shoot that off.
1:04:26The dictation tool spelled Tavly wrong.
1:04:28So, let me just go into here and add a
1:04:31correction in the dictionary for the
1:04:32real way that you're going to spell
1:04:34Tavi.
1:04:36Okay, there we go. Anyways, it's going
1:04:39to make a test search request. As you
1:04:42can see here, it made a post request to
1:04:43this endpoint. It searched for what is
1:04:45Claude Code by Enanthropic, pulled the
1:04:47key from the ENV, and got a 200
1:04:50response. So, all of that means it
1:04:52worked. Here's what I want you guys to
1:04:53notice. I didn't tell it how to do any
1:04:55of that. It went off, it researched
1:04:56Tavi, it figured out the endpoint, which
1:04:58is this thing right here, and then it
1:05:00just made the request, which is awesome.
1:05:02Before, you know, a year ago, if you
1:05:03were still building with Naden or
1:05:05something like that, we had to basically
1:05:07by hand research the API endpoints and,
1:05:10you know, plug all this in by ourselves.
1:05:11But now, Agentic AI is getting so
1:05:13powerful that my simple request saying,
1:05:15"Hey, just use Tavi turns into the agent
1:05:18reasoning, researching, testing, and
1:05:21verifying." So super super cool. Now
1:05:23what would happen if I went into my
1:05:24files and I went into thev and then I
1:05:27basically just changed the API key. So
1:05:29this is no longer a valid API key.
1:05:30That's not correct. I'm going to go
1:05:32ahead and clear out the conversation. So
1:05:34I can do a slashclear command right
1:05:36there. And now the conversation's reset.
1:05:38And now if I say, hey, can you try to
1:05:40use Tavi to search for Lenol Messi?
1:05:44When I shoot this off, we're going to
1:05:46see that it's going to try to use Tavi,
1:05:48but it should come back with like a 400
1:05:50error. and it's gonna say, hey, you
1:05:51know, like something's wrong with the
1:05:52API key or something like that. Okay, so
1:05:54now it just defaulted to the search, you
1:05:56know, the the default cloud code web
1:05:57search tool, which I didn't want it to
1:05:58do. So, let's try this again. No, we do
1:06:02have a Tavi API key that I've given you.
1:06:04Try to use that.
1:06:06Don't use the clawed native web search
1:06:09tool. Okay, so let's analyze what just
1:06:11happened here because there's a lot of
1:06:12lessons inside. So, let me close this
1:06:14stuff out.
1:06:15We used Tavi, right? We used it with the
1:06:18correct API key and it worked. And then
1:06:19I cleared the session. When I cleared
1:06:21the session and asked for it to use
1:06:23Tavi, it said there's no Tavly tool
1:06:25connected in this session, so I can't
1:06:27use it specifically. Now, what does that
1:06:29tell us? That tells us that Cloud Code
1:06:31just forgot what we just did. It forgot
1:06:33that we just successfully used Tavi. We
1:06:36also see that again when it said, "Okay,
1:06:38I found the key, but there's no MCP tool
1:06:40wired up, but let me try to call Tavi's
1:06:42REST API."
1:06:44It tried. It didn't work. So, it said,
1:06:46"Okay, let me try a different method."
1:06:48that also didn't work and then what it
1:06:49did is it said okay confirm that the you
1:06:52know the API key is correct so that just
1:06:54shows you that it didn't work because
1:06:55the API key was wrong but the other
1:06:57lesson here is that we just used Tavly
1:07:00successfully so why did it have to do
1:07:02all this research once again you know
1:07:04what we would do now is save that
1:07:06somewhere in our project so what I'm
1:07:08going to do is I'm going to fix the API
1:07:10key real quick so I'm going to go back
1:07:11into tablet copy this go back into
1:07:13claude we're going to open up our files
1:07:15go to thev and we're going to replace
1:07:17this once again with the true API key,
1:07:19which is correct. And then I'm going to
1:07:20go back in here and say, "Okay, thanks.
1:07:23You were right. Our API key was wrong. I
1:07:25just fixed it. So, go ahead and test it
1:07:27again." But then the other thing I want
1:07:29you to do is somewhere in this project,
1:07:32save this as, you know, a skill or save
1:07:36this as something because we will
1:07:37probably be using Tavi frequently. And
1:07:40when I want you to do research, I want
1:07:41you to default first to Tavali and then
1:07:44to the default clawed web search tool.
1:07:47So actually don't create a skill. Just
1:07:49put this in the cloud. Denmd
1:07:51save the endpoint so you understand like
1:07:52we've done this before. I don't want you
1:07:54to research it every time and that's how
1:07:56you can keep getting smarter every time
1:07:57I interact with you. So that was
1:08:00obviously kind of a a very messy casual
1:08:03version of my prompt, but that's the way
1:08:05I do it, right? I identified something.
1:08:08I found myself repeating something that
1:08:09I didn't want to and then I feed it back
1:08:11in because here's the thing that may not
1:08:13seem like a big deal allowing it to
1:08:15search and remake the request. But what
1:08:17happens is this every time costs you
1:08:19tokens and tokens cost money, right? Cuz
1:08:22they go against your session limit. So
1:08:24the more efficient you can be with
1:08:25memory and with things like that, the
1:08:28more you're also going to be saving
1:08:29tokens. So it tried it again. It worked
1:08:32now that the API is correct. And then it
1:08:35said, "Let me save this setup to
1:08:36cloud.MD MD so I don't have to figure
1:08:37out again and now that's all saved. If I
1:08:39go back into our files and we open up
1:08:41our cloudmd we can now see here that it
1:08:44says research and web search default
1:08:46tavly first the API key lives in thev
1:08:49here is the off method here is the
1:08:51endpoint and here is how all that works.
1:08:53So if we were to clear the memory right
1:08:55now and then ask it to search the web it
1:08:57would actually use tabi and that is how
1:08:58you iterate on your system. Now, the
1:09:00other thing I wanted to talk about real
1:09:01quick is that we right here saw the term
1:09:04MCP, which stands for model context
1:09:06protocol. If you guys have never heard
1:09:08of that, it's basically it's very
1:09:10similar to an API. APIs have lots of
1:09:12different endpoints that can be hit. And
1:09:13MCPs have a lot of different tools that
1:09:15can be hit, but essentially it's the
1:09:17same theory of how can we connect cloud
1:09:19code to QuickBooks or Google Sheets or
1:09:21Gmail or SharePoint. It's all about
1:09:24connecting to other tools via MCP or API
1:09:27or you might even hear later on in this
1:09:29video something called a CLI. They're
1:09:31all basically just methods of connecting
1:09:33to different tools. They all have little
1:09:34bit of different pros and cons, but I
1:09:35don't want to get into the weeds of that
1:09:36right now. There's no reason getting
1:09:38overwhelmed about that. We're just
1:09:40focused on let's connect to the tools
1:09:41that we use every day to make ourselves
1:09:43faster. So, that is going to do it right
1:09:45now for number 10. Let's move on to
1:09:48permissions and settings. So back in
1:09:51this example, as you guys saw, we have a
1:09:54couple things to think about. The first
1:09:55thing is the actual permission mode that
1:09:57we use inside of cloud code. So if I go
Permission Modes, Scoped Keys & Privacy
1:10:00into here, you can see that we have
1:10:02different modes. We have auto mode,
1:10:03which is the default. We have manual
1:10:05permissions, we have accept edits, we
1:10:07have plan mode, and then we have bypass
1:10:09permissions. And if you don't see bypass
1:10:11permissions, you would go into here,
1:10:13you'd go to your settings, and then you
1:10:14would go to cloud code. And if you keep
1:10:17scrolling down, there's going to be
1:10:18something right here, allow bypass
1:10:20permissions mode. This allows Claude to
1:10:23just do everything. It will never stop
1:10:25and say, "Hey, is this okay? Can I do
1:10:27this?" It will just do everything. And
1:10:29um
1:10:31hence the name bypass permissions,
1:10:33dangerously skip permissions. So,
1:10:35typically being on auto mode works just
1:10:37fine, but there might be some times
1:10:38where you do want it to be able to
1:10:39bypass, but there are some things that
1:10:41you want to be explicitly very careful
1:10:43of. We've all heard those horror stories
1:10:45of agents deleting databases. We
1:10:47actually had something internally where
1:10:48an agent accidentally sent out an email
1:10:50to like 150,000 people with a discount
1:10:52code that wasn't supposed to go out. The
1:10:54reason that happened though wasn't
1:10:55because of a permissions mode like down
1:10:57here. That was because the agent had
1:11:00access to so many tools. And really what
1:11:03you should be doing is like let's say
1:11:04you connect your agent to your CRM and
1:11:07your agent only needs to be able to read
1:11:09it. It doesn't need to be able to delete
1:11:10records or update records. So there's no
1:11:12point in giving the agent that actual
1:11:13tool to be able to do so. So that's
1:11:16where you might want to think about like
1:11:17API keys with scoped permissions and
1:11:19things like that. And what's nice about
1:11:21thinking about scope permissions is it's
1:11:22usually pretty userfriendly on the third
1:11:25party tool side. So here's 11 Labs for
1:11:28example. If you guys don't know what
1:11:29this is, it basically is just like AI
1:11:31voice really. And you can also do like
1:11:33you know you can create voice agents and
1:11:35phone agents and things like that. So,
1:11:36if I come in here to developers and I go
1:11:38to my API keys, you can see I've got a
1:11:40bunch of API keys here. Let's say I'm
1:11:41going to create a new one. Let's say I'm
1:11:43creating this API key and I just need it
1:11:46for sound effects. That's it. And for
1:11:48some reason, it's really high risk where
1:11:50if this API key does other things, it
1:11:52would be bad for the business. So, I
1:11:54would name this key so I am aware of
1:11:56like what it does. And it's always good
1:11:57to name your keys specifically because
1:11:59if you're giving keys to different
1:12:00people on your team or for different
1:12:01agents, you want to see what agents are
1:12:03using what keys, how often, and how much
1:12:05they're spending and how much people are
1:12:06using it. So anyways, that's what we're
1:12:09doing here. Demo sound effect. Right
1:12:11here, you can see that there's an option
1:12:12to restrict this key, which means I can
1:12:14restrict it on credits. So it can only
1:12:16spend a certain amount. So let's say I
1:12:18wanted to only let it spend 10 credits
1:12:21um on a certain, you know, time period,
1:12:23then I could do that. We can also
1:12:25restrict the endpoints. Endpoints is
1:12:28just a fancy word for like what it can
1:12:30do, capabilities, tools. So let's say
1:12:32for this key, I only wanted it to be
1:12:35able to do sound effects. So I would
1:12:36say, okay, you can access that. But for
1:12:38everything else, no access. You know,
1:12:41maybe I want it to be able to read all
1:12:43of this so it can read dubbing, read
1:12:44agents, read projects, read all this.
1:12:47But besides that, the only thing it can
1:12:49actually physically touch and manipulate
1:12:51and do is sound effects. And that's how
1:12:53you give your agents a key that you can
1:12:56actually sleep at night and feel 100%
1:12:57confident that nothing wrong will
1:12:59happen. Because if those horror stories
1:13:01where people delete a database with an
1:13:03agent, if they would have just
1:13:04restricted the ability to delete, then
1:13:06that never would have happened. So
1:13:08that's what I want you guys to be
1:13:09thinking about like this. Would you give
1:13:11your a new hire a credit card and say,
1:13:13"Hey, you can like don't spend anything,
1:13:15but with this card you could." No. That
1:13:18just makes no sense. So treat this once
1:13:19again, what did I say earlier in this
1:13:21video? You are a manager. Just think
1:13:23about this as this is a human. How would
1:13:26I interact with them? What access would
1:13:27I give them? What permissions would I
1:13:29give them? And a lot of the overwhelm
1:13:31about how you think about these agents
1:13:32might just disappear when you shift your
1:13:34mind to think like that. Okay. Now, the
1:13:36other thing we have are some other
1:13:37settings like local settings. So, I'll
1:13:39show you guys a quick example of that.
1:13:41If I go to my back to my Herku project,
1:13:43which is like I said is my main one that
1:13:45I kind of operate in and I go to my
1:13:48umcloud and we talked about our settings
1:13:50living inside of this.cloud folder. So
1:13:52I'm going to open up my settings. What
1:13:53we see here is some environment
1:13:55variables. So cloud code agent teams
1:13:58one. I'll talk about this later in the
1:13:59video during the agent team section, but
1:14:00that's an environment variable. I've
1:14:02also got some other things here that I'm
1:14:04going to blur out. But then I have
1:14:05permissions. And this is me saying
1:14:07here's what you're allowed to do cloud
1:14:09code. You're allowed to do bashes. So
1:14:11just like kind of running these
1:14:12commands. Web search is allowed. Web
1:14:14fetch, edit, write, mcps, mcps, glob,
1:14:17skills, all of this is allowed. But
1:14:19here's what's important. Here are the
1:14:21things you can never do. I I have this
1:14:23project set up so it can never remove
1:14:24anything or delete anything or change
1:14:26these directories or anything here that
1:14:28I would consider risky. And so what I
1:14:30would do is I would put my cloud code on
1:14:32bypass permissions mode. But I felt
1:14:34comfortable about it because it could
1:14:36never do anything that was actually
1:14:37risky. So, that's how I played with the
1:14:39settings in order to actually help me
1:14:40out a little bit with, you know, access.
1:14:42Now, the cool thing about that is I
1:14:44don't understand like a lot of those
1:14:46words, but I just said, "Hey, I'm trying
1:14:47to change my permissions and my settings
1:14:49inside of this project. Here's X, Y, and
1:14:52Z things I want to never happen. Can you
1:14:53help me update the settings file so that
1:14:55you physically cannot do those things?"
1:14:57And then it just worked for me.
1:14:59Obviously, I wanted to test it out a
1:15:00little bit cuz you don't always just
1:15:01take the output, like I said, and just
1:15:03fully blindly trust it, but that's what
1:15:05I did. Now, I will say though, pretty
1:15:07much if you come in here and you go to
1:15:09auto mode, it's going to be really
1:15:10solid. Auto mode was new. So, when I
1:15:13designed that settings file, auto mode
1:15:15didn't yet exist, but auto mode's pretty
1:15:16solid for you guys. When you've opened
1:15:18up Cloud Code and you've been following
1:15:19along with this video so far, you've
1:15:21probably been using auto mode, and
1:15:22that's going to be just fine. So, the
1:15:24settings thing is something to just be
1:15:25aware of, and later you might want to
1:15:27tweak that as you get a little more
1:15:28advanced, but right now, you're probably
1:15:29fine just sticking on auto mode. And
1:15:31then another setting that I want to
1:15:33bring to your guys' attention is down
1:15:35here. So obviously we have the model,
1:15:37right? And you can enable fast mode,
1:15:38which I basically never touch. It costs
1:15:40more and it's faster and I typically
1:15:42don't care about speed too much. We have
1:15:44the different models to choose between,
1:15:45right? So sonnet, haiku, opus, fable.
1:15:48And then what we can also do is the
1:15:50effort, which is pretty interesting. So
1:15:52effort lets you choose between faster
1:15:54and smarter. So, if we move the effort
1:15:56down to medium or low or extra high or
1:15:59max or ultra code, we can play with the
1:16:01effort levels. Now, I will be honest
1:16:03with you guys, I pretty much keep all my
1:16:06models just on high. I don't really like
1:16:08to play with it too much. Typically,
1:16:09what I like to do is switch between
1:16:11models rather than switch between
1:16:12effort. I think that for the most of the
1:16:14knowledge work, you really don't need to
1:16:16tweak it too much. But I will say the
1:16:19unit economics of understanding what is
1:16:22the right model for the specific task in
1:16:24front of you because you're also
1:16:25optimizing for cost is a very important
1:16:27thing to be thinking about as you get
1:16:29more advanced. Right now we're learning
1:16:30the fundamentals. It's not a big deal
1:16:32but as you get more advanced it is
1:16:33interesting to think about this kind of
1:16:34stuff. Look at this for example. We have
1:16:36this chart with GBT 5.5 which is
1:16:38currently OpenAI's best model but you
1:16:40know things move quick. We have Opus 4.8
1:16:42and we have Fable 5. We're showing all
1:16:44of these models on different effort
1:16:46levels. And on the y- axis, we see the
1:16:49score. On the x-axis, we see the average
1:16:51cost per task. Now, what I want you to
1:16:53pay attention to here is look at GBT
1:16:555.5. As effort increases, quality
1:16:59doesn't increase. Score doesn't
1:17:00increase, but cost certainly does. So,
1:17:02that's one where it's like, okay, why
1:17:03would you ever increase the effort? But
1:17:05here on Fable, as you increase the
1:17:07effort, the benchmarks show that your
1:17:10score meaning improves. Now, me
1:17:12personally, when I use Fable on high or
1:17:14max, what I've actually found is that
1:17:16it's slower and it overthinks and it
1:17:18overreasons for no reason. So, I like
1:17:20Fable on high. Opus 4.8 on extra high
1:17:23does significantly feel better, but it's
1:17:25slower and more expensive. So, it's it's
1:17:27kind of a balancing act to play, but
1:17:29looking at these benchmarks is
1:17:30interesting and it's good to know that
1:17:31you have that lever to tweak. But, like
1:17:34I said, for the majority of my knowledge
1:17:35work that I'm doing, I'm just leaving
1:17:37the models on high and that has been
1:17:39working pretty well for me. Okay, now
1:17:40let's talk about something really fun,
1:17:42which is privacy and your data. So, hey
1:17:46Claude Code, can you just do some quick
1:17:47research for me? What does Enthropic say
1:17:49about our privacy? You know, when I'm
1:17:51talking to Claude and the data goes to
1:17:53their servers, like what are they doing
1:17:54with it? Are they training on me? Should
1:17:56I be what should I be careful of? You
1:17:58know, how do I stay safe, especially
1:18:00inside of my own organization and at
1:18:01work? So, the reason I wanted to bring
1:18:04this up is because it is a big question,
1:18:05right? because these closed source
1:18:09models so basically meaning you know
1:18:11OpenAI Enthropic Google those are closed
1:18:14source models because we as consumers
1:18:16don't actually get to own the weights of
1:18:19those models you know we can't install
1:18:21them locally and we can't tune them or
1:18:23anything like that. Now open source
1:18:24models are the ones that you can
1:18:26download locally and tune them but
1:18:28they're not nearly as good as the closed
1:18:30source models. Now the benefit with open
1:18:32source models is that you can own them
1:18:34locally. So your data, your conversation
1:18:38never leaves your home because it stays
1:18:40on your computer. But every single time
1:18:41that I send a message to Claude or
1:18:43OpenAI or Google, it goes to their
1:18:46servers wherever they're running all
1:18:47their compute and then it gets processed
1:18:49and then an answer comes back. And
1:18:51that's why they have these massive, you
1:18:52know, data centers. But the point I'm
1:18:54trying to make here is for the company
1:18:55that you work for or your own business,
1:18:57you should not be sending over private
1:18:59sensitive data. For my case, it's really
1:19:02not that much, right? because I'm making
1:19:03content and I am doing stuff like that.
1:19:05I'm not directly handling people's
1:19:07credit card numbers or their personal
1:19:08identifiable information. But I wanted
1:19:11to bring this up because for some of the
1:19:13clients that I've worked with, they had
1:19:14very strict requirements. You know, like
1:19:16we couldn't do anthropic stuff for them.
1:19:19We had to do on-remise deployments and
1:19:20we had to think about security in a much
1:19:22different way as far as like encryption
1:19:23and stuff like that. But that's why I
1:19:26wanted to bring this up. I'm not going
1:19:27to dive into deep deep deep deep about
1:19:29like encryption and on-rem right now in
1:19:30this course at least, but I wanted to
1:19:32bring this up so that nobody here gets
1:19:34in trouble because they watch this
1:19:35course and then they're all of a sudden
1:19:37putting a bunch of company documents and
1:19:38legal contracts into AI when their
1:19:41company would get them in big-time
1:19:43trouble for doing something like that.
1:19:44So, be safe. Think about what's allowed
1:19:47inside of your industry, inside of your
1:19:49organization before you start chucking
1:19:50in documents into something like Claude.
1:19:53Aha. And look at this. I'll research
1:19:55this with Tavly first per hour clawmd
1:19:57setup. But anyways, I'll just go over
1:19:59real quick what this says. It depends
1:20:00entirely on which cloud you're using on
1:20:02consumer plans, which is, you know, the
1:20:04free pro max, not a team plan. As of the
1:20:07policy change effective October 8,
1:20:09training is opt-in, but it's a forced
1:20:11choice. So, you basically had to toggle
1:20:12this on or off. You can check this right
1:20:14now by going to your settings, going to
1:20:16privacy, going to help improve Claude,
1:20:18and then you can toggle it on or off.
1:20:19Now, just because they claim that
1:20:21they're not going to train models on
1:20:22your data, they still have that data.
1:20:25So, you know, that's why even if you
1:20:27have that toggled off, check with your
1:20:29own organization. Cool. So, now that
Building Your AI Operating System
1:20:31we've covered probably, of course, the
1:20:33most fun and exciting thing of this
1:20:34course, let's just talk more about
1:20:36connecting your own tools because that's
1:20:37how this stuff gets super super super
1:20:40powerful. Okay, so in my Herk 2 project,
1:20:43which I know I've mentioned a lot, this
1:20:45is my AI operating system. So, it's
1:20:47connected to every tool that I actually
1:20:48use and it has information about my
1:20:50entire business. It knows my business
1:20:52better than I know it honestly because
1:20:53it has a better memory. But the idea is
1:20:55I got here because I've connected all my
1:20:58tools and because I use this for
1:21:00everything and every new memory, every
1:21:02new skill, every new project gets
1:21:04indexed into my wiki here, which I will
1:21:06have sections on exactly how you do this
1:21:08later in the course, but just bear with
1:21:09me here. The point I'm trying to make is
1:21:11that's my AI operating system with my
1:21:13second brain inside. And if you guys
1:21:15want to get the full course, which I
1:21:16would recommend you do after this
1:21:18course, that will be my free school
1:21:19community right here. The link is in the
1:21:21description. Like I said, completely
1:21:23free. So the point I'm trying to make is
1:21:26this
1:21:28idea of connecting your tools is a core
1:21:30piece of building your AI operating
1:21:31system. Context, connections,
1:21:33capabilities, and cadence. And so what
1:21:35I'm talking about right now is kind of
1:21:36like the context and connections thing.
1:21:39So this is where I like to start. I
1:21:41think of my tier one connections which
1:21:43are revenue, customers, calendar, coms,
1:21:46tasks, meetings, and knowledge. So,
1:21:48right now, you know, you've created your
1:21:50folder in Claude, which is going to
1:21:51evolve into your AI operating system.
1:21:53But you're thinking to yourself, maybe
1:21:54okay, Gmail, um, you know, Slack, what
1:21:58else do I connect? I don't know what
1:21:59else to connect. The answer is go look
1:22:02at the tabs you have open right now. Go
1:22:03look at your bookmarks. Go look at your
1:22:05history. What tools are you visiting
1:22:07frequently? what tools do you need to go
1:22:09to pull data or to talk to people?
1:22:12That's what you want to connect. So,
1:22:13it'll be things like where is your
1:22:15revenue living? Can you connect your
1:22:16bank accounts? Can you connect um any
1:22:18reporting tools? Can you connect Stripe?
1:22:20Can you connect your, you know, school?
1:22:22Where do your customers live? You
1:22:24probably want to also have some customer
1:22:25data in there. You probably want to have
1:22:27your calendar in there. You want to have
1:22:28communications, so Google Workspace, but
1:22:30also for me it's ClickUp and Slack. I
1:22:32have tasks in there. So, ClickUp and
1:22:34Notion. I've got my meeting recordings.
1:22:36my transcripts get pulled in
1:22:37automatically from Fireflies and then
1:22:39just other knowledge. So, I've got a ton
1:22:40of stuff locally. I've got a ton of
1:22:42stuff in my Google Drive and of course
1:22:44on my YouTube channel. So, that's
1:22:46obviously not all of it. I think every
1:22:48single week you're going to discover, oh
1:22:49shoot, I need to connect this. And then
1:22:51when you do, it's as simple as googling
1:22:53that tool and then you Google API
1:22:55documentation. So, let's say you use
1:22:57Fireflies and you want to be able to
1:22:58connect Fireflies to cloud code. You
1:23:00would just go Fireflies API
1:23:03documentation. Okay, cool. Fireflies has
1:23:05an API. I will go ahead and say, "Hey,
1:23:07Cloud Code, you know, take this link,
1:23:09figure out how to use this." And then
1:23:10I'm going to go get my API keys from
1:23:11Fireflies. And once I get that, I'm
1:23:13going to chuck that in the ENV. And
1:23:15boom. Congratulations. You just
1:23:16connected another tool to your AI
1:23:19operating system to your cloud code.
1:23:20That's all it takes. The hardest part,
1:23:23honestly, is just like identifying what
1:23:25tools you need. And the best way to do
1:23:27this is to actually test it. Like prove
1:23:30to yourself that you can do this. And
1:23:32what I mean by that is you have to make
1:23:34the habit switch. So what it looks like
1:23:36right now is you've probably got all
1:23:38these different tools and I'm not going
1:23:39to um like label all these, but let's
1:23:43just say you've got all these different
1:23:44tools and you open up your Chrome or
1:23:47whatever browser you use and all day
1:23:49you're just switching between a bunch of
1:23:50different tools and you're copying and
1:23:51pasting things. What you need to do is
1:23:54just transition to the fact that I can
1:23:56just use Cloud Code and just talk to
1:23:58Claude Code and that's it. because
1:24:01Claude can be the one to go use all
1:24:03these tools. So, all I have to do as a
1:24:05human, you know, let me just draw a nice
1:24:07little picture of Oops, that's not what
1:24:09I wanted. As myself sitting here on, you
1:24:13know, my computer just talking all day.
1:24:15Then all I have to do, that's supposed
1:24:17to be a computer by the way. All I have
1:24:19to do as the human is just talk to
1:24:20Claude. And now this thing is like my
1:24:22assistant. It does everything for me.
1:24:23And I try to challenge myself. One of
1:24:26the metrics I challenge myself to is
1:24:28what percentage of my day, what
1:24:30percentage of my work can I do from this
1:24:33window right here? And I know that might
1:24:35sound weird. It might sound like, oh,
1:24:36I'm going to be less productive. But no,
1:24:38trust me, not only will you be more
1:24:40productive, but you're going to start to
1:24:41build more skills. You're going to make
1:24:42your cloudmd better. You're going to
1:24:44improve your entire system. And that's
1:24:45how you end up with something like this
1:24:46with hundreds of skills, millions of
1:24:49context files and projects, and
1:24:51something that feels like a co-founder.
1:24:52It's really a great feeling to be to
1:24:54have. So, you're going to go through
1:24:56these tiers. You're going to list out
1:24:58the tools that you want to connect and
1:24:59then just go through find if they have
1:25:01an API, find if they have an MCP, maybe
1:25:03they have a CLI, and start to get
1:25:05connected. What I want to show you guys
1:25:06right now, because I'm hoping a lot of
1:25:07you guys are on the Google Workspace
Connecting Google Workspace: CLIs vs MCPs
1:25:09ecosystem, is how you can connect to the
1:25:11Google Workspace CLI because that allows
1:25:14you to talk to everything in the Google
1:25:15Workspace environment. Mail, calendar,
1:25:18sheets, docs, slides, all of it. So,
1:25:22that's what I'm about to show you guys
1:25:23how to set up. Just a quick warning
1:25:25before this next video starts playing.
1:25:26Some of the clips that I'm inserting
1:25:28into this course were recorded a few
1:25:30months back, meaning they might be shown
1:25:31in VS Code extension or the terminal
1:25:34instead of the Cloud Desktop app that
1:25:36we've been using so far. I just wanted
1:25:38to give you guys a warning.
1:25:39Functionally, exact same. So, don't
1:25:41worry about it too much. It just might
1:25:42look a little bit differently, but all
1:25:44you have to do is listen to what I'm
1:25:45saying and follow along with what I'm
1:25:46actually doing and you will be just
1:25:47fine. All of this stuff is still
1:25:49relevant. Otherwise, I wouldn't be
1:25:50putting it in this course. So, hopefully
1:25:52that makes sense. See you guys in the
1:25:54video. Google just dropped what some are
1:25:56already calling the most powerful
1:25:57workspace CLI on the internet. So, if
1:26:00you've got a ton of stuff that lives in
1:26:01the Google environment just like I do,
1:26:03then you're going to love this because
1:26:04now any of my cloud code projects can
1:26:06access everything. And all I had to do
1:26:08was install one simple thing. So, here
1:26:11you can see I said, what can you do with
1:26:12GWS, which is Google Workspace CLI? So,
1:26:16it can search, list, upload, download,
1:26:18move, copy, share, anything in my Google
1:26:20Drive. It can do anything in my Gmail.
1:26:23It can do anything in my calendar. It
1:26:24can do anything with Google Docs. Same
1:26:26thing with Sheets. Same thing with
1:26:28Slides. And it also has multi-step
1:26:30workflow recipes. So these are basically
1:26:32like skills. These are chain command
1:26:34patterns for common tasks like creating
1:26:36docs from templates, reading sheet data,
1:26:38and creating a report doc, finding free
1:26:40time, and scheduling a meeting. And
1:26:41there are over a hundred of these that
1:26:42it actually has. So out of the box, when
1:26:44you give Claude Code the GWS CLI, you
1:26:47can do anything across any of the tools.
1:26:48And you also have access to over a 100
1:26:50skills. So, I don't know how many times
1:26:52you guys have tried to use something
1:26:53like Claude or Naden to build you a
1:26:55Google doc and you do this over API and
1:26:57it ends up just looking like something
1:26:59like this. It literally just looks like
1:27:00raw markdown and it's obviously
1:27:02horrible. And sometimes to go along with
1:27:04a YouTube video, I make resource guides
1:27:05that look like this, but obviously they
1:27:07have to be formatted. I've got like a
1:27:08header up here and I've got links and
1:27:10different things in this format. But now
1:27:13I can literally just take the link to a
1:27:14YouTube video. I can drop that into
1:27:16Cloud Code and say, "Create me a YouTube
1:27:18resource guide." It's going to go ahead
1:27:19and download that transcript from the
1:27:21video. And now what it's doing is it's
1:27:23creating the Google doc, not via API
1:27:25call, not via MCP, but via a bash
1:27:27command, meaning it's literally running
1:27:29a terminal command in order to talk to
1:27:31Google and make this. So, it just
1:27:33actually created the doc. Here's the ID.
1:27:35And now it's going to populate it with
1:27:36what I need. And now it finished this
1:27:38up. It gave me the link. I'll click into
1:27:39this. And we can see, boom, we have an
1:27:41actual resource guide. It's got the
1:27:43image inserted up here as a header. It's
1:27:44got a link that goes right back to my
1:27:46YouTube channel. It breaks down the
1:27:47market traditional automation. It goes
1:27:49through all this stuff and then even has
1:27:50my CTA at the bottom as you can see
1:27:52after all these horizontal lines to join
1:27:54the plus group. So that was obviously
1:27:56just one quick example, but there's so
1:27:58many different benefits here using this
1:27:59workspace CLI. The first one is that you
1:28:01have one interface. So basically, like I
1:28:03said, it was one GWS CLI that Cloud Code
1:28:05now has access to and it can access my
1:28:07Gmail, my drive, docs, sheets, calendar,
1:28:09admin, and more. It's also JSON first
1:28:11with structured responses. So our AI
1:28:13agent is really, really good at working
1:28:14with it. We have auto discovery, meaning
1:28:16the CLI is pretty much always going to
1:28:17stay up to date automatically. Pretty
1:28:19much zero maintenance because we
1:28:20authenticate and then we're going to be
1:28:22good to go. It has built-in skills for
1:28:24triage, for prep, for generations. Like
1:28:26I said, there's 100 others. And it's not
1:28:28much overhead because it's basically
1:28:29just one tool. It's not the same as like
1:28:31having all these different API endpoints
1:28:33or all of these different MCP configs
1:28:35and tools that would take up more
1:28:36context. But I know you're probably
1:28:38wondering, what is a CLI? It stands for
1:28:40command line interface. And what we're
1:28:42typically used to is a GUI or a
1:28:44graphical user interface where we can
1:28:45see buttons, we can see form fields, and
1:28:47we can click on things and that's how we
1:28:49navigate, but computers are more
1:28:51navigating by text and by commands and
1:28:53by typing. So that's really all that a
1:28:55CLI is. And this is an open- source
1:28:57Google Workspace product, and obviously
1:28:59it's completely free. So I'll leave a
1:29:01link to this GitHub repository down in
1:29:02the description if you want to check it
1:29:03out, read more about it. But I'm also
1:29:05going to walk through some of the key
1:29:05details right here. The first thing that
1:29:07I wanted to show you is if you go down
1:29:08here to the skills, this is where we can
1:29:10actually see all of the different kind
1:29:12of recipes they call them for pre-made
1:29:14multi-step workflows that it has. As you
1:29:16can see, creating events from sheets,
1:29:18creating presentations, creating meat
1:29:20space, label and archiving emails.
1:29:22There's so many different patterns that
1:29:23you might use from this pre-built
1:29:25library. Now, if we keep scrolling down,
1:29:27what you'll also notice is that right
1:29:28here it says this is not an officially
1:29:30supported Google product. Now, that
1:29:32doesn't mean that it's unsafe. This is
1:29:33an actual Google product, but the reason
1:29:35why it's not officially supported is
1:29:37because right now it's more of like an
1:29:38open- source beta. It's kind of a
1:29:40developer playground rather than like an
1:29:42enterprisebacked software. And you can
1:29:44see right here that it also says this
1:29:46project is under active development.
1:29:47Expect breaking changes as we march
1:29:49towards v 1.0. So this thing's already
1:29:51really good out of the box and it's only
1:29:52going to get better. And you can see,
1:29:54like I said, when Google Workspace adds
1:29:55an API endpoints or method, GWS picks it
1:29:58up automatically. So you might as well
1:29:59chuck it into cloud code right now and
1:30:01start getting used to it. Okay, so I
1:30:02just uninstalled this so I can walk you
1:30:04guys through step by step how this
1:30:05actually works. It's super easy. What I
1:30:07do is I basically copy the link to this
1:30:09GitHub repository as you can see. And
1:30:11I'm going to basically just give it to
1:30:13Cloud Code and say, "Hey, I want to
1:30:15install this GWS CLI, read through the
1:30:19documentation, and help me install
1:30:20everything that I need to install, and
1:30:22then we're going to get set up." So,
1:30:23this is basically going to do all the
1:30:24research for me, and then all I have to
1:30:26do is follow its instructions. So, it
1:30:28read the docs. It's looking at what we
1:30:30already have installed. It basically saw
1:30:32that I already had some of the
1:30:33prerequisites. So if you don't have
1:30:34those, you'll have to install those. And
1:30:36then it told me that we needed to
1:30:37install the CLI. So it did that. And now
1:30:39we have two options. So the first one is
1:30:41to install G-Cloud CLI so that we have
1:30:43automatic setup and off. Or we could do
1:30:45it manually by creating our own project
1:30:47and whatnot. So let's just go ahead and
1:30:48try option A. Okay. I thought this was
1:30:50going to be just like a simple command
1:30:52that it ran and then we were good. But
1:30:54it's actually like some other thing to
1:30:55install. So let's actually go back and
1:30:56try manual and I'll just show you guys I
1:30:58guess the harder way. Okay. So I'm going
1:31:00to go to this link. go to our Google
1:31:01Cloud Console and make sure you're
1:31:03signed in with the right account up in
1:31:04the top right. And I'm just going to go
1:31:05ahead and create a new project just to
1:31:07show you guys what this would look like.
1:31:08So, new project. I'm going to call this
1:31:10one Claude Code GWS. And we're just
1:31:15going to go ahead and create this
1:31:16project. So, this is spinning up right
1:31:18now as you can see. And now that it has
1:31:20been created, I'm going to select it so
1:31:21we're inside of it. And then I'm going
1:31:22to go up here and type in APIs and
1:31:25services. Click on that. And we have to
1:31:26set up our OOTH consent screen. So, I'll
1:31:28click on this. and it's going to say get
1:31:30started. Click on that. We have to give
1:31:33our app a name. And then we have to
1:31:35choose an audience. So I'm just going to
1:31:36do internal because I only need this
1:31:38right now for my own organization. If
1:31:40you want to do external, it'll basically
1:31:42have you do testing or published. And if
1:31:44you do testing, just make sure that you
1:31:46add your email as a test user. And then
1:31:49all you have to do after you put in your
1:31:50contact information is hit I agree. And
1:31:53then you go ahead and create that. Now
1:31:54once that has been done, you're going to
1:31:56go to create a client ID. So, I'm going
1:31:58to go back into APIs and services. I'm
1:32:00going to go to credentials and then I'm
1:32:02going to go ahead and do a create
1:32:03credential oath client ID. Now, in here,
1:32:05we're going to choose a desktop app. I'm
1:32:07going to just call this GWS and go ahead
1:32:10and hit create. And now we have our
1:32:12client ID and our client secret. And so,
1:32:14what you're going to do is download this
1:32:15as a JSON file. Now, you can see here
1:32:17that it says to download that file and
1:32:19save it to your global.config/GWS.
1:32:23So, basically, if you can't find this,
1:32:25just say, "Hey, can you give that to me
1:32:26in a full path?" And then you can paste
1:32:28that into your finder or your file
1:32:30explorer and it will take you there. It
1:32:31will probably look something like this.
1:32:33And then you just drag in that
1:32:34credential thing. I called mine client
1:32:36secret. And cloud code will be able to
1:32:38look at this globally now. And so what
1:32:40you'll notice is that we didn't in this
1:32:41project yet enable these APIs. So let me
1:32:44just show you what happens without that.
1:32:45So it says the last step is to run GWS
1:32:48off login. So I just said, hey, I
1:32:50finished option B. The credentials are
1:32:51called client secret. And then I told it
1:32:54to run the O login. So that should
1:32:56basically open up a tab for you, but if
1:32:58it doesn't, then you can ask for it to
1:33:00give you that URL so that you can
1:33:01actually authenticate in. So you would
1:33:03basically choose your account that you
1:33:04want to use. And then you just have to
1:33:06basically confirm that it can access all
1:33:07of these different things. As you can
1:33:08see, and then when you hit allow, you
1:33:11should be properly authenticated. After
1:33:12that, it's going to come back and say,
1:33:13"Okay, cool. Let me see if everything
1:33:15works." Now, this hasn't been perfect on
1:33:17the first try every time, but if you
1:33:19just go back and forth a little bit,
1:33:20say, "Hey, that didn't work. Hey, this
1:33:21is what I'm seeing." It will be able to
1:33:23get you there. It's going to be your
1:33:24best friend for something like this
1:33:26because remember it can read all of the
1:33:27actual documentation. And now it says
1:33:29that the author is working, but we have
1:33:30to enable these APIs in our Google Cloud
1:33:33projects. So basically just clicking
1:33:34open these one at a time and all you
1:33:36have to do is hit enable. So it's super
1:33:38simple. You just have to do this like I
1:33:40said for all of these different services
1:33:42that you actually want to be able to
1:33:43use. So that's why I did this on a new
1:33:44project cuz I just wanted you guys to
1:33:45see that. But if you already have one
1:33:47that has all these enabled, then you can
1:33:48just use that project and generate that
1:33:50OOTH client ID. So there you go. You can
1:33:52see that this works. I said, "Can you
1:33:54find my Google doc that I made in April
1:33:55of 2025?" And I went ahead and pulled
1:33:57links to all five of these because
1:33:59obviously that was a very vague request.
1:34:01And now we could take action pretty much
1:34:02anywhere in Google Workspace super
1:34:04simply with this CLI. But like I said, I
1:34:07just got this set up today and I've been
1:34:08playing around with it a ton in my
1:34:10executive assistant project and it's
1:34:11been awesome. It can literally do
1:34:13anything. So here I'm asking it to grab
1:34:14my unread emails from today and based on
1:34:16what it knows about my business and my
1:34:18priorities, give them a score and if the
1:34:20priority score is below five, just mark
1:34:21it as unread automatically. All right.
1:34:22So, here you can see it said, "Got 30
1:34:24unready emails. Here's my priority score
1:34:26based on your business context." And as
1:34:28I scroll down, you can see that it's
1:34:29getting different ratings. And based on
1:34:31what I'm seeing right now, this actually
1:34:33looks pretty good. So, then I started
1:34:34playing around with Google Slides
1:34:35because I use Gamma right now, but at
1:34:37some point I could imagine that if this
1:34:39gets good enough, then I wouldn't need
1:34:40Gamma anymore. And this is a free option
1:34:42compared to Gamma subscription. So, I
1:34:44had it create me a slide deck and it was
1:34:46okay. I threw in my brand guidelines. I
1:34:48threw in my logo and I said, "Hey, can
1:34:49you see this? you created this using the
1:34:51Google Slides and it's okay, but there's
1:34:53some weird things that I need you to
1:34:54fix. So then it came back and said, I
1:34:56cannot see the slides. I just know how
1:34:58to build them programmatically. So
1:34:59that's why there may be some errors with
1:35:00spacing and stuff. So then I basically
1:35:02just gave it access to ChromeDev tools
1:35:04so that it could open the page,
1:35:05screenshot it, look at it, and then we
1:35:07built a plan to add visual validation to
1:35:09this Google Slide Creator skill. So now
1:35:11you can see as it's going through, it
1:35:13actually takes screenshots and then it
1:35:14can make fixes based on that. So then
1:35:16after it fixes everything, it says,
1:35:17"Okay, cool. Updated the skill. take a
1:35:19look at it now. So, I'll open up this
1:35:21link. Brings me to Google Slides where I
1:35:23have this slide deck. It has kind of my
1:35:26brand colors. It's got the logo up top
1:35:27right. And then as we go through, we can
1:35:29also see that the spacing is a little
1:35:30bit better. It's still not perfect,
1:35:31obviously, but we have custom images
1:35:33here that were generated with Nano
1:35:35Banana 2. And even the images are kind
1:35:37of on brand with the sort of orange and
1:35:39blue color scheme. As you can see, we've
1:35:41got this one with the WAT framework.
1:35:43We've got this slide. And it even ends
1:35:45with the CTA for the free school
1:35:47community. So, just to see what else
1:35:48happens, I'm going to say, "Take a look
1:35:49at the slide deck and do another audit.
1:35:51How could you improve the skill in the
1:35:52future?" So, it's going to go ahead open
1:35:55up a tab as you guys just saw. It's
1:35:57going to take images. It's going to
1:35:58flick through the different slides and
1:36:00capture them. And as you can see over
1:36:02here, it now says take screenshot. And
1:36:04now, it's reading that screenshot right
1:36:06there.
1:36:07Now, it just moved on to the next slide.
1:36:09And it's going to go through and look at
1:36:10every single slide. And then, it's going
1:36:11to come back with a plan. And we could
1:36:13probably do a similar visual and
1:36:14validate flow with creating Google Docs
1:36:17as well. So now you can see it's almost
1:36:19on to that last slide. And I hope it
1:36:20fixes this last slide because what you
1:36:22can see here is that the spacing is
1:36:24really off down here. So you can see it
1:36:26came back with an audit. It came back
1:36:27with some future improvements. And one
1:36:29thing that I did notice is that because
1:36:31I made the window smaller, its
1:36:32screenshots were probably worse quality.
1:36:34So it said presentation mode screenshots
1:36:36would probably be better. But anyways, I
1:36:38just wanted to give you guys a little
1:36:39taste of how you can use the GWS CLI.
1:36:42but also use it with other tools to make
1:36:44the functionality even more powerful.
1:36:46And there is one more important thing I
1:36:47need you guys to understand about
1:36:49connecting your tools. So what you might
1:36:51have noticed is that in cloud code on
1:36:53the desktop app, if you go to customize,
1:36:55you can see some skills in here, but
1:36:56then you can go to connectors. And what
1:36:59are connectors? They're basically a
1:37:00really simple way for you to connect to
1:37:03different tools. If I click on browse,
1:37:04you can see we've got Reend, Tableau,
1:37:06Canva, Figma, Gmail, notion. And this is
1:37:09really easy because you basically just
1:37:11connect and then it prompts you to sign
1:37:12in. You know, like you kind of ooth in.
1:37:15Oh, that one's already installed. So, if
1:37:17I did Notion, for example, it would just
1:37:18bring me to Notion and it would want me
1:37:20to sign in here and then my Claude Code
1:37:22desktop app would automatically be
1:37:24synced up to notion and I could just
1:37:25interact with it. And it's very easy
1:37:27because you don't really deal with, you
1:37:29know, potentially the API keys in the
1:37:30same way. As you can see, here's where I
1:37:32would choose which workspace I would
1:37:33request connection to. Now, the reason I
1:37:35wanted to bring this up is because it's
1:37:38easier and a lot of people might just
1:37:39tell you to do that. But here's what I
1:37:41want you to think about. If you rely on
1:37:43these connections, that is not great
1:37:46because what's going to happen is if you
1:37:48switch off to a different desktop app or
1:37:50a different harness, you lose
1:37:51everything. So by going through the
1:37:54method that we've talked about where you
1:37:55open up your files and you go to yourv
1:37:57and you put your API keys in there and
1:37:59you build connections through that that
1:38:01means later if you want to switch to
1:38:02codeex which is chatgbt's coding agent
1:38:05or if you want to switch to Hermes agent
1:38:08or openclaw or any other new tool that
1:38:09comes out then you'd have to reconnect
1:38:11every single thing which is a huge pain
1:38:13or even if later you decided you wanted
1:38:15to go from cloud code desktop app to VS
1:38:17code which is something that I I like to
1:38:18use a lot as well you would have to
1:38:20reset all those connections again that
1:38:22is why I'm teaching teaching you guys to
1:38:23do this all a little bit more manually,
1:38:25but it's not too difficult at all, but
1:38:26more manually by setting up yourv um API
1:38:29keys in there because it's just way more
1:38:31transferable. You're you're way more
1:38:33tool agnostic and becoming tool agnostic
1:38:35is the most important thing you can do
1:38:37because these tools evolve so quick. New
1:38:39models, new tools every day, every week.
1:38:41So that is why I want you guys to think
1:38:42about the fact that all we're doing here
1:38:44is we're building a bunch of folders and
1:38:46files. any agent, any AI can sit on top
1:38:49of folders and files and look at them
1:38:51and be just fine and use them. So, that
1:38:53is super important to me and I just
1:38:55wanted to make sure that I communicated
1:38:56that to you guys because I knew some
1:38:58people might be thinking, okay, well,
1:38:59why would we not just use the connectors
1:39:00inside of the desktop app that are so
1:39:02much easier to connect? That's why if
1:39:04you want to go for it, but just think
1:39:06about when you have to switch or if you
1:39:07want to switch later, that's going to be
1:39:08a real pain for you to reconnect
1:39:10potentially like 20 or 30 or 40 tools.
1:39:13All right, awesome. Let's move on to
1:39:15skills, which is my favorite Cloud Code
1:39:17feature ever. Skills exist regardless of
1:39:21really whatever AI model you end up
1:39:23using. So, when you're building these
1:39:24skills, these are also tool agnostic,
1:39:26which is great, but skills are so so
1:39:27important. So, let me find some blank
1:39:30space over here so I can draw out some
1:39:31stuff about skills. We're going to grab
1:39:33this little cloud code crab, place them
1:39:35down here. So, when you're talking to
1:39:37Claude Code, the idea is that when you
1:39:40ask it to do something, it just
1:39:42understands you, right? knows your
1:39:44processes and it knows what to do and
1:39:46specifically if it does a process once
1:39:48good or well then you would hope that if
1:39:51you ask it to do it again next week it
1:39:53would do it just as well if not better.
1:39:56So the idea is that we have a bunch of
1:39:58skills, right?
1:40:00Let's just call Yeah, we'll just say
1:40:02skill. And these are also going to be MD
1:40:03files. So let's say skill.md as we know
1:40:05that that stands for markdown.
1:40:08Think about it like this. These are just
1:40:10recipes. If you wanted to make chocolate
1:40:13chip pancakes, I don't know why I always
1:40:14use this example, but it just makes
1:40:15sense. You would open up a recipe for
1:40:18chocolate chip pancakes. If this was
1:40:20your first time ever doing it, you would
1:40:21follow that recipe because you don't
1:40:23know off the top of your head the
1:40:24measurements. um how long to cook it.
1:40:27You know, you don't know exactly what to
Skills Deep Dive
1:40:28do, but what you would do is you'd open
1:40:29up the cookbook or you'd Google on our
1:40:32phone the recipe and then you'd follow
1:40:34it to a tea. You would see step one,
1:40:36step two, step three, step four, and you
1:40:37would just do that. After you finished
1:40:39making, you know, you got the
1:40:41deliverable from that recipe. You would
1:40:42say to yourself, "Okay, did I like this
1:40:44or did I not?" You know, maybe I wanted
1:40:45to add more chocolate chips. So, I'm
1:40:47going to change the recipe and add more
1:40:48chocolate chips. So, then you would
1:40:50change the recipe and then next time you
1:40:52want to make chocolate chips, you'd open
1:40:53this back up. You'd run it again and
1:40:55you'd see if you liked it and eventually
1:40:56you get to a spot where you like the
1:40:58skill or you like the recipe and now
1:41:00whenever anyone asks you, hey, you know,
1:41:02can you make me some chocolate chip
1:41:03pancakes? You know exactly how to do it
1:41:04because you reach for the skill and you
1:41:06just follow the instructions. So that's
1:41:08what our agents do. What ends up
1:41:09happening is we have tons of different
1:41:11skills and when we ask our agent to do
1:41:13something, it is able to think to
1:41:15itself, oh, okay, cool. So, this person
1:41:17wanted me to do a, you know, a morning
1:41:19briefing. And all I have to do now is I
1:41:22have to go grab this morning briefing
1:41:23skill, read it, and then I'm going to go
1:41:26execute, you know, the actual morning
1:41:27briefing on my workspace, you know, so
1:41:31on my laptop. Anyways, so it would read
1:41:33this and then it would execute. And then
1:41:36your job as the human is to say, "Okay,
1:41:38cool. This is pretty good." But once
1:41:40again, here's my feedback. And then you
1:41:42just get into this place where the agent
1:41:44would then loop. it would update the
1:41:45skill and then you run it again and then
1:41:47you judge the output, you loop, you run
1:41:49it again. So take a look at this
1:41:50example. This is my grill me skill. What
1:41:53you'll notice is there's this little
1:41:55front matter which is called YAML front
1:41:57matter. It it's yl front matter. I don't
1:42:00know exactly what the yl stands for but
1:42:02it's front matter. And this is important
1:42:04because this is what the agent reads in
1:42:08order to decide should I use the skill
1:42:10or not. So this skill is called grill
1:42:12me. It says, "Enter the user
1:42:13relentlessly about a plan, design, or
1:42:15topic, checkpointing every answer to a
1:42:17brainstorm file so nothing is lost. Use
1:42:19when the user wants to stress test a
1:42:21plan, get grilled on a design, run a
1:42:23brainstorm or discovery session, extract
1:42:24what's in their head into a doc, or
1:42:26says, "Krill me." I'm going to do a full
1:42:28section later on the skill. It's it's a
1:42:29it's a great skill. But this is what it
1:42:32looks like. So, let's say I say, "Hey,
1:42:34you know, Claude Code, I want to um
1:42:36build out a new course on cloud code for
1:42:40knowledge work." for example, which is
1:42:42actually I did this exact thing when I
1:42:44was planning out this course. I said,
1:42:46can you please grill me about the way I
1:42:47use cloud code, the way I think about
1:42:49it, and what I need to know. And then
1:42:51what it did is it just asked me tons and
1:42:52tons of questions. But before it did
1:42:54that, it had to read the skill and
1:42:55invoke it. And it and the reason I
1:42:58wanted to tell you guys about this front
1:42:59matter is because that is how it
1:43:00decides. Look at this, right? If I go to
1:43:02my Herk 2 project and if I go into
1:43:04mycloud and I go to the skills folder, I
1:43:07have tons of skills. There's like 40ome
1:43:09in here. So, because there's so many
1:43:12skills, what this looks like more like
1:43:14in reality is our agent has to look
1:43:17through
1:43:18so many skills to be able to pick out
1:43:20the right one, which is overwhelming and
1:43:23it starts to cost tokens. So that's why
1:43:26we use this front matter which it's a
1:43:28process called progressive disclosure
1:43:30which basically means the agent is able
1:43:32to quickly scan all of the front matter
1:43:34for every single skill and based on the
1:43:36description decide ah this is the one
1:43:39that I need to use based on the request
1:43:41that the user just requested from me. So
1:43:44that is why it would then pick this one
1:43:46then it could read everything and then
1:43:47it would invoke it. So that's how sort
1:43:50of the skills look. That's how they
1:43:52work. And that is how progressive
1:43:54disclosure works. So let us go ahead and
1:43:58build our own skill. The cool thing
1:43:59about skills is they can be invoked by
1:44:01natural language. Like if I said, "Hey,
1:44:02can you just grill me?" Or, "Hey, can
1:44:04you run like my storm research?" They
1:44:06would be invoked. But you can also
1:44:07invoke them from slash commands. So if I
1:44:09do a slash, you can see that I've got a
1:44:11command called session handoff, which I
1:44:12could invoke by doing slash. Or I could
1:44:15use, you know, slashgrill me, for
1:44:17example, which is the one that you guys
1:44:18just saw. So you can use slash commands.
1:44:21And what else is cool about that is
1:44:22there is a slash command from Enthropic
1:44:24called skill creator. Create new skills,
1:44:25modify and improve, blah blah blah. So
1:44:27I'm going to call on that skill and then
1:44:29I'm just going to in my natural language
1:44:31tell it what I want to build a skill
1:44:33around. Before I do this, there are two
1:44:35different ways that you can actually
1:44:37write skills or make skills. So let me
1:44:40once again come over here and show you
1:44:41guys visually. There are two ways. One
1:44:44of them is you kind of proactively are
1:44:46building skills and the other one is you
1:44:48build a skill after the fact. So what I
1:44:50mean by that is let's say we decide okay
1:44:53I want a skill for my morning brief. So
1:44:55what I'm going to do is I'm going to say
1:44:57hey Claude code help me build a skill to
1:45:00help me with my morning briefings.
1:45:01Here's what you're going to do. Step one
1:45:03is you go to my calendar and you see
1:45:04what's on my my day. Step two is you go
1:45:06to my ClickUp. You see my tasks that are
1:45:08due today. Step three is you read
1:45:10through my conversations and you see if
1:45:11there's anything that I committed to
1:45:13blah blah blah. That is how you build
1:45:14the morning briefing skill. Or what you
1:45:16could do on the other side is you just
1:45:19do that. So instead of planning out and
1:45:21saying, "Hey, help me build the skill,"
1:45:23you just do the thing. So you would do
1:45:25step one, you would do step two, you do
1:45:27step three, you do step four. You do all
1:45:28of that manually with Claude. And then
1:45:30you would say, "Hey, look back at all
1:45:33those four steps that we just did. That
1:45:35is a process that I do every morning.
1:45:37So, can you turn that into a skill? So,
1:45:39you basically have those two paths. You
1:45:41can either say, "Hey, help me write a
1:45:43skill." And then explain 1 2 3 4. Here's
1:45:45what we do. Or you actually do the
1:45:47action and then you say, "You know what?
1:45:48That would be a great skill. Turn that
1:45:50into a skill for me." So, let me show
1:45:53you. Um, we're going to proactively
1:45:54build one just to keep this simpler. And
1:45:56also, what I'm going to do is I'm going
1:45:57to clear out this conversation because
1:45:58we don't need all this in here. So, I
1:46:00can do a slash command to clear
1:46:02slashcle. And then we have a fresh chat.
1:46:04So, I'm going to invoke the skill
1:46:06creator skill. And now, let's think of a
1:46:08good use case to build a skill around.
1:46:11Hey Claude, I would like you to help me
1:46:13build a skill. So, I want something
1:46:14that's going to help me sort of just
1:46:16manage my email inbox a little bit
1:46:17better. You should be able to touch my
1:46:19inbox because we set up the Google
1:46:21Workspace CLI. So, that's the first step
1:46:24is see if you can reach it. And then
1:46:26what I want the skill to do is basically
1:46:27give me a rundown of all of my unread
1:46:30emails and then help me sort of just
1:46:32like triage them. Tell me if anything's
1:46:33important. tell me if you know there's
1:46:36anything that I committed to that I need
1:46:37to respond to and if I need to reach out
1:46:39to anyone else on my team basically just
1:46:41help me triage these emails and label
1:46:43them for me high priority you know which
1:46:45ones needs actions which ones can be
1:46:46completely ignored and then after that
1:46:49happens and after you've given me a
1:46:51quick brief we'll actually take action.
1:46:52So I'll say hey you know all of those
1:46:54down there you can just mark them as
1:46:55unread for these three emails I want you
1:46:57to help me create a draft blah blah
1:46:58blah. So you're basically going to help
1:47:00me triage my inbox and clean it up.
1:47:03Okay, so that was a very messy prompt,
1:47:05right? And that's why sometimes it's
1:47:07better to build a skill after you've
1:47:09done something. So, what we're going to
1:47:10do here is it's going to start to build
1:47:11out the skill thing. And then what it's
1:47:13going to do is we're going to run
1:47:14through this example and then we're
1:47:16going to go back and improve the skill.
1:47:17The first step is that it's checking the
1:47:19Google Workspace to see if it can
1:47:20actually hit my inboxes. There we go.
1:47:22Reachable. And there are 201 unread
1:47:24emails. So, I certainly do need the
1:47:26skill. And now what it's doing is it's
1:47:28saying, "Okay, so I have everything set
1:47:29up, but before I write the skill,
1:47:31there's a few questions that I have for
1:47:32you." So, it's asking me some questions
1:47:34to make this skill better. I have 201
1:47:36unready emails. How much should we
1:47:38triage in one run? I'm just going to say
1:47:40the most recent 25 to 30 just to keep
1:47:42this simple. When the skill labels an
1:47:45email, what actually should happen? Read
1:47:47Gmail labels. Brief only, no labels,
1:47:50stars plus brief. I'm going to go ahead
1:47:52and say brief only, no labels, just so
1:47:54it's not doing anything that I'm not
1:47:56explicitly approving, at least to start.
1:47:58Once we've ran the skill 10, 20, 30
1:48:00times and we've kind of like battle
1:48:02tested it and we feel more confident in
1:48:04it, then we can maybe make it a little
1:48:05bit more autonomous. But to start, I
1:48:07like to be in full control of
1:48:08everything. What categories should the
1:48:10brief sort emails into? Let's just go on
1:48:12high, action, ignore. That's totally
1:48:13fine for now. And it's going to keep
1:48:15building out this skill. So, while this
1:48:16is finishing running up, let me just
1:48:18talk about some of the common questions
1:48:19I get around skills because skills can
1:48:22be as simple as like a two- sentence
1:48:24prompt, but they can also be pretty
1:48:25complex. So, let me show you guys a
1:48:27quick example. If I go into my skills
1:48:30here, let me show you an example of one
1:48:32that is kind of more on the complex
1:48:34side. Okay, so this is one called
1:48:36packaging, which helps me out with
1:48:37sometimes packaging up YouTube videos
1:48:39and stuff like that and brainstorming.
1:48:40So, it's called packaging. Here's the
1:48:42description of when to use it. And then
1:48:44what you'll notice inside of this skill
1:48:46is we're routing to other files. So,
1:48:48sometimes it needs to read this full
1:48:49packaging playbook, which is a massive
1:48:52um markdown file of packaging rules. So,
1:48:54it says read this every time. It has
1:48:55Nate's actual decision logic. Then it
1:48:57went to the decision logic source. So
1:48:59another massive markdown file. Then it
1:49:02can also read my channel data. And then
1:49:03it can also look at thumbnail analysis.
1:49:05It can also look at a script to generate
1:49:06thumbnails. And it also has to find my
1:49:08API key. So this is an example where we
1:49:11have tons of brand assets like all of my
1:49:13thumbnail assets, the core model. And
1:49:16look how long this is. There's so many
1:49:17different instructions. There's so many
1:49:18different modes. There's so many
1:49:20different decisions to be made. And
1:49:21every time that I use the skill, it gets
1:49:23better and better, right? because, you
1:49:25know, I give it that feedback loop.
1:49:27There's lots of files that it
1:49:28references. Here's one called idea
1:49:30mining. So, we use this when someone
1:49:31asks for content ideas, video ideas,
1:49:33what to make next, or just to run idea
1:49:34mining. So, once again, this actually
1:49:36needs to be updated cuz I have more than
1:49:37this many subscribers now, but context
1:49:40files, you know, execution. But what's
1:49:42cool about this is this skill calls on
1:49:44sub agents. So, I know we haven't talked
1:49:46about sub aents yet, but skills can do
1:49:48so many things. It can reference full
1:49:50workflows. It can reference full
1:49:51scripts. It can reference sub aents. So
1:49:53the first agent that's supposed to run
1:49:55this skill will call on the YouTube
1:49:57analyzer sub agent and then later it
1:49:59will call on my researcher agent.
1:50:01Anyways, the point I'm trying to make is
1:50:03skills can be really simple. It could be
1:50:04a two sentence prompt. Skills can call
1:50:06other skills. Skills can call sub aents.
1:50:08It's basically whatever process you
1:50:10have. It's basically just an SOP.
1:50:12However you decide you want to do
1:50:13something, a skill just packages it up
1:50:16so that you can consistently do that
1:50:17again every time. Another cool thing
1:50:19about skills is because they're just
1:50:20markdown files, you can take skills from
1:50:22other people. You know, they will have
1:50:24open source GitHub repos like this
1:50:25superpowers plugin that has skills in
1:50:27here. And this gives us skills for
1:50:29brainstorming and for other things like
1:50:31that. If I go to the skills, you can see
1:50:32there's a brainstorming one, there's an
1:50:34executing plans, there is a dispatching
1:50:36parallel agents, there's writing plans.
1:50:38So, you can leverage other people's
1:50:40skills and other people's subject matter
1:50:41expertise by taking the markdown file
1:50:44that they give you for a skill. For
1:50:45example, this brainstorming one, like I
1:50:47said, just a markdown file. It's just a
1:50:49simple prompt and then you can put this
1:50:50into your own project and you can use
1:50:52it. So, if you go on X or if you go on
1:50:54LinkedIn, you'll see people talking
1:50:55about these really cool skills and
1:50:56plugins and it's kind of just like an
1:50:58open marketplace where people are
1:50:59sharing stuff. If you guys remember the
1:51:01grill me skill that I've been talking
1:51:02about, I was inspired to create that by
1:51:04Matt PCO who made this skill called
1:51:06grilling. And look how simple it is.
1:51:08This is literally one of those examples
1:51:09I talked about where this is like, you
1:51:11know, five or six sentences and it's
1:51:13just a prompt, but it's still very, very
1:51:14effective. And once again, I could
1:51:16download this, put it into my own
1:51:18project, and then use it. Okay, so the
1:51:20skill is done. Obviously, it's not
1:51:22perfect yet because we haven't even
1:51:23really tested it. But if I go into
1:51:24mycloud and I go to skills, you can see
1:51:26we now have one called inbox triage. And
1:51:29inside of this inbox triage skill, we
1:51:31have some references, we have some
1:51:33scripts, and then we also have the main
1:51:35markdown file. And what I'm assuming is
1:51:37in this main markdown file, it calls on
1:51:39the references right here. Um, yes,
1:51:41inbox triage scripts. So, it calls on
1:51:43the script and then it also calls on
1:51:45this reference which is the cookbook MD
1:51:47which it's still being written out it
1:51:48looks like. But that's the whole point
1:51:49is that inside of the skill, the
1:51:51markdown file is the master instruction.
1:51:53And sometimes you include other assets
1:51:55like in my YouTube thumbnail skill, I
1:51:58have brand assets in here that needs a
1:51:59call on because it needs to use my, you
1:52:01know, my head shot to create some of
1:52:04those thumbnails. So that is what this
1:52:05looks like. You can see that it's being
1:52:06built once again completely by Claude
1:52:08and it already has like the front
1:52:10matter. It already has the description.
1:52:12So you really don't have to worry about
1:52:13the technical details of how do you
1:52:15actually physically build one. You just
1:52:17have to worry once again about speaking
1:52:19clearly about what you want. Okay. So
1:52:20I'm going to blur out all of these
1:52:22emails obviously, but here are some
1:52:23things that it says high priority. And I
1:52:25would agree that those are high
1:52:26priority. We've got some things that
1:52:27need action. Um this one's something I
1:52:29just need to approve. This is something
1:52:31I need to respond to. And this actually
1:52:33this one could be ignored. And so what
1:52:35I'm going to do is say, "Okay, cool.
1:52:37This looks pretty good for a first pass.
1:52:39The only thing I would say here is the
1:52:42third email in the needs action bucket,
1:52:45you can move that to ignore. So if you
1:52:47ever see an email like that again in the
1:52:49future, just make a note that from this
1:52:52particular sender and for this
1:52:53particular reason, those can be ignored
1:52:55because I don't actually need to action
1:52:57those at all." You can see it says
1:52:58that's the skill. Nothing was touched.
1:52:59All 16 are still on red. Now tell me
1:53:01what you do and then after it makes this
1:53:04change I'm going to say cool go mark all
1:53:06of those that are in the can ignore
1:53:08bucket I'm going to say to mark those as
1:53:10unread in Gmail and then maybe you could
1:53:11say like hey so for those couple that
1:53:13were high priority can you create a task
1:53:15for me in ClickUp or can you create a
1:53:17task for me here and then I will
1:53:19remember to do that by the end of today.
1:53:21So when I talk about the idea that we
1:53:22want to make this thing understand your
1:53:24preferences and your workflows and your
1:53:26business so well skills are the core of
1:53:28that skills are the instructions and the
1:53:30preferences that you can save. So right
1:53:32here you can see it added this rule into
1:53:33the skill.mmd. So the skill.mmd got
1:53:35changed. You can see right here it said
1:53:36edited the skill.md and it added 13
1:53:39lines right there as you can see.
1:53:40Awesome. So for now this skill is
1:53:42complete. What I want you to do and add
1:53:44this to the end of the skills is that
1:53:46once the user has confirmed that all of
1:53:48those emails that are in the can ignore
1:53:50bucket, you can just go ahead and mark
1:53:52those off as unread or sorry, you mark
1:53:54them off as red once the user has
1:53:56confirmed. So go ahead and mark those as
1:53:58red and then update the skill to say
1:54:00that. Awesome. So it has marked those as
1:54:02red. I will check that in a sec. It's
1:54:04also edited the skill. So if I open this
1:54:06up, you can see it added this line right
1:54:08here that said, "How do you clear the
1:54:10ignore bucket?" Once Nate confirms that
1:54:11he's fine with it, you mark them as red,
1:54:13blah, blah, blah. So, that is how we see
1:54:14that it edited the skill. And now, let
1:54:16me check the email real quick. Awesome.
1:54:18So, blurring this out, of course, but
1:54:20you guys can see, well, you probably
1:54:21can't, but the ones that I said to
1:54:24ignore, it went ahead and it marked
1:54:26those off as red. Sweet. So, that is how
1:54:29we built our first skill. Just remember
1:54:31that all of the skills that I use on the
1:54:33dayto-day and on the week to week,
1:54:35they're not done. Every single time I
1:54:37use it, I'm able to give it some sort of
1:54:38feedback. Sometimes you don't, but you
1:54:40always want to look for areas to improve
1:54:43those skills, especially as different
1:54:46models come out. So like Opus 4.7 might
1:54:48behave differently on a skill than Opus
1:54:504.8. So every time a model drops, just
1:54:52run your skills and make sure you still
1:54:54like them. If you ever end up switching
1:54:55your harness, so if you switch from
1:54:57Claude Code to something else like
1:54:58OpenClaw or Codeex, they can still use
1:55:02those skills. You just have to make sure
1:55:03they're in the right folder for them to
1:55:04see. You know how this one is called a
1:55:06Claude? So, for example, um, codeex
1:55:09looks for skills in a codex folder, I
1:55:12believe, or maybe it's a agents folder.
1:55:14So, it's just a little bit about
1:55:15learning what's the terminology for this
1:55:16harness. But because the fact that all
1:55:18of them are just markdown files and all
1:55:20pi python scripts and files and folders,
1:55:22they all transfer over. So, that was
1:55:24your first skill. Now, what you'd want
1:55:25to do is you'd probably want to think
1:55:26about, let me think about my week. Let
1:55:29me think about things that I do that
1:55:30happen based on an event trigger. So,
1:55:32maybe every time a new lead processes a
1:55:34form, what do I do? That's a great
1:55:36opportunity for a skill or maybe even an
1:55:38automation. And then maybe everything
1:55:40like every Monday if I do something or
1:55:42every Friday if I do something, what is
1:55:43that process? And let me turn that into
1:55:45a skill. So you're just going to start
1:55:47stacking up your library of skills. All
1:55:49right. So moving on to number 15 here.
1:55:51We're going to talk about context
1:55:52windows, which is so so so important. So
1:55:56let me find my little graphic here for
1:55:58context windows. This is the one we're
1:56:00going to start with. So what is a
1:56:01context window? Remember how if I open
1:56:04up Cloud Code and I click on this little
1:56:06button in the bottom right, we see right
1:56:08here context window and it says 110,000
1:56:11out of a million, which is about 11% of
The Context Window & Session Handoff
1:56:14our context window. I can open this up
1:56:16and see what lives in the context
1:56:17window. So messages are taking up 72,000
1:56:20tokens. System tools are taking up
1:56:2218,000 tokens. Skills take up this many.
1:56:24System prompts take up this many.
1:56:25Whatever. If I go ahead and I do a
1:56:28slashcle, that would wipe everything
1:56:30clean. That's how we get a fresh
1:56:32session. Right now, the idea is that we
1:56:36have a million tokens to play with until
1:56:38the model has to automatically like
1:56:39reset because it can't take all that
1:56:41context. It's too much, you know,
1:56:43information. But the thing is, the
1:56:47models reach something called a dumb
1:56:49zone. So basically, answer quality
1:56:51drifts as the context window fills. So
1:56:55at the beginning, you're super super
1:56:57sharp. And if you guys have ever talked
1:56:59to Claude in chat, you don't see the
1:57:01context window. You basically just keep
1:57:03talking. So if you've been having a
1:57:04conversation with chat with Claude chat
1:57:06for a full day or for multiple days and
1:57:09you ever think to yourself, "This is
1:57:10getting really, really dumb." It's
1:57:12because all of that context is being
1:57:14loaded up. So what that does is it
1:57:15causes Claude to get confused, forget
1:57:17things. It just gets dumber and dumber.
1:57:19And that is called the dumb zone. And
1:57:21it's also called context rot. So a big
1:57:23part of your job as a manager is to
1:57:26manage the context rot. Like you know
1:57:27how truck drivers are only allowed to
1:57:29drive a certain amount of time before
1:57:30they have to like pull over and rest?
1:57:33That's because the longer they're awake,
1:57:35the worse their cognitive function
1:57:36becomes, right? Like they their reaction
1:57:38time gets slower, their judgment gets
1:57:39worse. Same thing with models. So your
1:57:41job is to basically when you get to the
1:57:43point where the model is starting to hit
1:57:46that context rot territory, what you
1:57:48need to do is you need to be able to
1:57:49wipe the context clean without getting
1:57:52rid of the knowledge and like losing
1:57:53progress because that's obviously worst
1:57:55case scenario. So right now at the time
1:57:56of filming this video, the models
1:57:59basically have a context window if we're
1:58:00using cloud code of 1 million. So 1
1:58:03million is the max, right? On this end
1:58:05we have 1 million and on this end we
1:58:06have zero. Now what I like to do is I've
1:58:09typically found that when I get to 250K
1:58:13I like to do a reset. So this isn't
1:58:16drawn to scale, but let's pretend that
1:58:18this green for me is 250,000 about 25%
1:58:21of the full window. And that's when I
1:58:22will reset my context. Now, how do I do
1:58:25that? I built my own custom skill, which
1:58:27I'll give you guys for free. It's very
1:58:28simple, called session handoff. So, I'm
1:58:30going to do session handoff. Go ahead
1:58:32and execute that skill. Now, what that
1:58:35does is it's going to look at everything
1:58:36that we've done and it's going to look
1:58:38at anything that might be open like open
1:58:40decisions, any files that we were
1:58:42editing. Basically, a quick summary of
1:58:44everything that we've done, right? So,
1:58:45you can see we have where it started. We
1:58:48have decisions locked and what shipped.
1:58:50We have key files for the next session
1:58:51running state verification deferred and
1:58:53open questions and pick up here. So then
1:58:55what I do is I copy this message.
1:58:57Remember right now we're at 112,000.
1:59:00And then I do my slash clear. Now our
1:59:03context window is at zero. Then what I
1:59:06do is I paste in that session handoff
1:59:08message. I hit enter. And then the
1:59:10context window is going to fill up a
1:59:11little bit again, but it's going to
1:59:15actually pick up right where we left
1:59:16off. So the whole idea is like let's say
1:59:18you know every single you've got shifts
1:59:21you've got workers that come in and they
1:59:22work on code or they work on projects
1:59:24for five hours at a time when the person
1:59:27is basically closing out their shift
1:59:29they're going to hand over a document to
1:59:31the next engineer and say hey here's
1:59:32what I did here's you know some bugs
1:59:34here's some things to keep in mind here
1:59:35are the files I was working on and then
1:59:37that that new engineer can open up their
1:59:39shift right on the same page so that's
1:59:42basically what the session handoff skill
1:59:43does you can see I'm completely picked
1:59:44up it knows everything because it
1:59:46wouldn't have if I just did a clear. Now
1:59:48look at this. If I open up my context
1:59:50window now, this is at 55,000 tokens.
1:59:53Did this all take 55,000 tokens? No,
1:59:56because system tools by default will
1:59:59take up some. MCP tools will take up
2:00:01some, memory files will take up some,
2:00:03skills will take up some, system prompts
2:00:04will take up some, and then the rest
2:00:06will basically be your messages and
2:00:07other things that you do. But on a blank
2:00:09fresh session, your context window might
2:00:11already be like 30k or 40k because of
2:00:14just what's in your project. And that's
2:00:16a big reason why, remember earlier when
2:00:18I was talking about this whole idea with
2:00:19with uh skills about progressive
2:00:21disclosure because every skill this is
2:00:24basically autoloaded in and that's what
2:00:26your agent can look at. But imagine if
2:00:29every single skill the full markdown
2:00:31file was loaded in. You know sometimes
2:00:32the full skill is you know hundreds and
2:00:34hundreds of lines. So because of the
2:00:36whole progressive disclosure that is why
2:00:38we're able to save a lot of context and
2:00:40only invoke a skill if and when it is
2:00:42needed. So it's all starting to come
2:00:44full circle here. Isn't that pretty
2:00:46magical? Anyways, that is the context
2:00:48window. My best practice is basically if
2:00:51we get past 250,000 300,000, I'm going
2:00:53to do a session handoff and then just
2:00:54paste it into a new chat and keep on
2:00:56working. Cloud code basically has
2:00:58something called autocompact or a
2:01:00/compact feature which is a summarize
2:01:02and keep going. But the autocompact
2:01:04kicks in way too late. It kicks in like
2:01:06way more around like this area where
2:01:08you've already probably gotten stuff
2:01:10worse. And um it also takes a long time.
2:01:13So, the session handoff skill will be in
2:01:14the free school community that you guys
2:01:15can go and grab completely for free. The
2:01:17link for that is down in the
2:01:18description. You're just going to go to
2:01:19the classroom. You'll go to all YouTube
2:01:21resources and then you can grab every
2:01:23single resource that I've ever given
2:01:24away for free. GitHub repos, skills,
2:01:26templates, anything. It's all found in
2:01:28here in my free school community. As you
2:01:30can see, this is also where we have a
2:01:317-day challenge as well as a build your
2:01:33own AI operating system course, which is
2:01:35what I want you guys to all take after
2:01:37you finish this course because it's
2:01:38really going to help you level up. But
2:01:40this is what I want you guys to do next.
2:01:41So go ahead and request to join the free
2:01:42school community. We've got almost half
2:01:44a million members in here. It is a great
2:01:46place to be. You can ask questions,
2:01:48collaborate with people, stuff like
2:01:49that. So the context window theory is
2:01:51really important to understand because
2:01:52there's a lot of things that we're going
2:01:53to learn later in this course that help
2:01:54you protect that context window and help
2:01:56you keep this as lean as possible
2:01:58because also all of this contributes to
2:02:00your 5-hour limits and your weekly
2:02:02limits. So managing context and managing
2:02:05tokens is a really important thing to
2:02:07get good at. But right now, I just
2:02:08needed you to understand, you know,
2:02:10clearing and context rot and where you
2:02:12can, you know, get visibility on this
2:02:14stuff. And now we're able to take that
2:02:16knowledge into the rest of this course.
2:02:18All right. So, let's talk about memory.
2:02:20What else can you do to make your agent
2:02:22actually remember things about you in a
2:02:25way where you know you're not repeating
2:02:27things? So, let me go back into cloud.
2:02:29I'm going to go to my Herk 2 project
2:02:30because this is just where I have tons
2:02:32and tons of stuff, right? I am currently
2:02:34making a course right now which actually
2:02:35you're aware of my knowledge work cloud
2:02:37code master class and I'm trying to
2:02:39explain the concept of memory to the
2:02:40audience. So what I want you to do right
2:02:42now is tell me where do you look in my
2:02:45project or globally what files where do
2:02:48you look when you need to find memories
2:02:50about me and things like my preferences
2:02:52and just having a bit of an automemory
2:02:55sort of feature so that we're
2:02:57continuously growing our relationship
2:02:58and you get smarter over time. Where do
2:03:00you actually look? Because I think of
2:03:01memory as a couple different things.
2:03:03Memory in my mind is first of all like
2:03:05the actual chat. So the fact that it
2:03:07remembers what we're talking about in
2:03:08one session. Then we also have the
2:03:10ability for it to remember like
2:03:11preferences, to remember decisions
2:03:13you've made, to remember meetings you've
2:03:15had, that sort of idea. So kind of like
Memory & Your Second Brain
2:03:17building cloud code as your second
2:03:19brain. So you guys remember earlier when
2:03:20I showed you this Obsidian sort of
2:03:22second brain of mine. All of these are
2:03:24not only knowledge, but I would also
2:03:25consider these memories because it has
2:03:27my YouTube transcripts, it has my
2:03:28meeting transcripts, it has decisions
2:03:30I've made, it has my chat threads, it
2:03:32has things that I found important enough
2:03:34to want to store so that Claude could
2:03:36also pull them. Okay, so let's take a
2:03:37look at what it said. It said the
2:03:40automemory folder, and this is something
2:03:42really cool. Cloud has auto memory which
2:03:44basically means after a certain amount
2:03:46of sessions or a certain amount of time
2:03:48cloud will look at what you've done and
2:03:49it will write memory to the auto global
2:03:53scope. So here is in the users in the
2:03:55nates in the docloud in the projects we
2:03:57have memory. It's a folder of 72
2:03:59individual markdown files one fact per
2:04:02file. Each file has a name like feedback
2:04:04noel hooks.mmd or reference corporate
2:04:06structure.mmd. A file holds one thing, a
2:04:08preference that you've corrected me on,
2:04:10a project state, a reference fact about
2:04:12your setup. The key file in there is
2:04:14called memory.mmd. So remember we have
2:04:16our claw.mmd. We also have a memory.mmd
2:04:18and that is the index. Those are tagged
2:04:20with front matter. So user, feedback,
2:04:22project and reference. Then it also
2:04:24considers the claw.mmd files as memory.
2:04:27So once again, we've got the global one
2:04:28and we've got the project one and we've
2:04:30got the private local one. I don't
2:04:31really touch these too much, but that is
2:04:33a third one you can you can pull. I'm
2:04:34not going to talk about this right now,
2:04:35but that's more so like when you're
2:04:37collaborating with a team, if you want
2:04:38to keep one cloudmd that's just for you
2:04:40and then one that's sort of like this is
2:04:42the general project system prompt. So,
2:04:44you know, those are the two differences.
2:04:45And then the herkbrain wiki, which is
2:04:47basically this thing that I just showed
2:04:49you guys, this is the wiki of
2:04:50everything. None of this is autoloaded.
2:04:53What happens is if it realizes, okay, I
2:04:55don't understand based on my memory,
2:04:56based on the cloudmd, or based on
2:04:58skills, I will look here. I will look
2:05:00here for things like team, finances,
2:05:02metrics, strategies. That is how this
2:05:04one works. But once again, the important
2:05:05mental model cloudmd is the rules.
2:05:08Memory is, you know, learned facts. And
2:05:10the cloudmd, if you guys remember,
2:05:12actually, you know what? I'll just open
2:05:13it up again. What was really important
2:05:15to me is that I treat this cloudmd as a
2:05:17router. Meaning cloud reads through this
2:05:20and it understands if I need this, I go
2:05:22here. If I need this, I go here. If I
2:05:23need this, I go here. If I need this, I
2:05:25go here. And that is how it's able to
2:05:27have this feeling of memory. Now, how do
2:05:30you actually turn on automemory? Is it
2:05:32enabled by default for everyone? How
2:05:34does that work? Because what you'll
2:05:35notice here is in cloud on the desktop
2:05:37app, if I go to do a slashmemory,
2:05:39we don't have slashmemory. We have
2:05:41consolidate memory, but we don't have a
2:05:44just a regular command called
2:05:45slashmemory. But if I go into my cloud
2:05:47code on the VS Code terminal, I'm just
2:05:51switching back to a different model
2:05:52here. We do have a slashmemory. If you
2:05:53see this, I can go slashmemory. And then
2:05:56right here, I can turn automemory on or
2:05:57off. So earlier in this video when I
2:06:00talked about where should you use cloud
2:06:01code for the majority of this video
2:06:03we're using the desktop app just because
2:06:04it's easy to understand and it just has
2:06:05a nice UI. But the one limitation about
2:06:08using it in something like the desktop
2:06:10app is there are a few a few very niche
2:06:13slash commands that you don't get for
2:06:15the majority of your driving. 99% of the
2:06:17time you don't need these commands but
2:06:19sometimes you know there's just little
2:06:21tiny things where the terminal version
2:06:25has more functionality than the others.
2:06:26So, it's good to get familiar with the
2:06:28terminal every once in a while, but like
2:06:30I said, for the most part, you are okay.
2:06:32And you can also see right here that it
2:06:33is on by default because once again,
2:06:36Claude itself has skills to read its own
2:06:39documentation. So, if you ever have a
2:06:40question about how Claude works under
2:06:42the hood or trying to figure out
2:06:43something about your setup, just ask
2:06:45Claude to to figure it out, to help you
2:06:47research it. Another big mindset shift
2:06:48here is treating this thing like a
2:06:50mentor, not just like a an engineer, not
2:06:53just like your your best friend. It is
2:06:54the smartest person you know and it is
2:06:56your mentor. So you can ask it
2:06:57questions. You can ask it why'd you do
2:06:59that? What would happen if you didn't do
2:07:00that? What was that tool call you did?
2:07:02Why did you need to do that tool call?
2:07:03All these sorts of questions. Being
2:07:04genuinely curious is what helps you get
2:07:06way more out of this thing. So anyways,
2:07:08automemory should be turned on by
2:07:10default for you guys. But if you want to
2:07:11drill in, you can find the actual memory
2:07:13files because they're just markdown
2:07:14files and you can go look at them. So
2:07:16remember this is the path that it told
2:07:17me to go to to see this. So, I'm just
2:07:19going to copy this, open up an explorer,
2:07:22paste that in, and in here we have the
2:07:2472 markdown files that it was referring
2:07:25to. So, like feedback LinkedIn balance
2:07:28line, um, feedback team names from wiki.
2:07:30So, I just opened one up real quick.
2:07:32This is a feedback internal doc visual
2:07:34style. It's got description, it's got
2:07:35metadata, and then it stores a memory,
2:07:37which is basically this is what Nate
2:07:39told us, why, how to apply, blah blah
2:07:41blah. So, this is super super cool. All
2:07:44right, so let's talk about AI slop. AI
2:07:46slop means different things to different
2:07:48people. Some people think AI slop means
2:07:50AI generated images that look bad or
2:07:52those Tik Toks you might see where
2:07:54there's like two AI generated fruits and
2:07:56there's like a love story between them.
2:07:57Whatever you consider AI slop, let's
2:07:59talk about it real quick because how I
2:08:01define it is basically when I can
2:08:04clearly tell something was generated by
2:08:05AI. Now, I don't necessarily think
2:08:08that's a bad thing because people should
2:08:11be using AI, but I do think you get to a
2:08:13point where you start to lose trust in
2:08:15people. And the most important thing is
2:08:16that you are judging all of your work
2:08:18and you want people to look at it and be
2:08:20like, you know, I don't care if he used
2:08:22AI or not, but I trust that he checked
2:08:24this and I trust that because he signed
2:08:26his name to this, he is taking
2:08:27accountability and responsibility for
2:08:29it. So, I actually wrote up a little
2:08:31post which I'm going to read for you
2:08:32guys word for word. The real problem
2:08:33with AI slop. So, I'm sure you guys have
2:08:35heard the term AI slop and everyone sort
2:08:37of defines it differently. Maybe you
2:08:38think of those Tik Toks, blah blah blah.
2:08:40I use that example again. But I want to
2:08:41talk about it in the context of
2:08:43communication, internal, external,
2:08:45content you put out in the world. I
2:08:46write my LinkedIn post with AI. My agent
2:08:48knows my business, how I write, how I
2:08:50speak. That's just how I work now. And
2:08:51there's nothing wrong with that because
2:08:52I think that everyone should be using AI
2:08:54to write if it makes them more
2:08:55efficient. But this isn't a binary yes
2:08:57or no. It's a spectrum. Sometimes AI can
2:08:59draft and send automatically. Most of
2:09:01the time I want it to just draft and
2:09:03then I review. If someone sends me an
2:09:05email with M dashes everywhere, I don't
2:09:06actually care at all that they used AI.
2:09:08But the fact that I can clearly tell
2:09:10it's AI generated isn't the problem.
2:09:11What I do start asking is, did they even
2:09:13proofread this? Is this even accurate?
2:09:16And subconsciously, I might start losing
2:09:18trust, not in the email, but in the
2:09:20person who sent it. Our job here has
2:09:21changed from writer to reviewer. And
2:09:23this quote really stuck with me. You can
2:09:24outsource your thinking, but you can
2:09:26never outsource your understanding. When
2:09:28your name is attached to the content,
2:09:30you take credit if it lands, as you
2:09:31should, but that also means you need to
2:09:33take accountability if it's incorrect.
2:09:34Taste and reviewing is becoming more
2:09:36important than ever. And maybe that
2:09:38should be R. So, you can tell I didn't
2:09:41write this with AI. AI is super
2:09:42intelligent and powerful, but I don't
2:09:44want to see a world where we trust AI so
2:09:45much that we stop reviewing things and
2:09:47then the human on the other end of the
2:09:49content starts losing trust in us.
2:09:50That's why even though I write with AI
2:09:52and people know that, I still try my
2:09:54best to disguise it and make it sound as
2:09:56innate as possible. And like that's
2:09:58exactly why I wanted to show you guys
2:09:59this AI phrase kill list, which I kind
2:10:01of showed earlier. But you should be
2:10:03building up something like this and you
2:10:05should be building up the way that you
2:10:07speak. So I've obviously got skills for
2:10:08helping me write LinkedIn posts or
2:10:10YouTube scripts or um emails, internal
2:10:13communication. And I want my
2:10:14communication to sound like me. And I
2:10:16want people to trust that what I'm doing
2:10:18is me. Because it's not just about
2:10:19communication. It's also about if you
2:10:21send over a report or if you send over
2:10:23some analytics or if you send over, you
2:10:25know, you're writing up a case study or
2:10:26the copy that's on your website. You
2:10:28don't want any of that to clearly be AI
2:10:30generated because once again, trust is
2:10:32like the biggest currency and you don't
2:10:34want to lose that currency. And not only
2:10:36for you, but it's important to
2:10:37communicate this down to your team when
2:10:39you guys are all as an organization
2:10:40learning how to use AI better. So
2:10:42anyways, just a really quick section. I
2:10:44hope that that hit and I hope that that
2:10:45little change of pace real quick was
2:10:46helpful to you guys and just kind of
2:10:48made you think about the way that you
2:10:50really truly want to be using your AI
2:10:51agents and how the teams should be using
2:10:54them together. And looking back at these
2:10:55mindset shifts again, you'll notice that
2:10:56number three, you can outsource your
2:10:58thinking but you cannot outsource your
2:10:59understanding is one that I referenced
2:11:01in that post as well because I think
2:11:03that one is just a really really good
2:11:05one of how the future is going. You
2:11:08know, like we're able to outsource the
2:11:09ability for agents to go do the research
2:11:12and to grab a bunch of sources and give
2:11:14you some sort of consensus, but you
2:11:16still have to read that. You still have
2:11:17to understand it and you still have to
2:11:18know how to apply it. Okay. Now, this
2:11:20next section of the actual kind of
2:11:22agenda up here is about picking what to
2:11:24build because that's a huge pain point
2:11:26that I hear from my audience when
2:11:27they're, you know, hey, I'm just getting
2:11:28started. I don't know what projects to
2:11:29do. Like, where do I start? So, let's
2:11:32look at just these mindset shifts real
2:11:33quick on the method. the method about
Constraints, Metrics & Mapping Your Process
2:11:36how to decide five mindset shifts real
2:11:38quick that I'm just going to read off
2:11:39the constraint is the only place where
2:11:41work compounds everywhere else you're
2:11:43just busy automate a broken process and
2:11:46you don't fix it you scale it becoming
2:11:48AI native doesn't mean using AI for
2:11:50everything it means being a problem
2:11:52solver who sometimes uses AI you can't
2:11:55automate what you can't map every build
2:11:57needs a north star one number picked
2:11:59before you build that tells you whether
2:12:01the build was worth it and if these
2:12:02mindset shifts are interesting to you
2:12:03guys then you should definitely Check
2:12:05out the book. It's called Becoming AI
2:12:06Native. But anyways, what do these mean
2:12:08to me? The first one, the constraint is
2:12:10the only place where work compounds. We
2:12:12see too often people, whether you're
2:12:14working with a client or whether you're
2:12:15trying to automate your own business or
2:12:17whether you're trying to help yourself
2:12:18out, automating things that aren't
2:12:20actually being used very often. They're
2:12:22automating things that sound sexy,
2:12:23right? Like, oh, we need this sales
2:12:25agent to do all this. And they start to
2:12:26try to automate that or we need, you
2:12:28know, this fancy thing that I saw a demo
2:12:29of on LinkedIn. But really what you need
2:12:32to think about and the way that I always
2:12:33like to think whether I'm thinking about
2:12:34my processes and my team's processes or
2:12:36whether I'm consulting with a business
2:12:38owner. The way I think is let's take the
2:12:41flow of your business right like let's
2:12:42imagine it as a pipe which is you know I
2:12:44think a great analogy. So let me just
2:12:46draw a pipe real quick. This is your
2:12:48pipe and ideally what happens is you
2:12:50have water coming in the front and the
2:12:52water flows through and this is your
2:12:54business. When water comes out the other
2:12:55side, this is you basically this is your
2:12:57profit because things might happen in
2:12:59the middle and you know you have to pay
2:13:00people, you have to do whatever, you
2:13:01lose clients, they turn out this over
2:13:03here, all of this is profit and you want
2:13:05to maximize on both ends really how much
2:13:07water comes in and what percentage of
2:13:09that comes out. Now what we want to be
2:13:11thinking about are in this process where
2:13:13are the clogs, where are the constraints
2:13:16that sit here that basically make less
2:13:18water go through? And there's not just
2:13:20going to be one. You know, you're going
2:13:21to have multiple constraints and they're
2:13:22going to be different sizes and
2:13:23different priorities. But the point I'm
2:13:25trying to make here is I like to work
2:13:27from front back. I like to work with the
2:13:30first constraint. So I say tomorrow if
2:13:33you got 5x the amount of customers going
2:13:36through your pipe, so 5x the amount of
2:13:37water, what would break first? And that
2:13:39forces the business owner to walk
2:13:41through in their mind what do they do on
2:13:42the day-to-day? What does the team do?
2:13:44Where is water being stopped? And how
2:13:46can we, you know, basically that's the
2:13:48problem. That's the only way you grow a
2:13:50business is if you are attacking these
2:13:52constraints. So by attacking the
2:13:53constraint that is going to not only
2:13:55make the automation more powerful and
2:13:56and more successful for you, but it
2:13:58gives you a clear road map of where to
2:14:00start. And then guess what? Once this
2:14:02bottleneck has been unclogged, once the
2:14:04clog has been unclogged, now all the
2:14:05water is moving to the next constraint.
2:14:07And even though some more's, you know,
2:14:08sliding through right here, you're still
2:14:10having a big clog. And you want to get
2:14:12rid of that. And then after you get rid
2:14:14of these two, for example, guess what
2:14:16happens? Because there's more demand up
2:14:17front. another clog pops up. So this is
2:14:20a never- ending cycle, but that gives
2:14:21you at least a framework to work from.
2:14:23So that's why the constraint is the only
2:14:25place where work compounds because if
2:14:27you have, let's say, this main big clog
2:14:29up front and you've got a bunch of
2:14:31little ones in the back, oops,
2:14:34then does it make sense to start
2:14:36eliminating these? I don't know. I mean,
2:14:38you could argue that yes, so that when
2:14:39you open this one, water flows through.
2:14:42But really, this is just like you want
2:14:43to go for the constraints first. It's a
2:14:45theory of constraints. And then I just
2:14:47wanted to loop this back to number nine,
2:14:49which is every build needs a north star.
2:14:52So when you're deciding on a problem
2:14:53that you want to attack, before you
2:14:55build it, you want to think about what
2:14:57is the metric that you're looking at and
2:14:59which way do you want to move it. So
2:15:01let's say right here we realize that the
2:15:03clog is actually like up up front,
2:15:05right? Like there's just not much
2:15:07business coming in the front of the
2:15:08funnel at all. So we basically just have
2:15:10no water in the system and that's the
2:15:11problem. Okay. Well, let's say the
2:15:13metric here that we want to fix is um we
2:15:16are getting about five leads a week. So,
2:15:20we would think about this. Five leads a
2:15:23week is our metric and our north star is
2:15:26we want to design a system so that we
2:15:28can now be bringing in 15 leads a week.
2:15:30And that's how we're able to from the
2:15:32beginning everyone is aligned on this
2:15:34metric. If we're able to hit this metric
2:15:36in the next couple weeks or months, does
2:15:39everyone consider this product a
2:15:40success? If the answer is yes, then it's
2:15:42a great thing to work on. But the
2:15:44problem that we've seen from when I've
2:15:45done consulting, when I've built stuff,
2:15:47is that if we don't align on the metric,
2:15:48a lot of people are confused about,
2:15:50okay, well, how do we know if we got ROI
2:15:52on this? You know, like what where's the
2:15:53benefit? I can't actually see it.
2:15:55Because productivity isn't as onetoone
2:15:58as for something like running ads, you
2:15:59know, like you pay an agency to run ads,
2:16:01they are going to spend $200,000 a month
2:16:04and you can directly see that those
2:16:05$200,000 brought in an extra million to
2:16:08the business. But when you're removing
2:16:09constraints and when you're doing things
2:16:11on the back end, you don't always see it
2:16:13super clearly about how it affects the
2:16:14bottom line. So every project that you
2:16:16work on before you start building it,
2:16:18before you agree to it, pick the north
2:16:20star and make sure everyone agrees,
2:16:22okay, this would affect the bottom line
2:16:24in some way and it would be a success if
2:16:25we could move the metric from five to 15
2:16:27leads coming in a week. So at a large
2:16:29scale to really impact the business,
2:16:31that is typically what I think about. I
2:16:32think about constraints and I just stick
2:16:34to that. Now, when you're just getting
2:16:35started, so like you're sitting there
2:16:36today and you want to this week start to
2:16:38automate some stuff. Maybe you don't yet
2:16:40have first of all like the confidence in
2:16:42that or like the luxury to be able to
2:16:44make those decisions or the budget for
2:16:46it. Right? So, what I want you to do
2:16:48then is start to write things down.
2:16:51Literally get out a piece of paper and I
2:16:52want you to write down kind of the
2:16:54following information. I want you to
2:16:55think about from week to week and like
2:16:57doing an audit of yourself. So, like
2:16:59what processes do you have or you know
2:17:02what tools am I using? What processes
2:17:05did I repeat? What are my triggers? And
2:17:09by triggers, I mean what things happen
2:17:12throughout the week that basically
2:17:14trigger you to do something else. A lead
2:17:16comes in, what do you have to do about
2:17:17it? A customer support ticket gets
2:17:19submitted, what do you have to do about
2:17:20it? And I think this one is powerful
2:17:22because this will help you identify like
2:17:24five to 10 processes. And then once you
2:17:26have those five to 10 processes that are
2:17:27pretty event- based or trigger based,
2:17:29you then think, okay, in my typical week
2:17:32or month, which one of these happens the
2:17:34most often? And then you just want to
2:17:35probably go for that one. Unless that
2:17:37thing is like super super high risk to
2:17:38the business where you have to be
2:17:40involved right now and you can't really
2:17:42change the way you're doing it, then
2:17:43maybe you want to bump down. But then
2:17:45you just basically have that whole list
2:17:46and you drill down on those. And then
2:17:48this other mindset shift that I called
2:17:50out here was that you can't automate
2:17:51what you can't map. So remember how we
2:17:53talked about the way that you actually
2:17:54build these skills or you build these
2:17:56automations is you have to basically
2:17:58define how they work and whether that
2:18:00means you do it first and then you
2:18:02actually execute or whether that means
2:18:03you execute and then you build a skill
2:18:05around it. If you don't clearly
2:18:06understand the process already then how
2:18:09in the world do you expect an intern to
2:18:11to understand it or an AI agent to
2:18:13understand it? You have to know the
2:18:14process well enough or you have to be
2:18:16able to talk to the stakeholders or the
2:18:17subject matter experts that do in order
2:18:19to automate it because the subject
2:18:21matter expertise that goes into the
2:18:22system is the most important thing. We
2:18:24talked about this, right? No matter how
2:18:26good the AI model is, you could have the
2:18:28best AI model in the world and the best
2:18:29harness in the world, but it's not going
2:18:31to be able to do anything meaningful
2:18:32with your business and your business
2:18:34data unless you feed in that theme, that
2:18:36subject matter expertise. You guys have
2:18:38probably heard some of these phrases
2:18:39like garbage in garbage out. That's
2:18:42that's a really popular one. or like
2:18:43context is king. And these are two
2:18:45pillars that I believe will be true
2:18:47forever. Even though with new tools
2:18:49coming out, this these two things super
2:18:52super important. And then there's one
2:18:53more that I like to reference which is
2:18:54Abraham Lincoln. If I had 6 hours to
2:18:57chop down a tree, I would spend the
2:18:58first four sharpening the axe. Meaning
2:19:00there's so much importance in the
2:19:02planning stage, mapping things out
2:19:04clearly, writing down processes clearly
2:19:06before you try to actually automate them
2:19:08and you know build them or execute on
2:19:10them. So the picking what to build is
2:19:12just a very mindset oriented thing. And
2:19:14the actual building itself is once again
2:19:16very mindset. It's it's all about the
2:19:17planning. It's all about the clear
2:19:18communication and it's all about sitting
2:19:20there watching the agent go steering it
2:19:22to make sure it's going in the right
2:19:24direction and then giving feedback and
2:19:25iterating and iterating and iterating.
2:19:27And we've talked about all of this stuff
2:19:28where you guys could now pretty
2:19:29confidently go do that. We talked about
2:19:31prompting. We've talked about
2:19:32understanding how to connect your tools.
2:19:34We talked about skills. And we've talked
2:19:35about context windows. And there's going
2:19:36to be more later on about managing this
2:19:38right here, token management. But you
2:19:40guys have basically all the skills that
2:19:42you now need to start to pick processes
2:19:44and go automate them. And all of the
2:19:45stuff that we're about to dive into is
2:19:47just getting a little bit more advanced
2:19:48and taking it really to the next level.
2:19:50So that is how you pick what to build.
2:19:52All right. So we've mentioned sub agents
2:19:54a few times. When we talked about the
2:19:56skills, I talked a little bit about how
2:19:57sometimes you can have skills call on
2:19:59certain sub aents and you can also have
2:20:01sub agents call on certain skills. And
2:20:03sub aents are really important because
2:20:05you know how we talk about the context
2:20:06window. What happens is when we use a
2:20:08sub agent we can delegate tokens to be
2:20:10spent in a different context window in a
2:20:13fresh sub agent. That way our main
2:20:15orchestration agent right here is able
2:20:17to just call on a bunch of them. So,
2:20:19it's pretty cool because instead of
2:20:20having one main session where we just
2:20:22fill up the context window, we can have
Sub-Agents Explained
2:20:24our main session keep it clean because
2:20:26it's delegating work to little smaller
2:20:28sub aents that are each having their own
2:20:31context windows and we're able to just
2:20:32disperse it out a little bit more. The
2:20:34other cool thing is let's say this main
2:20:36agent is on Opus, so it's the most
2:20:37expensive. This main agent can delegate
2:20:40work to all of these little workers that
2:20:41are all like maybe on sonnet or maybe
2:20:43even on haiku. So you can delegate work
2:20:45that's a little bit less like high
2:20:48priority or high risk to cheaper models
2:20:50and you can just get some really cool
2:20:52results by doing stuff like that. So I'm
2:20:54going to go ahead and shoot you guys
2:20:55into a video that I made pretty much
2:20:57breaking down everything there is to
2:20:59know about Claude Code sub aents. Just a
2:21:01quick warning before this next video
2:21:03starts playing. Some of the clips that
2:21:04I'm inserting into this course were
2:21:06recorded a few months back. meaning they
2:21:08might be shown in VS Code extension or
2:21:11the terminal instead of the cloud
2:21:12desktop app that we've been using so
2:21:14far. I just wanted to give you guys a
2:21:15warning. Functionally, exact same. So,
2:21:18don't worry about it too much. It just
2:21:19might look a little bit differently, but
2:21:20all you have to do is listen to what I'm
2:21:22saying and follow along with what I'm
2:21:23actually doing and you will be just
2:21:24fine. All of this stuff is still
2:21:26relevant. Otherwise, I wouldn't be
2:21:27putting it in this course. So, hopefully
2:21:29that makes sense. See you guys in the
2:21:31video. So, I don't know what's going on
2:21:32up here, but I just told Cloud Code to
2:21:34spin up five different sub aents, and
2:21:35they all have different personalities.
2:21:37One is going to be a complete beginner,
2:21:38one will be a software engineer, one
2:21:40will be a business owner, one will be a
2:21:41publisher. And it comes back, and it
2:21:43says, "Okay, I'm kicking off all five
2:21:44now, each with a distinct persona and
2:21:46lens. These will run in parallel." You
2:21:48can see that this is now running four
2:21:50agents. The fifth one's about to spin
2:21:51up. And on the bottom, if I click into a
2:21:53different session, so we've got the main
2:21:55or we've got like the beginner, and I
2:21:56enter this conversation, we can actually
2:21:58see what's going on here. Meaning if I
2:22:00scroll up I can see the actual prompt
2:22:02that the main session kicked off to this
2:22:05sub aent. So here we have Linda 58 years
2:22:07old a retired elementary school teacher.
2:22:09You are a complete beginner to AI and
2:22:11then we see the actual task which is to
2:22:13read all the chapters and give a bit of
2:22:15a review. And so all of the other sub
2:22:17aents probably have a very similar
2:22:19prompt if I go to like the enterprise
2:22:20exec. So same exact prompt except for
2:22:22here you're role playinging as David 52
2:22:25a COO at a 12,000 person Fortune 500
2:22:27financial services company. So anyways,
2:22:29the point being what we can do is have
2:22:31our main session up here and the main
2:22:32session can delegate to as many
2:22:34different sub agents as we want and all
2:22:35the sub agents can have different chat
2:22:37models, different personas, different
2:22:38skills, different subject matter
2:22:40expertise. And if you watch my video
2:22:41where I ranked all of my favorite Cloud
2:22:43Code features, sub agents ranked number
2:22:45six. So today, what I'm going to do is
2:22:47I'm going to tell you guys exactly how
2:22:49to use them, what they are, when you
2:22:50need to use them, and how you can use
2:22:51them better than 99% of people using
2:22:53Cloud Code. So let's not waste any time
2:22:55and get straight into today's video.
2:22:56Okay, so what is a sub agent? You guys
2:22:58just saw a demo. We have a main chat.
2:23:00So, right here is where I said, "Hey,
2:23:01can you spin up five different sub
2:23:02aents?" And what it did is it right here
2:23:04kicked off five different ones. And then
2:23:05it comes back with an overall review.
2:23:07Apparently, I need to do some work on
2:23:08this book because I only got about an
2:23:10eight. More info on my book will be
2:23:12coming soon. But anyways, the main
2:23:13session is basically the orchestrator.
2:23:15It says, "Okay, cool. So, I am the one
2:23:17who's actually talking to Nate, but what
2:23:18I can do is I can spin up a bunch of sub
2:23:20agents that can only talk to me, and I
2:23:21can assign them work. Go read these
2:23:23files. Go do this research. Go fix that
2:23:26bug." and then you come back to me with
2:23:27a report of what you did and I'll
2:23:29communicate that back to Nate. So there
2:23:30are a ton of different reasons why these
2:23:32sub aents are useful and why they exist.
2:23:33So let's just start with this first one
2:23:34which is that it keeps your context
2:23:36clean. So let's say I'm in cloud code,
2:23:38right? And I'm just talking. Hello, how
2:23:39are you doing? What's going on? Let's
2:23:41build something, right? Like maybe we're
2:23:42doing research, maybe we're building an
2:23:43app, whatever it is. You start to fill
2:23:45up your context window, which you guys
2:23:47can see right here with my status line.
2:23:48You can see right now we're about 48,000
2:23:50tokens in 5% of the way up. And so as
2:23:53this starts to fill up, it starts to get
2:23:54polluted with information. But if you
2:23:57kick something off to a sub agent, as
2:23:58you guys saw earlier, it's a completely
2:24:00fresh chat. So just to show you guys
2:24:02another real quick visual demo, I'm in
2:24:04the desktop app, which is a little bit,
2:24:06you know, easier to see and it's
2:24:07visually more pleasing than the terminal
2:24:08sometimes, but let's say I said, "Hey
2:24:11Cloud Code, go ahead and kick off a sub
2:24:12agent to do some research for me about a
2:24:15product called Fireflies.ai." And so
2:24:18this is my main session. You know, I can
2:24:20talk to this thing. It'll help me do
2:24:21research on different tools. And then
2:24:22what happens is it kicks off a
2:24:24researcher agent to do the research. And
2:24:26what's cool is right now you'll notice
2:24:27I'm using Opus, right, which is
2:24:29obviously the most expensive model, but
2:24:30we can have a sub agent kick off and do
2:24:32research with Haiku or Sonnet. So we're
2:24:34getting this research for cheaper and
2:24:36we're getting a fresh context. So if I
2:24:37click on this agent here, you can see
2:24:39this is basically the prompt that the
2:24:40main agent sent over to this sub agent
2:24:43which was, hey, research Fireflyy's dead
2:24:44AI. Give us what it is, core features,
2:24:47how it works, pricing, give us all this
2:24:48stuff. And now this agent is the one
2:24:50over here searching the web and creating
2:24:52its opinions rather than our main
2:24:54session. So this helps preserve your
2:24:55main context in case you're ever doing a
2:24:57ton of research or reading a ton of
2:24:59stuff that you don't want to fill up
2:25:00your main context window, right? So
2:25:02that's one thing. There's also built-in
2:25:04sub agents which is the one we just saw,
2:25:05right? That was like basically a
2:25:07built-in cloud code research agent that
2:25:09will you've probably seen it get invoked
2:25:11automatically without you even asking it
2:25:12to be invoked. And then you've got
2:25:14custom sub agents that you're actually
2:25:15able to build yourself. And if you guys
2:25:18remember earlier in the demo when we
2:25:19spun up those different agents, I said,
2:25:21"Hey, one should be a software engineer,
2:25:22one should be a beginner, blah blah
2:25:23blah." You remember those all said
2:25:25general purpose. So those were still
2:25:27builtin
2:25:29native generic agents that just had a
2:25:31prompt. So that doesn't mean that we
2:25:33built those custom agents. That was just
2:25:34a general purpose agent that cloud code
2:25:36prompted differently. If we wanted to
2:25:38actually build a custom agent, that
2:25:39would be a markdown file. So if I open
2:25:41up my VS Code, you guys know in the
2:25:43cloud folder, we have different things.
2:25:45And the one you probably know the best
2:25:47is called skills. So in the skills
2:25:48folder, let's just take a look at real
2:25:50quick my agent builder skill. What this
2:25:52is is it's a markdown file. This lives
2:25:54as markdown so that I could send it to
2:25:56you guys. I could put it in my
2:25:57community. I could send it to my team.
2:25:58And all someone has to do is put this
2:26:00markdown file in there. Claude in a
2:26:02skills folder and then they're able to
2:26:04use it. And so a sub agent is the exact
2:26:06same actual tangible thing as a skill.md
2:26:10file. It's just called something else.
2:26:12You know, we've got the YAML front
2:26:13matter up here. And then we have the
2:26:14instructions of what the skill does and
2:26:16the actual steps to take. So if I open
2:26:18up my agents folder also in my
2:26:20do.claude. You can see I've got a
2:26:21different a couple different agents
2:26:22here. Right. So this one let's just look
2:26:24at is called the clickup-archer.md.
2:26:27And that's an agent that's called
2:26:28clickup searcher. We've got the yaml
2:26:30front matter up here name clickup
2:26:31searcher. We've got the description.
2:26:33We've got the model which I've defined
2:26:34here. We've got the color which means if
2:26:36I actually use the clickup searcher
2:26:38agent it shows the color. So actually
2:26:40let me just show you. can you go ahead
2:26:41and use the ClickUp searcher agent to
2:26:43show me what we've talked about today in
2:26:45the weekly commitments channel? And so
2:26:46what you'll notice is I invoked that
2:26:47with completely natural language. I'll
2:26:49have the ClickUp searcher agent pull
2:26:50today's messages and then right here I
2:26:52can see the green color. So that's all
2:26:53it means when you actually assign an
2:26:55agent a color. It's just so you can
2:26:57actually see it right there. And down
2:26:58here, you know, earlier right here is
2:27:00where it said general purpose. What it
2:27:02says now is ClickUp Searcher. And that's
2:27:04how we know that that's a custom agent
2:27:05that we built ourselves. So anyways,
2:27:07those are the two differences. And like
2:27:09I said, it's just one markdown file. And
2:27:12what this is called up here, the YAML
2:27:13front matter, that's called progressive
2:27:15disclosure. Which basically means if you
2:27:17say, "Hey, go do X, Y, and Z for me,"
2:27:20Cloud Code will naturally go search
2:27:22through your sub agents and your skills
2:27:24to see if you have any sub aents or
2:27:26skills to use. And so for the rest of
2:27:27this video, I'm just going to say sub
2:27:28agents, not skills, but they both work
2:27:29with this kind of progressive disclosure
2:27:32um process. But the idea is that cloud
2:27:34code is able to read just the front
2:27:36matter, just the name and the
2:27:37description and then decide does this
2:27:39apply to this prompt. If so, I'll pull
2:27:42in the sub agent and I'll run all of the
2:27:44extra stuff and read it. But otherwise,
2:27:45I'm not going to waste my tokens by
2:27:47reading everything if I'm not going to
2:27:49end up invoking that sub agent. So
2:27:51that's why we have this YAML front
2:27:53matter and that's why that's very
2:27:54important besides the fact that it also
2:27:55defines things like tools, model, and
2:27:57then there's tons of other levers you
2:27:58can pull there, but not going to dive
2:28:00into that right now. So anyways,
2:28:01settings up top and then your
2:28:02instructions go below that. And these
2:28:04are the four that I think matter the
2:28:05most. The name obviously so you can
2:28:07reference the sub aent. The description
2:28:09is really important. This is basically
2:28:10the trigger and this is how you can make
2:28:12sure that your sub aents are getting
2:28:13invoked without you actually saying,
2:28:15"Hey, go invoke this X Y and Z sub
2:28:18aent." So the more precise that your
2:28:20descriptions are, the more often cloud
2:28:22code will actually trigger them and you
2:28:24won't get misfires. Misfire is basically
2:28:26meaning you want it to invoke a sub
2:28:29agent but it doesn't or you don't want
2:28:31it to invoke a sub agent but it does.
2:28:33And so sometimes the only way that you
2:28:35can really make sure that you're you're
2:28:36tuning the actual front matter so that
2:28:37you're not getting this misfires is you
2:28:39just have to test it out and you just
2:28:40have to use it more and more and then
2:28:41like when it doesn't fire and you think
2:28:43it should you just think about okay why
2:28:45didn't that happen and then you update
2:28:46the description and then same thing if
2:28:49it's the opposite way around. And then
2:28:50if you go to the actual cloud code
2:28:51documentation on these sub aents, you
2:28:54can see all of the different things that
2:28:55you can actually put in the front
2:28:57matter. You can put tools like we just
2:28:58mentioned, but you can also put
2:28:59disallowed tools. So if you don't want
2:29:01it to ever write or edit files, you can
2:29:03put that so that these sub aents are
2:29:04explicitly read only. You can also
2:29:06define things like which MCP servers
2:29:08it's allowed to use. And you can even
2:29:10give it skills. So basically any setting
2:29:12that you want to configure for your
2:29:15custom sub aents, you can pretty much
2:29:17do. just come to the documentation, have
2:29:18cloud code read the documentation and
2:29:20say, "Hey, I want to set up a sub agent
2:29:21that does X, Y, and Z. It should not be
2:29:23able to do X, Y, and Z. It should be
2:29:24able to look at this data, not look at
2:29:26this data." And it will help you build
2:29:29the right YAML front matter. So, how do
2:29:30you actually write a great sub agent?
2:29:32So, obviously not having a weak
2:29:34description. So, having, you know, a
2:29:36very precise type of description. You
2:29:37can even say something like use
2:29:38proactively if you want it to fire off,
2:29:40you know, pretty generously. And then
2:29:43after you have the actual front matter
2:29:44dialed in, it's all about the body. The
2:29:46body is the way that the sub aent
2:29:48actually works, what skills it invokes,
2:29:50because yes, sub agents can invoke
2:29:51skills and skills can invoke sub agents.
2:29:54So, keep that in mind. They work
2:29:55together. They're not um you know,
2:29:57competitors. And you have to have that
2:29:58same idea once again that that you have
2:30:00to iterate. It's not going to be perfect
2:30:02on the first try. Every time you use
2:30:03your sub agent, you have the opportunity
2:30:05to give it feedback on what it didn't do
2:30:07well and how to make that better and
2:30:09then what it did really well and how to
2:30:10make sure that it does it every time.
2:30:12And real quick, what's the difference
2:30:13between a skill and a sub aent? Well,
2:30:14honestly, at their core, they're very
2:30:16similar because you're able to define,
2:30:18do X, Y, and Z in this order. You know,
2:30:20here's a prompt, here's a persona,
2:30:22whatever. But the main difference really
2:30:23is that one has a clean context window,
2:30:25and one doesn't. And you can run a ton
2:30:28of different sub agents in parallel in,
2:30:29you know, independent sessions, as we
2:30:31saw earlier, whereas the skill is
2:30:33typically more of something that I'm
2:30:34kind of triggering in my main session
2:30:36all the time. But once again, that
2:30:37doesn't mean that I don't have a great
2:30:38LinkedIn research skill that I hand off
2:30:40to sub agents to use. You know what I
2:30:42mean? So really I think of it as kind of
2:30:44like the parallel use and the clean
2:30:46context window and of course the ability
2:30:48to use a different model. Now there is
2:30:50something that I'm going to show you
2:30:50guys real quick in cloud code which is
2:30:52like it allows you to build agents very
2:30:54easily with a slash command. You can
2:30:56also do it with natural language but um
2:30:58I'll show you that in a sec. Before we
2:30:59show you that I did want to kind of go
2:31:01over this real quick which is project
2:31:03level versus global level sub aents. And
2:31:06this is the same, you know, if you
2:31:08understand how the cloud code like
2:31:09settings files work or the cloud code
2:31:11like hooks and skills, MCP servers even,
2:31:14it's all the same. You always have
2:31:15project level stuff or you have global
2:31:17level stuff. So project level stuff is
2:31:19basically what lives in your project in
2:31:21that repo. So right here we're in my
2:31:22Herk 2 project and anything that you see
2:31:24inside of mycloud right here is project
2:31:27level. So all of these agents are
2:31:28product project level. All of these
2:31:30skills are project level. And then I've
2:31:31got other sub aents and other skills
2:31:33that are global. So, for example, if I
2:31:35say, hey, where does my session handoff
2:31:38skill live? That's going to find that
Building a Sub-Agent: The Plan Roaster
2:31:41globally because if I go to my skills,
2:31:43there's no skill in here called session
2:31:44handoff, as you guys can see. But right
2:31:46here, the session handoff skill lives in
2:31:47your global skills directory at the, you
2:31:50know, the user level. And so, global
2:31:51ones are usable by every product on your
2:31:53machine. So, no matter which project or
2:31:55repo I'm working in, I can always use
2:31:57that session handoff skill or I can
2:31:58always use that, you know, sub agent
2:32:00that I've built and it belongs to me.
2:32:02So, if I share this GitHub repo to
2:32:03someone, they won't get that skill or
2:32:05they won't get that sub agent. It's not
2:32:06a big deal because you can easily say,
2:32:08"Oh, you know, you accidentally made
2:32:09that sub agent globally, but I actually
2:32:10wanted in this project, can you just
2:32:12move it?" And because it's just a
2:32:13markdown file, they move super easily.
2:32:15Or you can even have them both. You
2:32:16know, you can have them in both spots.
2:32:17But the reason why I wanted to explain
2:32:19that before I showed you this is because
2:32:21if you know, you have to choose. So, if
2:32:23you do a slash agents, you can look at
2:32:24what agents are currently running. If
2:32:26you've got a bunch of sub aents, you can
2:32:27go to your library and you can see a
2:32:29bunch of different built-in agents down
2:32:31here like claude, claude code guide,
2:32:33explore plan, and then you can also look
2:32:35at your project level agents. So, for
2:32:37example, we could look at, you know, the
2:32:39AI trend hunter. We can look at carousel
2:32:41planner. You'll notice that some of
2:32:42these have different models like all of
2:32:44these are sonnet, but then some of these
2:32:45have different project memory. You know,
2:32:46this one has project memory. This one
2:32:48has none. But anyways, what I wanted to
2:32:49show you guys if you go to create a new
2:32:51agent, you choose here if it's a
2:32:53personal or global or if it's a project.
2:32:55So let's just make a new project one
2:32:56right now. In order to create it, we can
2:32:58generate with claude or we can do manual
2:33:00configuration. So I would probably come
2:33:02in here and choose generate with claude.
2:33:03And then you basically just describe
2:33:04what this agent should do and when it
2:33:06should be used. And it says to be
2:33:07comprehensive for the best results.
2:33:09Create me a sub agent that criticizes
2:33:11all of my work. I basically want to be
2:33:13able to hand it off ideas and I want it
2:33:15to not agree with me, but I want it to
2:33:17um criticize it. I want it to roast it.
2:33:19I want it to play devil's advocate and
2:33:21look for every possible hole in the plan
2:33:23and what could go wrong and give me back
2:33:26basically that report. I want this thing
2:33:28to be invoked whenever I say roast my
2:33:30plan or review my plan. Anything like
2:33:32that. So that's my prompt. Obviously
2:33:34that's pretty concise. So like if you
2:33:36really had a good sub aent use case,
2:33:38you'd probably want to give it some more
2:33:39detail and some more nuance there. But I
2:33:41just want to show you how it's able to
2:33:42generate this file from the description.
2:33:44And because I chose project level, it's
2:33:46going to create that in the agents
2:33:48folder within my do.cloud. So in a sec
2:33:50here, we'll see an agent pop up. It'll
2:33:52probably be called like um devil's
2:33:54advocate.md or roast agent.mmd,
2:33:57something like that. Oh, but before
2:33:58that, it also says what tools do we want
2:34:00it to be able to use? So like for
2:34:02example, in this one, maybe I only want
2:34:04it to go with readonly tools. So I could
2:34:06say just readon. And then you know, we
2:34:09could look at some advanced options too,
2:34:11which would be all these MCP servers and
2:34:13a bunch of other things. and even like
2:34:15individual tools. Whoops. Even
2:34:16individual tools like bash, cron create,
2:34:18cronde delete. Like you can get really
2:34:20granular here. But in this case, I'm
2:34:22just going to go ahead and hit continue
2:34:23with readonly tools. And then we're able
2:34:25to choose the model. And in this case,
2:34:26we're going to go with haiku. But you
2:34:28can also inherit from the parent. So if
2:34:29the parents running on haiku, all sub
2:34:31aents that all of that sub aent will be
2:34:33inherited. Or same thing with opus or
2:34:35sonnet. And then finally, we can choose
2:34:36our background color. I'm just going to
2:34:38go ahead and choose pink. And then we
2:34:40get to choose the memory. So whether
2:34:41that's project, none, user, or local.
2:34:44And so really for the sub agents that
2:34:46I'd be creating and the ones that I
2:34:47would recommend you guys do, I'd
2:34:48probably just say project scope. Unless
2:34:50you want all these sub agents to be
2:34:51completely completely innocent, wake up
2:34:54completely blind, no memory at all, then
2:34:55you would choose none. But as far as
2:34:57between project user and local, I'm
2:34:59probably just going to always choose
2:35:00project. All right, there we go. So I'm
2:35:01going to go ahead and save this new
2:35:02agent. And you can see it just popped up
2:35:04right here. It's called the plan roster.
2:35:06And what happens when you create them
2:35:08with Claude is it makes this huge
2:35:11because it doesn't yet understand what
2:35:13you might say and how you want it to
2:35:14trigger. So my first recommendation
2:35:16would be trim this down a little bit
2:35:18because once again this is part of the
2:35:20progressive disclosure. So there's no
2:35:22need for the description to be so long.
2:35:24So I'm literally going to delete all of
2:35:26this. I mean it's good to look at but
2:35:27I'm gonna delete all of this up to here.
2:35:29And really in my case this is good
2:35:30enough, right? Use this agent when Nate
2:35:32wants an adversarial critique of an
2:35:34idea, plan, strategy, blah blah blah.
2:35:35Trigger on phrases like roast my plan or
2:35:37review my plan. We've got the tools, the
2:35:39model, the color, the memory, and the
2:35:41name. So now I'm just going to open up a
2:35:42new session of Claude. And um let's real
2:35:45quick just say so I've got this plan and
2:35:48I want to create an ice cream stand in,
2:35:51you know, uh Chicago. I want to create
2:35:53this ice cream stand on Oak Street Beach
2:35:56and I don't yet have a refrigerator and
2:35:58I want to sell the ice cream all day
2:36:01long for about, you know, 20 bucks a pop
2:36:04and it's just a little a little piece of
2:36:06ice cream. So, um, go ahead and roast my
2:36:08plan. This is actually interesting. So,
2:36:10I created a skill called roast and it's
2:36:12going to use that instead. So, it
2:36:13defaults to that because it thinks that
2:36:15it's good enough. And in the skill, the
2:36:18roast skill, I actually have it spinning
2:36:20up five different sub agents. So, that's
2:36:22a good demo. I didn't mean for this to
2:36:23happen. These are all general purpose
2:36:25sub aents that live within my row skill,
2:36:27but I'm going to go ahead and cancel
2:36:28that. I'm going to run this prompt
2:36:29again, but this time I'm going to
2:36:30explicitly tell it to not use a skill,
2:36:32but like I said, that's a good example
2:36:34of showing you that in a skill, you can
2:36:36have it fire off a bunch of sub aents.
2:36:37Anyways, the whole reason why the
2:36:38roasting thing is so top of mind is
2:36:40because cloud code and AI in general can
2:36:42be a little bit of a sickopant. It can
2:36:44just be a yes man. So, having things
2:36:46worked out like a roast skill or like a
2:36:48plan roaster sub agent is pretty
2:36:50helpful. Okay, so look what happened
2:36:51here. It did not invoke our roast, our
2:36:54plan roster sub aent. So what I'm going
2:36:56to say is go ahead and take a look
2:36:58within ourclaw agents folder. We've got
2:37:01a sub aent called plan roster.mmd and
2:37:04you didn't invoke it here and I'm not
2:37:06sure exactly why. Go ahead and read the
2:37:08description of that and and look back at
2:37:10my prompt and help me understand why did
2:37:12you not fire off the sub agent so we can
2:37:14make this better because that exact
2:37:15prompt is something where I'd want you
2:37:17to use that that sub agent. And so
2:37:18that's really the way that I think about
2:37:20um iterating on my descriptions both for
2:37:23skills and for sub agents. Just just
2:37:24understanding like why didn't it fire or
2:37:26why did it fire and how do we then
2:37:28rework the description. I do think
2:37:30there's a little bit of you know foul
2:37:32play here because my roast skill got
2:37:35invoked earlier and it's probably like
2:37:37defaulting to those skills before a sub
2:37:39agent. So, you know, maybe that wasn't
2:37:41the best example, but I guess it's good
2:37:42that it happened so I can show you guys
2:37:43the way that you might think about
2:37:46improving your YAML front matter. Okay,
2:37:49so completely my fault. I didn't close
2:37:52out the front matter. So, good tip. You
2:37:55have to close off the quotes if you open
2:37:58them up, right? That can break your
2:37:59JSON. It can break other things as well.
2:38:00So, it will break your YAML front
2:38:02matter. It said the problem wasn't
2:38:04judgment, it was mechanical. It also
2:38:07said, "Hey, you know, you do have a rose
2:38:08skill, so maybe there was a little bit
2:38:09of, you know, cloudiness there." So, I
2:38:11completely get that, but it went ahead
2:38:12and it updated the description. You can
2:38:14see it made it a little bit longer, but
2:38:16there's still collision between the
2:38:17roast skill and the plan roster, right?
2:38:19They both get invoked kind of similarly.
2:38:21So, really, the best thing to do here is
2:38:23you would combine the skill to say,
2:38:24"Hey, whenever you run the skill, you
2:38:26also invoke the plan roster agent
2:38:28instead." But for the sake of the demo,
2:38:30I am just going to actually be way more
2:38:32specific about what to use. So, there
2:38:34goes our prompt once again. The copy and
2:38:36pasting out of the terminal is horrible.
2:38:38So, usually if I want to copy and paste
2:38:40something from the terminal, I will tell
2:38:41it to write it to a text file or I will
2:38:43just use it in the desktop app. But
2:38:45either way, I was way more explicit
2:38:46here. You can see I said use the plan
2:38:48roster sub agent, not the roast skill.
2:38:50And now it's initializing our pink plan
2:38:52roster sub aent. And what I can do is I
2:38:54can go down to this section down here. I
2:38:57can open up this other terminal and we
2:38:59can see the exact prompt that got sent
2:39:00over to our plan roster, which was roast
2:39:03this business plan hard. Here it is in
2:39:04full. I want to create an ice cream
2:39:06stand in Chicago, blah blah blah. So,
2:39:07it's basically exactly what I said. Tear
2:39:08it apart, hit every flaw, the missing
2:39:10refrigerator, the absurd $20 price, and
2:39:13then the sub agent already finished up.
2:39:14So, it sent us back to the main session.
2:39:16And now the main terminal is going to
2:39:18interpret what the plan roster sub agent
2:39:20said and then give us the rundown. And
2:39:22what you'll notice here is the the plan
2:39:24roster took 22.8K tokens, but those
2:39:2622.8K tokens did not pollute our main
2:39:29session. All we got was basically this
2:39:31much, which is pretty awesome. So
2:39:33anyways, that's a real quick a little
2:39:34bit of a sloppy example, but hopefully
2:39:36it showed you guys the different
2:39:37elements to play with and you know the
2:39:39way that you think about using these sub
2:39:40aents, but that's what it looks like in
2:39:42cloud code. The way that I like to think
2:39:43about these is the same way that I've
2:39:45thought about AI since the beginning of
2:39:46my YouTube channel, which is your AI.
2:39:49You know, it's very fun and cool to have
2:39:50one mega personal assistant agent that
2:39:52can do everything, but really the best
2:39:53way to do it is to have each AI be a
2:39:55specialist. And that's where your main
2:39:57general ones can be pretty good at, you
2:39:59know, a jack of all trades because of
2:40:00skills, right? You invoke a skill and
2:40:02now it's good at LinkedIn post. Now it's
2:40:03good at doing research. Now it's good at
2:40:04scripting videos, whatever. But really,
2:40:06the sub agents are actual specialists.
2:40:08They have subject matter expertise. So
2:40:10you can have one that's a security
2:40:11auditor, you can have one that does
2:40:13tests, you can have one that writes
2:40:14docs, you can have one that's an expert
2:40:15with databasing, whether that's the
2:40:17architecture or the queries or anything
2:40:18like that. And you can just silo
2:40:21basically this assembly line or parallel
2:40:23work of a bunch of agents that are good
2:40:24at one thing and really really good at
2:40:26that one thing. And the other thing
2:40:27that's cool about that is you can borrow
2:40:30subject matter expertise from other
2:40:32people. This is just one of the hundreds
2:40:34of thousands of examples out there, but
2:40:35there's a GitHub repo which I'll link in
2:40:36the description. And this one's called
2:40:38awesome cloud code sub aents. So if you
2:40:40scroll down here, you can see there's a
2:40:41bunch of sub aents that you can use and
2:40:43in different categories, right? You've
2:40:44got an API designer, a back-end
2:40:46developer, a GraphQL architect. We've
2:40:49got other language specialists like
2:40:51TypeScript or SQL. You know, you can
2:40:53scroll through and find a lot of these
2:40:55custom same way that you look for skills
2:40:56from other people, custom sub aents that
2:40:58other people have already built, and
2:41:00they maybe know a lot more about CLI
2:41:02developing than you do. So, they've put
2:41:04all their subject matter expertise into
2:41:05a sub agent, and now you can just use
2:41:06that because all it is is a markdown
2:41:08file. Now, yes, because everything's
2:41:10open source and because all these
2:41:11markdown files are out there, you want
2:41:12to be careful, right? Like, if you're
2:41:14downloading a file or you're putting
2:41:15into your system, just make sure there's
2:41:16no prompt injections in there. Make sure
2:41:18there's nothing, you know, malicious.
2:41:20And you can even do it by having maybe a
2:41:22sub agent that verifies open source
2:41:24repos. And it's read only. It can never
2:41:25send data. It can never do anything. And
2:41:27all it does is verifies that there's
2:41:29nothing malicious inside of that
2:41:31markdown file. So anyways, we looked a
2:41:33little bit about how cloud picks out the
2:41:34agents. It can be automatic and it can
2:41:36automatically invoke things when you are
2:41:38like looking through your codebase or
2:41:40whether you are doing research. It'll
2:41:41automatically chuck some out there. You
2:41:43can also have them very proactively use
2:41:45sub aents if you have things like that
2:41:47in the description so it fires
2:41:48frequently. You can also list them
2:41:50explicitly by name. You know, you can
2:41:52tag the agent name or you can say, "Hey,
2:41:53use the plan roster sub agent like I
2:41:55just did in that example. And you can
2:41:57also launch a session as a sub agent. If
2:42:00you do claude with a flag of the sub
2:42:02agents name, it'll actually put you
2:42:03right in a terminal right away with one
2:42:05of those sub aents." And honestly, I
2:42:06never do this, but it's nice to know
2:42:08that that feature exists. So, once
2:42:10again, just wanted to hit on the point
2:42:11that you can do readonly sub agents,
2:42:13which is pretty cool, just by using tool
2:42:15restrictions and giving them only
2:42:17certain things. It's always nice to have
2:42:18basically the mindset of if my AI could
2:42:21touch data or could read data, I have to
2:42:24assume that it will. Even if I never
2:42:25prompt it, I have to assume that it
2:42:27will. And that's the difference between
2:42:28a permission layer being explicit tools
2:42:30that it's allowed to use and explicit
2:42:32MCP servers it's allowed to use and just
2:42:35prompting and saying, "Hey, don't do
2:42:37that or you don't need to read that.
2:42:38Don't worry about it." There's a big
2:42:40difference between those types of
2:42:41permission layers. And then, of course,
2:42:43you have the ability to save a ton of
2:42:44money here. Let's say you have to read a
2:42:46300page research report and just get,
2:42:48you know, maybe three fun facts from it
2:42:50or just get a summary. There's probably
2:42:52no reason unless it's a really really,
2:42:54you know, technical report to use opus
2:42:56for that. Probably not even sonnet. So
2:42:58delegate that to a haiku sub agent to
2:43:00read everything and then send back just
2:43:02a small summary to your main session.
2:43:04And that's how you have the system where
2:43:05you have your smart boss, which is the
2:43:07opus model that you talk to on the
2:43:08day-to-day that just works with a bunch
2:43:10of little haiku agents. It's going to
2:43:12save you a lot of money. it's going to
2:43:13keep things moving faster and that's the
2:43:15way that you want to start utilizing
2:43:17these things. Another way that you can
2:43:18also keep them from getting out of
2:43:19control is you can have a max turns set
2:43:22on these sub agents. So maybe they're
2:43:23starting to do loops of research or
2:43:24they're doing loops of reviewing through
2:43:26a codebase. You can say, "Hey, max turns
2:43:28equals 10." Honestly, I don't use this
2:43:30very often because most of my sub aent
2:43:32delegation is research or very specific
2:43:34workflows where it doesn't really I'm
2:43:36not worried about a loop and I'm keeping
2:43:38my hands on either way. But that is once
2:43:40again just another nice lever to pull.
2:43:42So then after we've seen all these
2:43:44benefits, hopefully it's starting to
2:43:45become a little bit more clear, but a
When to Use Sub-Agents
2:43:47lot of people might also still wonder,
2:43:48okay, so when do you actually use a sub
2:43:50agent? When is it really better to? So
2:43:52one core question you can think about
2:43:53is, is this about to dump a pile of
2:43:55stuff into my chat that I'll never read
2:43:57again? If that's ever yes, delegate it
2:44:00to a sub agent. If it's no, then maybe
2:44:01you keep it in line. But there's also
2:44:03some other things to think about, too,
2:44:04right? So let's look at some signals. If
2:44:06you're about to read a lot of files, do
2:44:09some sub aents. If you're going to spit
2:44:11out a wall of output, maybe do sub
2:44:13agents. If it's a job that you keep
2:44:14repeating, build a custom sub aent for
2:44:16it. If it is independent stuff and you
2:44:18can run a ton of things in parallel,
2:44:20like you know, maybe you have 15
2:44:22chapters of a book and you want each
2:44:23chapter to be reviewed and like it
2:44:25doesn't have to be in chronological
2:44:26order. All of them can be reviewed at
2:44:28the same time. Then that that's parallel
2:44:29and then you can go ahead and do those
2:44:30independent jobs. And also if you want
2:44:32like an unbiased reviewer because once
2:44:34again sub agents can wake up no context
2:44:37completely fresh no memory and you can
2:44:39get an honest review. Now you don't need
2:44:41a sub agent if you're just doing a quick
2:44:43edit if the steps depend on each other
2:44:45right so if it's like 1 2 3 then four if
2:44:47the agents need to talk to each other
2:44:49then that's when you would need more of
2:44:50like an agent team or a different type
2:44:52of orchestration. I've made a video on
2:44:53agent teams before. Um they are more
2:44:55expensive than sub agents because
2:44:56they're they're talking and stuff like
2:44:57that but they share task list and
2:44:59everything. Sub aents do not work that
2:45:00way. It's just a onetoone relationship
2:45:02between sub agent and main session, not
2:45:04like a one to many. If you've got five
2:45:06sub agents running, they cannot talk to
2:45:07each other. You would also skip them if
2:45:09you need the sub aent to have like the
2:45:11context of the entire conversation or if
2:45:13it needs to ask you a question because
2:45:14you don't really get to talk to the sub
2:45:16agents. You know, the main agent is the
2:45:18orchestrator. Now, there's also
2:45:19something to think about which is a
2:45:20fairly newer feature. It was with with
2:45:21the release of Opus 4.8, which is the
2:45:24dynamic workflows. And what that does is
2:45:26it spins up a workflow that typically
2:45:29delegates to a ton of different sub
2:45:30agents in parallel. So remember the idea
2:45:32is that the main chat is the
2:45:33orchestrator and you've got a bunch of
2:45:34different sub aents running whether
2:45:35that's three or whether that's 40. A lot
2:45:37of times if you're asking for a big
2:45:39project and it decides to use a dynamic
2:45:41workflow, then all that's doing is it's
2:45:43creating a bunch of sub aents and it's
2:45:45delegating to them all at one time. So I
2:45:47made a video about those. I will tag
2:45:49that right up here if you want to check
2:45:50out the dynamic workflows video. You'll
2:45:52see an example I did where it spun up 41
2:45:54sub agents at the same time and just ran
2:45:56them. I've also done some examples, not
2:45:58on video, but like when I was testing it
2:45:59out, where I did some workflows and one
2:46:02of them spun up like 210 sub agents at
2:46:04the same time, which was great, but it
2:46:06ate through my context or sorry, it ate
2:46:08through my session limit like crazy. So,
2:46:10you definitely want to be careful when
2:46:11you're spinning up dynamic workflows.
2:46:13They actually then a few days after this
2:46:15came out, they said, "Hey, we changed
2:46:16the trigger word for dynamic workflows
2:46:18from workflow to to ultra code." You can
2:46:20still say to use a workflow for this,
2:46:21but when you're clearly referring to
2:46:23something else, Claude won't kick off a
2:46:24dynamic workflow. So, you want to make
2:46:26sure that you are being very careful
2:46:28about when you kick off those dynamic
2:46:29workflows because like I said, they are
2:46:31expensive. So, anyways, that is pretty
2:46:33much all of the stuff that I wanted to
2:46:36talk about here with sub agents. So, the
2:46:38whole thing on one slide, just to do a
2:46:39quick recap, if it's just one quick
2:46:41thing, you don't need a sub agent,
2:46:43right? Just because this feature is
2:46:44awesome, which it really is a great
2:46:45feature, that doesn't mean to force it.
2:46:47because sometimes if you're forcing too
2:46:49many sub agents, you're going to get
2:46:50worse results. So, play around with
2:46:51them, understand the benefits, and start
2:46:53to kick them off when you really do need
2:46:54them. If you want to share them with
2:46:55your team, keep them in your project,
2:46:57keep them in your repo. If you want to
2:46:58keep sub agents just for you that you
2:46:59can use across any project, then put
2:47:01them in your home folder. Kind of, you
2:47:03know, make them globally or personally.
2:47:05You can save a lot of money by having
2:47:06cheap workers with one smart lead. You
2:47:08can get better results by letting a
2:47:09fresh agent review your work or do work
2:47:11in parallel. If you want to do a giant
2:47:13parallel job, go ahead and check out a
2:47:15dynamic workflow. Just be careful of
2:47:16your session limit. And if you're not
2:47:18sure, if it's a pile of stuff that
2:47:20you're never going to reread, then go
2:47:21ahead and spin off a sub agent. Whether
2:47:23you are using cloud code in the terminal
2:47:25or whether you're using in the desktop
2:47:26app or even the VS Code extension in VS
Installing in the Terminal + Free Resources
2:47:29Code or, you know, on the web, wherever
2:47:30you're using cloud code, everywhere that
2:47:32you use cloud code can run sub aents.
2:47:34And the principles that I just talked
2:47:35about are always the same. This is where
2:47:38they live. That's how you invoke them.
2:47:39They're always YAML front matter. And
2:47:41those are pretty much the best
2:47:42practices. So, I know we covered a ton
2:47:45of information. If you guys want to
2:47:46download this exact slide deck, all you
2:47:48have to do is join my free school
2:47:49community. The link for that is down in
2:47:50the description. Once you join here, all
2:47:52you have to do is click on the
2:47:53classroom, click on all YouTube
2:47:54resources, and then you'll be able to
2:47:56find everything that I've dropped in
2:47:58here for free. GitHub repos, skills,
2:48:00templates, slide decks, whatever you
2:48:01want. It's all in there for free. All
2:48:03right, so we got sub agents crossed off
2:48:05the list. We're just going to keep
2:48:06making our way down through the rest of
2:48:08this course. So, next we have websites.
2:48:11And websites kind of go handinhand with
2:48:12GitHub because Cloud Code's really
2:48:15really good at building websites for us.
2:48:16It can build websites out of any coding
2:48:18language that you want. So HTML or you
2:48:20know CSS or all the other ones out
2:48:22there. It's really good at that because
2:48:24websites are code. But what happens is
2:48:26when we build code, it might give us
2:48:28something like a local host, which if
2:48:30you've never heard that before, don't
2:48:31worry. It's it's we'll break it down.
2:48:33But it's basically a URL that only you
2:48:35locally could open. If you tried to copy
2:48:37a local host URL and give it to your
2:48:39friend, nothing would pull up on their
2:48:41laptop if they tried to open that up.
2:48:42I've seen some funny tweets where it's
2:48:43like, "Hey, I'm a beginner. I just
2:48:45started using Claude Code. Check out
2:48:46what I built." And then they, you know,
2:48:48they attach a local host URL. And
2:48:50obviously that's like a meme. It's a
2:48:51joke, but it is pretty funny. So, just
2:48:53keep that in mind. We're building the
2:48:54website in code and then the code we
2:48:56push that to GitHub so that we can
2:48:58actually deploy that somewhere on the
2:48:59cloud. So, that is what I'm about to
2:49:01walk you guys through in this next
2:49:02video. Just a quick warning before this
2:49:04next video starts playing. Some of the
2:49:05clips that I'm inserting into this
2:49:07course were recorded a few months back,
2:49:09meaning they might be shown in VS Code
2:49:11extension or the terminal instead of the
2:49:14Cloud Desktop app that we've been using
2:49:15so far. I just wanted to give you guys a
2:49:17warning. Functionally, exact same. So,
2:49:19don't worry about it too much. It just
2:49:21might look a little bit differently, but
2:49:22all you have to do is listen to what I'm
2:49:23saying and follow along with what I'm
2:49:25actually doing and you will be just
2:49:26fine. All of this stuff is still
2:49:27relevant. Otherwise, I wouldn't be
2:49:29putting it in this course. So, hopefully
2:49:31that makes sense. See you guys in the
2:49:33video. Today I'm going to be showing you
2:49:34guys five simple hacks that you can use
2:49:36to make sure that Claude Code is
2:49:37building you websites that don't look
2:49:39like they were AI vibe coded, but they
2:49:41actually feel professional and branded.
2:49:43And we're going to be going through this
2:49:44in a way where even if you've never used
2:49:45Claude Code before, that's completely
2:49:47fine. You're going to be able to by the
2:49:48end of this video spin up some really
2:49:50awesome looking landing pages and
2:49:51websites. All right, so I don't want to
2:49:53waste any time at all. The first thing
2:49:54that you need to do is you need to go
2:49:55download Visual Studio Code. So go to a
2:49:57browser and type in VS Code and download
2:49:59this for your operating system. This is
2:50:01essentially just the IDE that we're
2:50:03going to be using Claude Code within. So
2:50:05once you've done that and you've opened
2:50:07it up, this is what it will look like.
2:50:08You're going to go to the lefth hand
2:50:09side right here and click on extensions
2:50:11and you're going to type in cloud code
2:50:13and install it like what you see right
2:50:15here. Now once you do that, it's going
2:50:16to prompt you to sign in with your
2:50:18anthropic subscription or your cloud
2:50:19subscription, which you do need a paid
2:50:21account. As you can see here, if you're
2:50:22on free, you don't have access to cloud
2:50:24code, but here on pro, you actually can
2:50:27use cloud code. Whether you're on pro or
2:50:29max, you can use it. I'd probably just
2:50:31start with pro. If you hit limits, which
2:50:32you probably will if you want to, you
2:50:34know, build websites all day, then you
2:50:36should probably upgrade to max. So once
2:50:38you've got that installed, you will see
2:50:40this little button up here, which is
2:50:41cloud code. And when you click on that,
2:50:43this is where it opens up the ability to
2:50:45actually use cloud code, talk to this
2:50:47little crab agent. And this is very
2:50:49similar to sort of like a chatbt or
2:50:50using cloud in the web. Now, the way
2:50:52that this works when you're using Cloud
2:50:54Code in Visual Studio Code or really
2:50:55wherever you use it is you have files on
2:50:57the lefth hand side and then you have
2:50:58your agent on the right hand side. So,
2:51:00first thing we need to do is open up a
2:51:02project so that we can start working
2:51:03with some files. So, I'm going to go up
2:51:05here to the top left and I'm going to
2:51:06click on explorer. What you can see is
2:51:08that it says you have not yet opened a
2:51:09folder. So, I'm going to go ahead and
2:51:11open up a fresh folder that has nothing
2:51:12in it. So, here we are in my website
2:51:15building YouTube folder, which like I
2:51:17said, it's a blank project. If you don't
2:51:19have a folder, just go ahead and create
2:51:20one. Whether that's in your desktop or
2:51:22your documents, just create one to start
2:51:24and then open that up. And that is where
2:51:26we will be working on this project. So,
2:51:28let's get started going through these
2:51:29five hacks. The first one is actually
2:51:31number zero. And the reason that I did
2:51:32this is because the first one is a
2:51:34claw.md file. And I put this as number
2:51:36zero because it's kind of a
2:51:37prerequisite, but also a lot of times
2:51:39near the end, even after 1 2 3 and four,
2:51:41you might have to rego back and update
2:51:44your claw. MD file or just have Claude
2:51:46do it itself. So what is a claw.md file?
2:51:48Just think of it as a system prompt.
2:51:50Think of it as every time before you ask
2:51:53cloud code to do something, it will read
2:51:56the claw.md file first. It will always
2:51:59process that. So what you want to do is
2:52:00make sure that that is pretty concise.
2:52:02You don't want to bloat it too much with
2:52:03context, but you want to give it the
2:52:05rules that it needs. So every time you
2:52:07are doing something in this project,
2:52:08this website building project, do this,
2:52:10this, and this. And always remember
2:52:12that's kind of the end goal. And so if
2:52:13you don't exactly know your full process
2:52:15yet or the end goal, then you might
2:52:17start without a claw.mmd file. But
2:52:18luckily for you guys, if you go over to
2:52:20my free school community, the link for
2:52:21that's down in the description. You go
2:52:23to the classroom, you go to claude code,
2:52:25and right here you will see the web
2:52:26designcloud.md file, which is the one
2:52:28we're going to be using today. You can
2:52:30go ahead and just download that for free
2:52:31right here. Now, once you've done that,
2:52:33you can actually just drag it right over
2:52:34here to the lefth hand side. Like I told
2:52:36you guys, the lefth hand side is where
2:52:37we can see our files and our folders.
2:52:39And what that does is it opens up the
2:52:40claw.md file which if I drag over here
2:52:42we can see it kind of full screen. Now
2:52:44the MD stands for markdown which is
2:52:47basically just this right here. We've
2:52:48got the pound signs. We've got um
2:52:50asterisk and it just helps keep the text
2:52:52organized so that the agent can read you
2:52:54know what's a header, what's a
2:52:55subheader, what's bold, what are bullet
2:52:57points, things like that. So you could
2:52:58obviously read through this entire
2:53:00claw.md file if you want to to kind of
2:53:02understand what we're telling it to do
2:53:03in this project. I'm not going to read
2:53:05everything because you guys can just,
2:53:06you know, look at it here or download
2:53:07it. And as we go through these other
2:53:09hacks, you will see why I put some of
2:53:10this stuff in here. But that actually
Building & Cloning Websites
2:53:12brings me over to our first technically
2:53:14our first hack, which is the front-end
2:53:16design skill, which is why you can see
2:53:18right here in our cloud.MD, the first
2:53:20thing I wrote is always invoke the
2:53:22front-end design skill before writing
2:53:23any front-end code every session. No
2:53:26exceptions. So, first of all, real
2:53:27quick, what are skills? Well, if you go
2:53:29to the cloud code docs, you can read
2:53:30about skills right here. Essentially,
2:53:32they are custom instructions. So every
2:53:34time you build like a custom GBT or
2:53:36cloud project, you're usually putting in
2:53:37knowledge and you're putting in
2:53:38instructions. And basically skills are
2:53:41just that but in a markdown file. And
2:53:43why it's so important and cool is
2:53:45because every time you ask Claude a
2:53:47question, first it reads its cloud.MD
2:53:49file, but then it will think, okay, the
2:53:51user asks me this, do I have any skills
2:53:53in my library that help me do this
2:53:55better? If yes, I'll grab the skill,
2:53:57I'll read it, and then I'll take action.
2:53:58If no, I'll just use my general
2:54:00knowledge. So that's why we need to have
2:54:02the front-end skill because it helps us
2:54:04create designs that are way more modern
2:54:06and professional and they don't look as
2:54:08much vibecoded AI vibe coded. And the
2:54:11good news is it's super super simple.
2:54:13You just have to install it. So here's a
2:54:15tweet that showed the power of this. All
2:54:17they prompted Claude Code to do was use
2:54:19the front-end design skill, create a
2:54:20music player app, and it created this
2:54:22that has some, you know, animations. It
2:54:24has some dynamic elements. And if you
2:54:26would have just told Cloud Code to do
2:54:27this without that skill, it would have
2:54:28looked much worse. So, I'll leave a link
2:54:30to this tweet in the description of this
2:54:31video. You basically just have to run
2:54:32this command and then you run this one
2:54:34and then you should be good with the
2:54:36skill installed globally across any
2:54:38cloud code project that you might use in
2:54:39the future. And when I say run these
2:54:41commands, you can literally just copy
2:54:42this if you wanted to and just paste
2:54:44that right into here in cloud code and
2:54:46it would install that for you. All
2:54:47right, so let me go ahead and show you
2:54:49guys how good this front-end design
2:54:51skill really is with such a minimal
2:54:53prompt. So, before we prompt this agent,
2:54:55I just wanted to show you guys something
2:54:56else you can do, which is kind of a
2:54:57bonus hack. What I'm going to do is I'm
2:54:59going to create a new folder. I'm going
2:55:00to call this brand_assets.
2:55:03And our claw.mmd file actually explains
2:55:05that this might be a file or a folder
2:55:07that cloud code needs to look at. And
2:55:09what I'm going to put in here are two
2:55:12things. My logo and brand guidelines so
2:55:15that it creates this website and it
2:55:17feels very branded towards me and my
2:55:18business. So right here I'm dragging in
2:55:20the Amazon Society logo as you can see
2:55:22like that. And then I'm also going to
2:55:24drag in our brand guidelines which has
2:55:26stuff like our colors, our typography,
2:55:29icons, stuff like that. And so now that
2:55:31Claude can look at that, I'm going to
2:55:33just give it a very, very simple prompt.
2:55:35So all I'm saying is build me a modern
2:55:36and professional landing page for AI
2:55:38Automation Society. And I'm also going
2:55:40to tell it that here's my logo and
2:55:41here's my brand guidelines. It would be
2:55:43able to figure it out either way because
2:55:44we put it in the claw.md. But I just
2:55:46wanted to show you guys that you can
2:55:47actually tag assets directly. So, if I
2:55:50do an at, it will basically pop up and
2:55:52let me choose or point at the right
2:55:54things. So, now I can explicitly say,
2:55:56hey, here are the, you know, here's the
2:55:58brand guidelines and here's the logo
2:55:59because maybe they're not named in a way
2:56:01that's super intuitive. And now I'm just
2:56:04showing cloud code exactly what I want.
2:56:05So, I'm going to shoot this off. I'm not
2:56:07even in plan mode. I just want to show
2:56:08you guys how good this front-end design
2:56:10skill is. And what you're going to
2:56:11notice is first of all, what it did is
2:56:13it read the cloudmd file and now it's
2:56:16reading the brand assets. And now what
2:56:18it's going to do is it should hopefully
2:56:19invoke the front-end design skill and
2:56:21start building out that website for us.
2:56:23There we go. Right on Q. It has invoked
2:56:26the front-end design skill right there.
2:56:28All right. So, that has finished up. You
2:56:29can see that we've got a nav, a hero,
2:56:31tools, marquee. We've got stats, about
2:56:33benefits. So, a full onepage landing
2:56:35page. And it should be completely
2:56:36matching our brand as far as the logo,
2:56:38the colors, and the typography. It also
2:56:41added some animations. So, I'm excited
2:56:42to see how that works. And it threw it
2:56:44on local host for us to check out. So,
2:56:45let's head over there. All right. Look
2:56:46at that. We've got like a little
2:56:48animation up here. We've got a a line
2:56:49going down. We can see that we do have
2:56:51our logo up here as well as our exact
2:56:54colors and font. We've got a community
2:56:56rating. Ooh, that's super nice. We've
2:56:58also got some scrolling tech companies.
2:57:01So, we've got Editen, Make Claude,
2:57:03GBT40, Zapier, Air Table. We've got some
2:57:05random stats here. Obviously, we'd have
2:57:07to fill this in with our own copy, but
2:57:09keep in mind all of this happened with
2:57:11only us saying, "Create me a landing
2:57:13page for our community called A
2:57:14Automation Society." That was literally
2:57:16it and it created all of this. We've got
2:57:18testimonials. We've got a final call to
2:57:20action here. The logo is doing a little
2:57:21floating for basically a one sentence
2:57:23prompt. This is super super solid with
2:57:25the front-end design skill. Now, there
2:57:27was another secret thing going on here
2:57:28that I didn't yet tell you guys about,
2:57:29but if you've already read the Claw
2:57:31Denm, you might have noticed. And that
2:57:33brings us on to hack number two, which
2:57:35is the screenshot loop. So, the idea
2:57:38here is that AI is really good at
2:57:40getting you where you want to go, but it
2:57:42takes a lot of manual correction and
2:57:44steering. So, let's say I just told
2:57:46Claude Code to build us that website.
2:57:47Without the front-end design skill, it
2:57:49might have gotten us like 40% of the way
2:57:51there. But now that we added the
2:57:52front-end design skill, it's going to
2:57:53get us maybe let's let's just call it
2:57:5560. What we can do now is use
2:57:57screenshots to help AI iterate upon
2:57:59itself. So, instead of it getting 60% of
2:58:01the way there and then we make an
2:58:02improvement and then we make another
2:58:03improvement and we keep doing this, it
2:58:05basically should just bridge this gap
2:58:06itself because it's able to take a
2:58:08screenshot, look at the browser, see
2:58:10what it looks like, and then make make
2:58:11changes. So, what you guys didn't
2:58:13notice, or maybe you did, is over here,
2:58:15it created a new folder for us called
2:58:16temporary screenshots. And we can see
2:58:18that in that process of building out
2:58:20that first version of our workflow, it
2:58:22took 10 screenshots. So, I can click
2:58:24here, and I can see what it looked at.
2:58:25It looked at the hero section, which
2:58:27kind of was a a random full page. It got
2:58:30the viewport, which was that's more of
2:58:31the hero section. It looked at the
2:58:33stats. It looked at the about page. And
2:58:35what it did is it used these screenshots
2:58:36as it kept clicking through and looking
2:58:39and improved things. So, you guys didn't
2:58:41see this, but in the actual to-dos, it
2:58:44wrote the index html, it started the
2:58:46server and screenshotted the workflow,
2:58:48and then it did a two pass screenshot
2:58:49review and polish. So, it basically uses
2:58:51its eyes to check that what it's
2:58:53building actually looks good. And in
2:58:54order to set that up, it's actually
2:58:55really, really easy. If you go to the
2:58:57cloudMD file, you can see that I've got
2:58:58a section for screenshot workflow. And
2:59:00we're just doing this using Puppeteer.
2:59:02So, literally, if you take this claw.md
2:59:04and say, "Hey, Claude Code, can you set
2:59:05up Puppeteer to take screenshots?" it
2:59:08should be able to install all of that
2:59:09stuff for you right there really simply.
2:59:11And so, yes, that's cool on its own, but
2:59:13where it actually comes into handy a lot
2:59:15more is when we look at hack number
2:59:17three, which is using other websites as
2:59:20inspiration. Because what we're able to
2:59:22do is say, "Hey, Claude Code, take this
2:59:24website right here and build me a
2:59:26clone." So, you should build one that
2:59:27looks exactly like this one. And then
2:59:29what it's able to do is use its eyes,
2:59:30use its screenshot tool to screenshot
2:59:32what it's building and look at the
2:59:33reference and keep going back and forth
2:59:35until it's close enough. So, let me show
2:59:38you guys that in action right now. So,
2:59:40there's tons of sites that you could go
2:59:41to for website inspiration. Here's one
2:59:43example called Dribble. Here's another
2:59:45example called godly website. And here's
2:59:47another really cool example called
2:59:49Awards with three W's. So, there's tons
2:59:51of places that you can find inspiration.
2:59:53So, for the sake of this video, I found
2:59:55this one that I want to use. It's got a
2:59:57nice little animation in the background.
2:59:58It's obviously not our color scheme, but
3:00:01it has some cool things as you scroll
3:00:02down like a dashboard. It's got some
3:00:04other little cards down here. None of
3:00:06this is really too animated. Well, I
3:00:07guess that is. But let's just say we
3:00:09wanted our website to look like this one
3:00:10for example. First thing that I would do
3:00:12is I would hit F12. I'm on Windows, by
3:00:14the way. I would go to console and I
3:00:16would do control shiftp and search for
3:00:19screenshot. What this lets me do is
3:00:21capture a full-size screenshot of the
3:00:23entire page rather than just my current
3:00:25view.
3:00:26So here you can see it downloaded this
3:00:27screenshot and you can see that that is
3:00:29indeed the entire website. Now if you're
3:00:31on Mac that's still doable but you just
3:00:34have to Google the different buttons to
3:00:36do it. And then the next thing what I
3:00:37want to do is on the top right here I'm
3:00:39going to go to elements and in the style
3:00:41section down here I'm just going to copy
3:00:43everything. So I'm actually copying
3:00:45basically like the raw code or HTML or
3:00:48you know whatever you want to consider
3:00:49this as that tells the website how this
3:00:51is styled and we're going to give Claude
3:00:53code that. So, I'm going to go ahead and
3:00:55do a clear so we can start a fresh
3:00:56session. I'm going to first of all just
3:00:59paste in the code that we just copied,
3:01:00which is the style information. So, I
3:01:02said, I want you to spin up a new
3:01:03website for us. Get rid of the old one
3:01:05and you can put this one on local host.
3:01:07I basically want you to clone this
3:01:08website. So, I'm going to give you the
3:01:10screenshot, which what I'm going to do
3:01:11is just drag it in from my files and put
3:01:13it right over here. As you can see, that
3:01:14is the screenshot we just took. And I'm
3:01:16going to point to it so it knows what to
3:01:18use, which is the www right there. And
3:01:22then I said, here's the screenshot.
3:01:23here's the style and just go ahead and
3:01:24clone this website for us. So that is
3:01:27all we're going to do to start and then
3:01:29we can come back in later and tell it to
3:01:31use our branding and our you know colors
3:01:33and logo and everything like that. Now a
3:01:35couple things to keep in mind when
3:01:36you're doing some of the big processes
3:01:38like spinning up a website from scratch
3:01:40or comparing two websites and cloning
3:01:42them that coding process and thinking
3:01:44will take longer. But once you have a
3:01:46working version making small changes or
3:01:49tweaks that happens pretty quickly. And
3:01:51one other thing is you might have
3:01:52noticed that this really isn't stopping
3:01:54to ask me questions. And that's because
3:01:55I'm using bypass permissions mode. So if
3:01:58you don't see this in your instance,
3:01:59you're going to go to settings. You're
3:02:01going to type in clawed code. And then
3:02:03right here, you should see allow
3:02:05dangerously skip permissions. And that
3:02:06is where you turn that on. Now I
3:02:08definitely have a responsibility to tell
3:02:09you that this is dangerous. It has the
3:02:12potential to just kind of like run any
3:02:14command that it wants. But in my
3:02:16practice, I've never really had this be
3:02:18an issue, especially because I'm never
3:02:20like setting this to code all night long
3:02:22and then going to sleep. I'm always
3:02:23still kind of like watching it or I'm
3:02:25nearby and nothing bad really is going
3:02:28to happen. All right, awesome. So, we
3:02:30just got to the point where now it is
3:02:31creating a to-do list. And what you can
3:02:33see here is once it actually writes the
3:02:35code for the website, it's going to
3:02:37start up the server and it's going to
3:02:38take screenshots and it's going to do
3:02:40two rounds at least of comparing. It's
3:02:43going to look at what it built versus
3:02:44the reference. It's going to fix any
3:02:45mismatches and then it's going to do
3:02:46that again. And that is why the
3:02:48screenshot loop is so powerful. So
3:02:50logically, this is really cool. I mean,
3:02:51it's going through and it's looking
3:02:53section by section and analyzing how
3:02:55well it's stacking up. But we will have
3:02:56to see how it actually turns out. Okay,
3:02:58so that just finished up and before we
3:03:00actually see how good it really built
3:03:02this, I wanted to point out one thing
3:03:03about the screenshots. So you can see
3:03:05that we have screenshot 1 2 3 4, all
3:03:07this kind of stuff, but we don't really
3:03:09know which one is which without clicking
3:03:11on them. So, it looks like these are the
3:03:13clones as you can see because they're
3:03:14coming out looking like the website that
3:03:16we gave it. Well, we either should have
3:03:18before we started this new build. We
3:03:19should have told cloud code, hey, you
3:03:21can delete all of those temporary
3:03:22screenshots or in the claw.md, we should
3:03:25be more specific about the naming
3:03:27convention of the screenshots so that we
3:03:28can actually tell. Now, realistically,
3:03:30these temporary screenshots are more for
3:03:31Claude codes benefit than for ours, but
3:03:34that is something else that you can be
3:03:35thinking about if you do want to be able
3:03:36to click through and see the changes
3:03:38that were made with each version. But
3:03:39anyways, let's go ahead and open up this
3:03:40link and see what we got. All right, so
3:03:42I'm going to switch this to English for
3:03:44my head. But we can see we've got the
3:03:46purple colors. We've got your strategic
3:03:49ally for a truly profitable business.
3:03:50We've got the same top menu bar. Um a
3:03:52similar type of dashboard here. We've
3:03:54got some cards. And as we scroll down,
3:03:56it feels very similar to the real
3:03:58version that we gave it, which was this
3:04:00one. Obviously, some of the dynamic
3:04:02elements in the background and some of
3:04:04the actual images could not have been
3:04:05the exact same, but for a clone, this is
3:04:08very, very similar. And it is a really
3:04:11good spot for us to actually start. And
3:04:13now we can just start to integrate our
3:04:14own colors and logos and copy right into
3:04:17this template. And it's as simple as
3:04:20just asking it to do so. So, I'm going
3:04:21to go ahead and clear this out. I'm
3:04:24going to say go ahead and delete all of
3:04:26the temporary screenshots in the
3:04:27temporary screenshots folder. And so now
3:04:29all of those have been deleted as you
3:04:30can see. And we're basically going to
3:04:32say the most recent landing page looks
3:04:34really good. What I want you to do now
3:04:36is work in our brand assets. So our
3:04:40brand guidelines and our AIS logo. And
3:04:44this is for our community called AI
3:04:46Automation Society. So just work in
3:04:48those changes to that website clone that
3:04:50you just built. And once again, we are
3:04:52just going to stay on bypass
3:04:53permissions. I'm going to shoot that
3:04:54off. One shot prompt this thing. And
3:04:57hopefully we should get something that
3:04:58looks pretty solid. Now, what I'm
3:05:00interested to see is what it ends up
3:05:01doing with this dashboard and what it
3:05:03ends up doing with this iPhone screen
3:05:04because we haven't given it any other
3:05:06pictures. As you saw in our website, we
3:05:08obviously gave it some different
3:05:09pictures like the school games dashboard
3:05:11or me with Hermosi and Sam Ovens. But
3:05:13that's what you could do is you would
3:05:14come back into Claude Code and you would
3:05:16say, "Hey, I gave you some more pictures
3:05:17in the brand assets. Put this one here.
3:05:19Put this one there." And it would figure
3:05:21that out for you. And of course, you
3:05:22would also have to say, "Cool. When they
3:05:24click on start for free, take them to
3:05:25this link." or when they click on see
3:05:26the demo, take them to this link. So,
3:05:28there's other little pieces that you
3:05:29would obviously have to configure as
3:05:31well, but those changes take basically
3:05:33no time. Okay, so that finished up
3:05:35pretty quickly. We've got three
3:05:36screenshots here, but I'm not going to
3:05:38click into them because I don't want to
3:05:39ruin the final reveal here. But it used
3:05:41our colors. We have our primary accent,
3:05:43our secondary, our dark background, and
3:05:45our mid background. We've got the right
3:05:47typography. We've got the right logo,
3:05:48and everything was fully translated from
3:05:50French to English, thank goodness. And
3:05:52now it's rewritten for our community,
3:05:54which once again, we didn't actually
3:05:55give it facts about the community yet.
3:05:57This is just very simple prompting. It
3:05:59also mocked up a dashboard. So, let's
3:06:00head over to our local host. Let's give
3:06:02this a hard refresh. And boom. We now
3:06:04have our new site, master a automation,
3:06:07build faster, earn more. For the
3:06:09dashboard, it worked in like a little
3:06:10bit of a it's got members. It's got
3:06:11automations, courses. It's got it's kind
3:06:14of like a community tracker dashboard,
3:06:16and it uses our colors in there, too,
3:06:18which is cool. We've got different
3:06:19things on here, workshops, templates,
3:06:21expert community. It also changed this
3:06:23iPhone thing to member growth this
3:06:25month. So, it's keeping all of this on
3:06:27brand with the actual original reference
3:06:29site, which once again looked like this.
3:06:32However, now it has our colors and it
3:06:34has our information in here. We've got
3:06:36two paths and then we have some other
3:06:37stats down here and a nice little call
3:06:39to action at the bottom. So, cool. What
3:06:41we could do now is obviously go back and
3:06:42forth a little bit, maybe change some
3:06:44text, make things bigger, you know,
3:06:45change the images and stuff like that.
3:06:47But let's say we're at a spot where we
3:06:48like the overall feel and vibe of the
3:06:50website. But now, how do we really up it
3:06:52to the next level to make it feel
3:06:53unique? Well, what we're going to do is
3:06:55unlock the final hack, which is
3:06:58individual components. And what I mean
3:07:00by that is taking inspiration from
3:07:01different places, but for very
3:07:03individual components for small pieces,
3:07:06not entire websites. So, what we can do
3:07:08is we can go to a website called
3:07:0921st.dev,
3:07:11which has some of the best website
3:07:13components you might be able to find.
3:07:14It's got shaders. It's got backgrounds.
3:07:16It's got home screens. It's got buttons.
3:07:19It's got, you know, mouse highlights.
3:07:20It's got so many different things that
3:07:21you can do. So, here you can see I've
3:07:23got buttons and I could make them have a
3:07:24rainbow outline. I could make them
3:07:26shiny. We could toggle, you know, dark
3:07:27mode or light mode. There's lots of
3:07:29different things we could do here. Or I
3:07:30could just click on backgrounds in here
3:07:31and I could look at other ways that we
3:07:33could have our background. So, maybe we
3:07:34want these little kind of drop down
3:07:36pills instead. Or maybe we want these
3:07:38hero waves in the background. I think we
3:07:39should actually do this instead. So,
3:07:40what I'm going to do is just copy this
3:07:42prompt right here. This will basically
3:07:43copy a chunk of code for us to give to
3:07:46claude code. And I'm just going to say,
3:07:47I want you to work in this background
3:07:50element right behind the hero text. And
3:07:52after I give it that prompt, I just
3:07:54paste in what we grabbed from 21st.dev.
3:07:56And it should be able to use all of this
3:07:59and understand how to put that into our
3:08:02site. So, I'm just going to go ahead and
3:08:03shoot this off and we will see.
3:08:05Actually, one thing that I forgot to
3:08:06mention is in this case, because we're
3:08:09working with an animation, the
3:08:11screenshot might not always work the
3:08:12best. So, sometimes you might want to
3:08:14tell it not to do the screenshot flow.
3:08:16So, I'm basically actually just going to
3:08:17copy all of this text. Once again, I'm
3:08:20going to clear this out. I'm going to
3:08:21paste it back in. But then I'm also
3:08:24going to say
3:08:26because this is an animated background,
3:08:28do not use the screenshot tool to
3:08:30compare. just work in the code and then
3:08:32I will let you know if we need to make
3:08:34any changes. So hopefully with that
3:08:35mention, even though it's going to read
3:08:37the claw.mmd, it won't do a bunch of
3:08:38screenshots here because I've actually
3:08:40tested this out and I've had, you know,
3:08:42different background elements come
3:08:43through and because they're dynamic,
3:08:45sometimes the screenshot doesn't fully
3:08:46capture it. So it gets stuck in this
3:08:47loop of thinking, I haven't built this
3:08:49good enough. I'm going to keep trying
3:08:50and it like overengineers and it just
3:08:52doesn't really work. So sometimes you
3:08:54may want to turn off the screenshot
3:08:56tool. All right, so that just finished
3:08:57up. It didn't take a bunch of
3:08:58screenshots, so it didn't take forever.
3:09:00Let's go to the website. Let's give it a
3:09:03refresh and see. Okay. Okay. So, we've
3:09:06got a background. It looks a little bit
3:09:09um distracting. It also looks a little
3:09:10bit cheap. It looks like too pixelated.
3:09:12So, what I'm going to do now is just
3:09:13iterate. I'm going to tell it that
3:09:16I think that it's a little bit
3:09:18distracting as far as it makes the hero
3:09:21text right behind it a little bit tough
3:09:23to read. Also, in the hero text, I'd
3:09:26like it if the earn more was maybe a
3:09:30blue or a different color. I think that
3:09:31doesn't really feel good to have that be
3:09:33orange. It would be good if there was
3:09:34maybe some sort of background behind the
3:09:36hero text so that we could see it and it
3:09:38would still stand out and contrast
3:09:40against the background animation, but
3:09:43the background animation looks super
3:09:44fuzzy and super pixy. If you could make
3:09:46that look a little bit more professional
3:09:49and clean, that would be great. And if
3:09:51you guys were curious why I was just
3:09:52like staring at that and talking is
3:09:53because I was dictating and I wanted to
3:09:55be able to look at what I was talking
3:09:57about. So, we've given some feedback.
3:09:59Now, let's see if it can go ahead and
3:10:01make those changes. And once again, like
3:10:03we're being pretty vague here and it
3:10:05would be up to the creativity of the
3:10:07model to understand what we're asking
3:10:08for and be able to make these changes.
3:10:10Now, if you were on plan mode, it might
3:10:12be able to do a little bit better job of
3:10:13asking you some questions and maybe
3:10:15helping you get to a better solution
3:10:17first before it starts coding. But for
3:10:19the sake of the video, let's see how
3:10:21well it does with this prompt. All
3:10:23right, that just finished up and you can
3:10:24see that that looks much much better.
3:10:26This is definitely more what I was
3:10:28looking for when we copied over that
3:10:30animation into this website. So from
3:10:33here, we would just keep going through
3:10:34and we keep being really nitpicky about
3:10:35what we want to change. We'd add our own
3:10:37pictures in. We'd maybe want to change
3:10:38some of these buttons to be more
3:10:40dynamic. We'd want to maybe animate some
3:10:41of this other stuff, which we could
3:10:43easily do just by asking Claude Code to
3:10:45do so. So from here, the question is,
3:10:46how do you actually get this onto a real
3:10:49landing page? Because right now, we're
3:10:50still developing all of this code and
3:10:52we're previewing this in our local host.
Deploying With GitHub & Vercel
3:10:54So what we're going to do is we're going
3:10:55to use a combination of GitHub and
3:10:56Versell to do this. Cloud code is where
3:10:58we're working right now. All of these
3:11:00folders, all of these files are local,
3:11:02meaning if I pulled up my laptop, I
3:11:03wouldn't be able to access them. And
3:11:05when we're building our website, which
3:11:06is obviously this website right here,
3:11:08this is all made up of a bunch of code
3:11:10in our cloud code project. So what we
3:11:12need to do with that is we sync that
3:11:14code to GitHub and GitHub has version
3:11:17control. We can see all of our commits,
3:11:19other people can work on it, stuff like
3:11:20that. We basically host our code or our
3:11:22project in the cloud and we set up a
3:11:24really cool auto deploy between Verscell
3:11:27and GitHub. And Verscell is basically
3:11:28just where we deploy our code to a live
3:11:31site. So basically what this means is
3:11:33whenever we tell cloud code, hey this
3:11:35looks good, push these changes to
3:11:37GitHub, GitHub grabs the new changes and
3:11:39then Verscell automatically grabs those
3:11:41from GitHub and then updates the real
3:11:44working version of our site. And I will
3:11:45show you guys that. But let's first of
3:11:46all do this pipeline. So the first thing
3:11:49that you're going to need to do is go to
3:11:51GitHub, create an account if you don't
3:11:52already have one, and you're going to
3:11:53need to create a new repository. So I'm
3:11:56going to create a repository right here
3:11:57called AIS test website. I'm not going
3:12:01to worry right now about a description
3:12:02or all of this and I'm just going to go
3:12:04ahead and create that repository. Now,
3:12:06what you also could do is you could tell
3:12:08Claude Code, hey, create me a GitHub
3:12:11repository and it could actually do
3:12:13that. But right now, I just wanted to
3:12:14show you guys so you can get a feel for
3:12:15GitHub if you've never used it before.
3:12:17So, anyways, now we have this repository
3:12:19called AIS test website. I'm just going
3:12:20to copy the name of that real quick and
3:12:22I'm going to come back into Cloud Code.
3:12:24We're going to clear this out and say
3:12:25awesome. So now that this site looks
3:12:27good, we need to actually deploy this on
3:12:29our domain. I need you to help push this
3:12:32to GitHub and we're going to push it to
3:12:34a GitHub repository called
3:12:37and then I'm going to paste in the name.
3:12:39Now, so far it has not yet gotten our
3:12:41GitHub credentials. So we're going to
3:12:42have to obviously authenticate into
3:12:44GitHub first so it can push that into
3:12:46GitHub. So I just got logged in as Nate
3:12:48Herk AI and now it's going to create
3:12:50the.get ignore and get everything set up
3:12:52so it can actually do so. Now, it's not
3:12:54too big of a deal right now because
3:12:55nothing that we'd be pushing into the
3:12:57public GitHub or, you know, onto the
3:12:59cloud has API keys or has any usernames
3:13:02or passwords or any sensitive
3:13:03information or, you know, web hook
3:13:05abilities. But that is something to be
3:13:06aware of once you actually are pushing
3:13:08automations and things like that to the
3:13:09cloud. Make sure that you're not putting
3:13:11any of your sensitive information out
3:13:13there. Awesome. So, it now says that our
3:13:15site is live on GitHub. So, if I click
3:13:17into this link, we should see that we
3:13:18now have a new commit. We have all of
3:13:20this stuff like our claw.mmd. We have
3:13:22our screenshot stuff. We have brand
3:13:23assets. And now we can sync this to
3:13:26Verscell. So that would be step two is
3:13:27you're going to go to versell.com,
3:13:29create an account. When you create that
3:13:30account, it's much easier if you just
3:13:31sign in or create that account with your
3:13:33GitHub credentials. And then all we have
3:13:36to do is go ahead and add a new project.
3:13:38And then we're able to just choose a
3:13:40GitHub repository. As simple as that. So
3:13:42I can literally just hit import on our
3:13:44AIS test website, which you guys just
3:13:45saw me set up. And then all I have to do
3:13:47is go ahead and deploy this project.
3:13:50Awesome. So I've deployed a new project
3:13:51to my project. I can go ahead and
3:13:53continue to the dashboard here. And what
3:13:55this now does is we can actually visit
3:13:57this by going to
3:13:58ais-test-website.vercell.app.
3:14:01I open that up. And now this is no
3:14:03longer local. I could open up my phone
3:14:05and type in this. You could open up your
3:14:06browser and type this in. And you guys
3:14:08could all visit this site because it's
3:14:09now deployed on the cloud. But of course
3:14:12it's got an ugly domain. So, what you
3:14:14would have to do now is you would have
3:14:15to go to your project settings. You
3:14:18would go to domains. And then this is
3:14:19where you would actually just have to
3:14:20either buy a domain right here or add an
3:14:23existing one. And it's really simple. It
3:14:24would walk you through the DNS
3:14:25configuration that you need to set up.
3:14:27And it's not too difficult, but I'm not
3:14:29going to actually do that live in this
3:14:30video. So, what I wanted to show you
3:14:31guys real quick before we end off this
3:14:33video is what actually happens if we
3:14:35realize that we want to make a change to
3:14:36our website that is on the cloud. Well,
3:14:38that's why it's good that we still have,
3:14:40you guys can't see because you can't see
3:14:42the URL, but we still do have our local
3:14:44version because if I make a change here
3:14:46and I don't like it, I don't want that
3:14:47to automatically get pushed to um
3:14:49Verscell. So, what you'd probably want
3:14:51to do is in your claw.md file, you would
3:14:53say ultimately what's going to happen is
3:14:55we're syncing all of the changes to
3:14:56GitHub. GitHub's going to automatically
3:14:58push them to Verscell and we'll be good
3:14:59to go. But when I'm making changes with
3:15:01you here, we're always going to test on
3:15:03a local host until I tell you explicitly
3:15:05to push that to GitHub or commit those
3:15:07changes to GitHub. Okay. So, this is our
3:15:10local version. And let's just say, for
3:15:11example, we wanted to make this button a
3:15:13little bit cooler. So, I'm going to ask
3:15:15in Cloud Code, could you go ahead and
3:15:18make the join the community button in
3:15:20the main hero text section, make it more
3:15:23professional. So, give it like a cool
3:15:24glow. And once you've made this change,
3:15:26let me see it in local host. Don't push
3:15:29it to GitHub until I tell you to. This
3:15:31thing is getting pretty screenshot
3:15:32happy. I may have to adjust the wording
3:15:34in the cloud. Mmd file a little bit. It
3:15:36literally took one of the main screen
3:15:37and then it took one of where it just
3:15:39cropped the actual button, but hey, it
3:15:41looks good. Okay, so what happens is
3:15:43here's the local host. I'll refresh
3:15:44that. Now we can see the little glow
3:15:46behind the join the community button and
3:15:48here is the web app version. I refresh
3:15:50this and we don't have that change yet,
3:15:52which is great because we don't want to
3:15:53push changes if they're not good, right?
3:15:55But now what I'll do is say awesome. I
3:15:57love that change. Go ahead and push that
3:15:59to GitHub. All right, so it just pushed
3:16:00that. We have a new commit. If I go to
3:16:02GitHub and I give this a refresh, we can
3:16:04see that we should see right here two
3:16:05commits. This one was add glowing pulse
3:16:08effect to hero join the community
3:16:10button. And then if I go to Verscell and
3:16:13we go to our deployments, we should see
3:16:15that we just got a second one come
3:16:16through as well just now. And now if I
3:16:18go to the site on the web and I refresh,
3:16:21we see the actual glowing join the
3:16:23community button. All right, so those
3:16:24are the five hacks that I wanted to
3:16:25cover today. We have our claw.md file,
3:16:27which as you could tell by this video,
3:16:29yes, it's nice to have something to
3:16:30start, but you are going to continue to
3:16:32iterate upon it throughout your project
3:16:33until you get to a good spot. We've got
3:16:35the front-end design skill, which is
3:16:36just like way too easy to not use. We've
3:16:38got the screenshot loop, which you got
3:16:40to be careful about, but it is very
3:16:41helpful. We've got inspiration websites,
3:16:43and then we have inspiration individual
3:16:45components, and now it's just a matter
3:16:47of making small tweaks and iterating
3:16:49upon your website. Awesome. So now that
3:16:52you guys understand how building the
3:16:54websites work and how cloud code is able
3:16:56to push to GitHub and push to versel to
3:16:57actually deploy them, you can continue
3:16:59going down some other like design stuff
3:17:01if you want. And if you do, you should
3:17:02try out claude's tool called claw
3:17:04design. So it's literally just a
3:17:06different web-based app that is
3:17:07basically specifically only designed for
3:17:10design. So if you want to check that
3:17:11out, I did drop a full course on cloud
3:17:13design which I will tag right up here.
3:17:14But anyways, now that we have finished
3:17:17talking about websites and GitHub, we
3:17:19are going to move on to talking about
3:17:21trusting the output. This is a really
3:17:23important topic and it's pretty nuanced
3:17:26because the the trust factor differs
3:17:29based on the type of automation that
3:17:30you're actually building. So, let me
3:17:32explain what I mean by that. So,
3:17:33deterministic versus non-deterministic.
3:17:35Deterministic means essentially
3:17:37predictable input and then we know
3:17:39what's going to happen and we know what
3:17:40we're going to get out. So, think a
3:17:42vending machine. we know that we have,
3:17:44you know, A1, E4. We can click these
3:17:47buttons and when we click the button, we
3:17:48know exactly what's going to happen and
3:17:49exactly what we're going to get. Now,
3:17:51nondeterministic is basically just the
3:17:53exact output. We don't exactly know what
3:17:55the trigger is going to look like. We
3:17:56don't exactly know what's going to
3:17:57happen inside the process, and we don't
3:17:59exactly know what we're going to get on
3:18:01the other side. We obviously have things
3:18:02that we're steering the system towards
3:18:04and we're trying to get one type of
3:18:06output. But because AI is essentially a
3:18:09black box and it's kind of like a slot
3:18:11machine, AI automations are more
3:18:13non-deterministic and they're designed
3:18:15to be. That's good about them. You know,
3:18:17they're flexible and that's what unlocks
3:18:19so much extra opportunities in this
3:18:21world is that now we have intelligence
3:18:22inside these automations. But with that
3:18:24non-determinism comes a lot of other
3:18:26things to think about. Think about a
3:18:28quick example of like responding to
3:18:29emails or writing cold emails. With the
3:18:32deterministic side, what we would do is
3:18:34we would have variables. So variables
3:18:35would fit into some sort of templated
3:18:38email copy and the variables would say,
3:18:40okay, the person's name goes here, their
3:18:42company name goes there and their, you
3:18:44know, MR goes there or something like
3:18:46that and it was very static. But now on
3:18:48the nondeterministic side, the AI can
3:18:50just look at all this input and then
3:18:51write a more personalized email. So it's
3:18:53not a template anymore. It's more of an
3:18:56actual, you know, generative AI. It's
3:18:57generated content. Now, from there
The AI Systems Pyramid & Trusting the Output
3:18:59though, I think about this as an AI
3:19:02systems pyramid. On the bottom, we have
3:19:04chat bots and at the top we have agents.
3:19:06So, let me explain kind of what I mean
3:19:07by this and why I like to think about it
3:19:09like this. So, really the core message
3:19:12that I think about and that Enthropic
3:19:14talks about and that other, you know,
3:19:15tech labs and leaders in the space talk
3:19:16about is you want to design the simplest
3:19:20solution for the job. Which means if the
3:19:22process doesn't need AI, there's no
3:19:24reason you should put AI in there
3:19:26because as you move up this pyramid,
3:19:27which is basically, you know, you're
3:19:29moving up in, let me actually change the
3:19:31arrow type. You're basically scaling up
3:19:33in autonomy as you move up, which also
3:19:36means you're scaling up in basically
3:19:37like unpredictability. And as you're
3:19:40scaling up these two things, you're also
3:19:41scaling up a few other things like cost
3:19:44and risk, just to name a few. So as you
3:19:47move up, you have things to think about
3:19:49as well. So, a chatbot, what do I mean
3:19:51by this? I think about a chatbot as
3:19:53basically something where a human has to
3:19:55trigger it. So, we're in full control of
3:19:57when we want the chatbot to run. I even
3:19:59would think of this as things like your
3:20:01claw skills that we're building, right?
3:20:02Because typically what's happening is
3:20:04you are invoking the skills by yourself,
3:20:06which means you're able to sit there,
3:20:07watch it, you're still kind of driving,
3:20:09you're still in control, you take the
3:20:10output, and now you're doing something
3:20:12with it. That's not really a high-risk
3:20:14environment because it's not like it's
3:20:15going to shoot off thousands of requests
3:20:17and do a thousand things without you
3:20:19asking unless you know that's what the
3:20:21skill entails on the inside. But think
3:20:23about this more like something where you
3:20:25actually trigger it as the human. And
3:20:27then what we have are workflows. These
3:20:28are deterministic workflows that are
3:20:30nothing new. It's basically just
3:20:31automation. Maybe like moving data from
3:20:34one spreadsheet to a database or
3:20:36something like that that takes no AI at
3:20:38all, but it's triggered by an event or
3:20:40on a schedule. So this thing runs while
3:20:43you sleep and you're not really there.
3:20:44It's not as much human in the loop. So
3:20:46it really starts to scale up here, but
3:20:48still not super dangerous because this
3:20:49is still like basically 100%
3:20:51deterministic. You know the input and
3:20:53you know the output. Then you get up to
3:20:55AI workflows where basically the order
3:20:57of events is still the same. It still
3:20:59goes 1 2 3 4 5 and then somewhere in
3:21:03that process there's an AI step. So let
3:21:05me try to make this a little more
3:21:06practical with an example. Let's take
3:21:08first of all let's just do the customer
3:21:10support example. responding to emails.
3:21:12So with a chatbot or something like
3:21:14that, what happens is an email comes in
3:21:17and then the human would trigger the
3:21:20skill. So the email comes in, the human
3:21:22triggers the skill, the skill looks up
3:21:24the database, it you know generates the
3:21:26email and then the human would go off
3:21:27and send the email back to the person.
3:21:30So that is very like you know we are in
3:21:31control the whole way. Now what happens
3:21:33with a workflow? Okay, so the email
3:21:35would come in that would maybe trigger a
3:21:38like data lookup tool and that could be
3:21:39a lookup based on the email account and
3:21:42then maybe that could just trigger a
3:21:43notification for a human to be able to
3:21:45actually go look at the ticket and
3:21:46process the email. So that is like a
3:21:49workflow because it's basically just
3:21:50moving data from one side to the other
3:21:52from left to right and there's no AI.
3:21:54Now let's take a look at what an AI
3:21:56workflow here could look like. Let's say
3:21:57an email comes in. We then do a data
3:21:59lookup so we can collect more
3:22:00information about the user. But then
3:22:02what happens is instead of notifying a
3:22:04human, what we want to do here with the
3:22:05AI is maybe we generate an email. And
3:22:07then this is where the non-determinism
3:22:09kicks in because we don't know what the
3:22:10email is going to look like. But over
3:22:11here, this is still like one 1 2 3. It's
3:22:15still like a workflow in nature because
3:22:16we know the steps that are going to
3:22:18happen and in what order. But then when
3:22:20we get to an agent, it's much different
3:22:22because what happens with an agent is we
3:22:24don't know what's going to happen. We
3:22:25would basically have an AI agent that
3:22:27has a bunch of different tools. And
3:22:28obviously I'm just making up what these
3:22:30tools would be, but we don't know if the
3:22:31email is going to come in and then the
3:22:33agent will go, "Okay, I'm going to use
3:22:34none of these tools." Or maybe I'm going
3:22:35to use the data tool twice and then the
3:22:37ticket tool. Or maybe I'm going to use
3:22:38the ticket tool, then the data tool,
3:22:40then the ticket tool again. Because that
3:22:41loop of reasoning and decision is all
3:22:44inside of this AI step right here. And
3:22:46that is where we lose the element of a
3:22:48workflow. We don't know the steps, but
3:22:50we do know that this is like the fully,
3:22:52you know, most autonomous situation that
3:22:54we could possibly have. And we know that
3:22:56on the end result, what we want is for
3:22:58the agent to respond to the user with an
3:23:00accurate email. But that's why we have
3:23:02to be able to build the right systems to
3:23:04make sure that we actually trust that
3:23:05output. So hopefully that paints a
3:23:06little bit of a picture about the
3:23:08different ways you can orchestrate these
3:23:09systems and what you're kind of
3:23:11sacrificing or what you have to be aware
3:23:12of as you move up this pyramid of the AI
3:23:16systems. And all of this stuff will come
3:23:18into play later when we start to talk
3:23:19more about like routines and deploying
3:23:21automations and things like that. Just
3:23:22keep in mind you want to build the
3:23:24simplest solution possible for what
3:23:27you're trying to do. And there's one
3:23:28more thing I wanted to talk about here
3:23:29when it comes to actually trusting the
3:23:32outputs. And that's what a permission
3:23:34layer looks like because we've got
3:23:35prompts and then we've got like an
3:23:37actual permission layer like a tool
3:23:39level permission layer. So I should
3:23:40maybe move this up here and then just
3:23:42say here like tool layer. So anyways,
3:23:45let's say this is a visualization of
3:23:47like an agent we're building and we've
3:23:48prompted it to do things like never send
3:23:51an email only draft or never delete our
3:23:53database or never delete emails. Well,
3:23:56the prompt layer is one kind of
3:23:58guardrail, but it's not solid enough.
3:24:00The agent could follow instructions 100
3:24:02times, but on the 101st time, maybe it
3:24:04forgets to or maybe it just gets a
3:24:06little bit clouded or confused and it
3:24:07ignores that prompt. So the point I'm
3:24:09trying to make here is let's say you
3:24:10said, "Hey, don't ever send an email." A
3:24:13lot of times the email boundary will
3:24:14stay within the prompt layer, but every
3:24:16once in a while it'll sneak out of the
3:24:18prompt layer because it has a tool to do
3:24:21so. So if you take away the tool to send
3:24:23an email, then there's no way that the
3:24:25agent could actually get through the
3:24:26tool layer to hit that email tool. So
3:24:28that's the idea. If you want the agent
3:24:30to draft emails but not send, then don't
3:24:32put a send email tool inside of its tool
3:24:34layer. Keep that on the outside. But
3:24:36then it's perfectly fine to have the
3:24:38draft email tool right here and say you
3:24:39can draft emails, but just don't ever
3:24:41send them. Similarly with delete
3:24:43functions, right? Like why would you
3:24:45ever allow this to be inside of the tool
3:24:47permission layer, even if your prompt
3:24:49says never ever ever ever delete
3:24:52anything, then just move the delete tool
3:24:54out of there so that it physically
3:24:56couldn't, even if it tried to, if it
3:24:57wanted to go rogue, I don't know,
3:24:59whatever the situation is. Don't give it
3:25:01tools if it shouldn't be able to use
3:25:03those tools. And I know that sounds
3:25:04obvious, but it happens way more often
3:25:06than you'd think. You've seen maybe
3:25:08stories on X or LinkedIn where massive
3:25:11companies had databases deleted because
3:25:12an agent went rogue or we actually
3:25:14internally had a situation where an
3:25:16agent sent out like 100,000 emails or
3:25:18150,000 emails to our list with a
3:25:20discount code and we didn't want it to
3:25:21do that. But what we found is that
3:25:23because it had access to the tool even
3:25:25though it was never told to send that
3:25:26email, it just did. So you have to
3:25:29assume that if an agent can read or
3:25:31touch or use something, assume that it
3:25:33will assume worst case scenario. Let me
3:25:35show you guys another quick example that
3:25:36I think will really resonate because
3:25:38when I first started building AI agents
3:25:40for people or AI automations, this was
3:25:42like the most common request was like an
3:25:44inbox triaging responding agent. So like
3:25:46an an email agent really. So a lot of
3:25:49people wanted one that looked like this
3:25:51and I built a lot that looked like this.
3:25:53We would basically have the trigger
3:25:55being a Slack message. The agent would
3:25:57have, you know, a little bit of a memory
3:25:59as well as a system prompt. And the
3:26:01system prompt would be massive. It would
3:26:02be a bunch of rules about what do you do
3:26:05with the emails, how do you label them,
3:26:06how do you respond, how do you do this,
3:26:08what is important, what's not important,
3:26:10and then after you respond to the to the
3:26:12actual email, you would send a message
3:26:14to the user and say, "Hey, here's what I
3:26:15did. There's the draft or I sent this or
3:26:17whatever." So, you'd have a agent would
3:26:19have a bunch of different tools, a bunch
3:26:20of email tools like draft an email,
3:26:22label, mark them as read, mark them as
3:26:24unread, um, pull them back, like
3:26:26actually get them and be able to read
3:26:27them and search through old ones. And
3:26:29there was probably more. But the point
3:26:30I'm trying to make here is I built a lot
3:26:32of agents like this and they weren't
3:26:34super reliable because of the fact that
3:26:36there was they were agents and there was
3:26:38so much reasoning. There were so many
3:26:40decisions. There were so many logic
3:26:42rules baked into the prompt. And as we
3:26:45know, a prompt isn't exactly a hard
3:26:47layer. Prompting is almost just more
3:26:48like a suggestion. So I then started to
3:26:52design all of my inbox agents like this.
3:26:55Now, this looks a little bit scarier,
3:26:57but it's so much simpler because all of
3:26:59this is a workflow. So, I moved this
3:27:01down from an AI agent at the top of the
3:27:04pyramid to AI workflows where now it is
3:27:07so so simple because what happens is the
3:27:09trigger would come in and then we're
3:27:10just using routing rules. Like for
3:27:12example, right here, if the contact is
3:27:15in um Google contacts, if yes, then we
3:27:18will do nothing. And if no, then we will
3:27:20extract the information using AI. So
3:27:22we'll pull in their name, their email,
3:27:23phone number, information about them,
3:27:25and we have to use AI for that. And then
3:27:27we would create a new record in the
3:27:28Google contacts. Now, every single one
3:27:31of these nodes is just one step. And the
3:27:33workflow is always going to follow the
3:27:35chain. So after we would basically
3:27:37figure out are they a contact or not.
3:27:39Then we would look to see how we respond
3:27:41to the email. We had three routing rules
3:27:44here. If the email equal@client.com,
3:27:47then we would label it over here as
3:27:49internal. If the email domain was
3:27:52bill.approvals@client.com,
3:27:54then we would label as bill or sorry, we
3:27:57would label it as billing. We would then
3:27:59summarize the email and then we'd send a
3:28:00summary to the right person in Slack
3:28:02that hey, we just got this new billing
3:28:04inquiry. And if it was a VIP email, then
3:28:08we would basically just label it as VIP.
3:28:10And so this is a very very simple
3:28:12example of different routing rules. What
3:28:14what you'll notice is that because the
3:28:17decisions are basically being made by
3:28:19legitimately objective facts rather than
3:28:23an AI prompt, this type of system had
3:28:27basically no failures. The only failures
3:28:29would be if it extracted information
3:28:31wrong or if it summarized an email
3:28:33weird, right? Because all of these blue
3:28:36steps are objective. They were simple
3:28:39logic. They were easy. The green where
3:28:42you have decisions and where you have
3:28:43generative AI is where you get the
3:28:45variability. They could perform the
3:28:47exact same these two systems. Like
3:28:48essentially they're doing the same thing
3:28:49in theory. This one on the right was so
3:28:52much more consistent. It was also
3:28:55cheaper and it was just faster because
3:28:57over here you have so many decisions and
3:28:59you have different things going on and
3:29:00you get the visibility is worse. And
3:29:02it's harder to improve this because it's
3:29:03harder to drill down where did something
3:29:05go wrong. Whereas over here if something
3:29:06goes wrong we just follow the trail and
3:29:08we see exactly what happened. So
3:29:11hopefully that makes sense. So here's a
3:29:12message that I actually sent to my team
3:29:15um about a month ago or so. Let me just
3:29:16read this out and then I'll break it
3:29:18down real quick. So the above weekly
3:29:20stats update was not meant to go here.
3:29:22This was like a public channel in our
3:29:23ClickUp. That was an automation of mine
3:29:25that I completely forgot existed. Back
3:29:27at the end of March, I set up an
3:29:28automation to keep the stats on my
3:29:30website current. So every week it pulls
3:29:31my YouTube subscriber count and school
3:29:33member numbers and it updates the
3:29:34website. And I built this on a separate
3:29:36account as a cloud routine. And it was
3:29:38mostly because I wanted to test it and
3:29:40then I made a YouTube video about it,
3:29:41but I completely forgot that that
3:29:42automation existed. It's been running
3:29:44quietly every week for 2 months and I
3:29:46completely forgot it existed, right? It
3:29:48works, which was the whole point of the
3:29:49test, but I never really vetted it. If
3:29:51we think back to my teaching a kid to
3:29:52ride a bike analogy, which I'll explain
3:29:54in just a sec. I basically put the kid
3:29:56on a bike with a helmet and training
3:29:57wheels and then I just walked back
3:29:58inside and took a nap. I told the
3:30:00automation to send me a personal DM each
3:30:02week, but prompting is not a permission
3:30:04layer. And the first five weeks it was
3:30:06sending me a DM in ClickUp, but then it
3:30:08started to go rogue and it started to
3:30:10send other people DMs and it started to
3:30:12drop these weekly stats updates in like
3:30:14general public channels rather than a
3:30:16private DM. Once again, just because I
3:30:17said, "Hey, only send it here," doesn't
3:30:19mean it's going to because it has access
3:30:21to every single channel in ClickUp.
3:30:22Sometimes it might make a mistake. So
3:30:24anyways, no harm done. Nothing sensitive
3:30:26happened. But it made me realize how bad
3:30:28that could have been. the fact that I
3:30:30completely forgot that an automation
3:30:31existed and the fact that I didn't have
3:30:33hard tool layer walls inside of this
3:30:36automation and was just relying on a
3:30:37prompt that could get bad really quick,
3:30:40especially because it was silently doing
3:30:41things that I forgot about. So anyways,
3:30:43hopefully there's some lessons there
3:30:44that you can take out of this. But what
3:30:46is the bike analogy? So basically the
3:30:47bike analogy is the idea that when you
3:30:50are building an automation, it's very
3:30:52much like you're teaching a kid to ride
3:30:53a bike. You can't expect to just put a
3:30:55kid on a bike and that they're going to
3:30:56be able to go 25 miles an hour down the
3:30:59road without falling ever. What you have
3:31:01to assume is that they're going to fall.
3:31:03So, when you put them on the bike,
3:31:04they've got training wheels, they've got
3:31:05helmets, they've got elbow pads and knee
3:31:07pads, and you're still going to hold the
3:31:09bike. You're going to push them. You're
3:31:10going to make sure that they are feeling
3:31:11comfortable. You're going to see, okay,
3:31:13you're leaning too much to the left,
3:31:14maybe shift more of your body weight to
3:31:15the middle. You're going to help them
3:31:16adjust. And slowly, you get to a place
3:31:18where you feel more confident. And if we
3:31:20relate this back to skills, you run the
3:31:22skill, you watch it, you very closely
3:31:24watch it, you give feedback, you run the
3:31:25skill again, you watch it, and you do
3:31:27that and slowly you're able to remove
3:31:28yourself more and more from that
3:31:30process. But what happens is even when
3:31:32the skill is like pretty battle tested,
3:31:34do you want to still just like say,
3:31:35"Hey, go off, kid. Take off your helmet.
3:31:38Go bike down the busy road and I'm going
3:31:40to go inside and take a nap." You're
3:31:41probably still going to like watch them
3:31:43a little bit. And you're going to wait
3:31:44till you feel comfortable to the point
3:31:46where there's basically nothing that
3:31:47could go wrong in this automation
3:31:49because you did all of the things that
3:31:50we talked about because you have the
3:31:52right system in place. That's the right
3:31:54amount of autonomy because you
3:31:55understand the difference between
3:31:56deterministic and nondeterministic
3:31:58because you set up the right prompting
3:31:59layers and tool layering so that you
3:32:01actually feel comfortable with the
3:32:02permissions that this thing has access
3:32:04to. And so like the majority of the work
3:32:06that we've been talking about in this
3:32:07course so far pretty much all lives down
3:32:09here. Like everything that we've been
3:32:10building are systems for a second brain
3:32:13and skills and capabilities so that we
3:32:16can have our agents help us do things
3:32:18much quicker and those are pretty much
3:32:19all things that are being triggered by
3:32:20us. And later when we start to talk a
3:32:22little bit more about deploying things
3:32:23and using cloud routines and stuff like
3:32:25that, that's where you really need to
3:32:27start thinking about these other
3:32:28elements. You know, like if you have a
3:32:29cloud skill that does something like
3:32:30let's just say um when a new lead comes
3:32:33in, you research the lead and then you
3:32:35shoot a message to the team in ClickUp.
3:32:37that probably doesn't need to be a human
3:32:39triggered thing. That's probably where
3:32:41an AI workflow actually comes into play
3:32:43a little bit better and you deploy that
3:32:44after you've evaluated it and you feel
3:32:46comfortable in it. So that is what I
3:32:48wanted to talk about here when it comes
3:32:49to trusting the outputs and obviously
3:32:52there's a lot to drill into once you
3:32:54really start to get into the weeds of
3:32:55building out like pretty big automations
3:32:57then eval comes into play. Evals are
3:33:00basically the idea of having a golden
3:33:02data set. So maybe 100 or a few hundred
3:33:04examples of input and expected output
3:33:07and then running those inputs on your
3:33:09system and seeing how many times did it
3:33:11pass, how many times did it fail, when
3:33:13it failed, why did it fail, and
3:33:14iterating on that automation, changing
3:33:16the prompt, changing the tools, watching
3:33:18for edge cases, and evaluating your
3:33:20systems or QA, quality assuring your
3:33:22systems before you ever push them into
3:33:24production or before you ever roll out a
3:33:26different model or a different prompt or
3:33:28whatever it is. Evals are very
3:33:29important. So hopefully now you're
3:33:31starting to understand some of these
3:33:32things that go into how you actually
3:33:34trust the output of these AI systems.
3:33:37And what you guys are probably starting
3:33:38to pick up on, which I think is
3:33:39important for me to call out here, is
3:33:41that so much of this stuff is
3:33:43non-technical. So much of this stuff is
3:33:45mindset and theoretical like oriented.
3:33:48And that is really really important to
3:33:50realize because as you start to doubt
3:33:52yourself or doubt your automations or
3:33:54have any sorts of doubt or discomfort,
3:33:57just use your words to figure it out.
3:34:00When I first started building
3:34:01automations in Cloud Code and I wanted
3:34:02to test them to see if they would
3:34:03actually work and see if they'd survive
3:34:05edge cases, I would literally say, "Hey,
3:34:07so you know how we just pushed this
3:34:08automation to Modal, which is something
3:34:10I'll talk about later, but we basically
3:34:12built an automation and we put it on a
3:34:13deployment site called Modal." I said,
3:34:16"Okay, so now that that's live, I'm a
3:34:18little bit confused and concerned about
3:34:20what could go wrong. So, help me figure
3:34:21out what are all the edge cases that we
3:34:23might want to think about here and how
3:34:25do we make sure that if something goes
3:34:26wrong, it's not like a bad failure. It's
3:34:29a safe failure." And so, this thing
3:34:31basically helped me look at all of the
3:34:33scenarios and then it designed tests for
3:34:35me. So, me and Claude with natural
3:34:37language went back and forth and we
3:34:38tested all these different scenarios. We
3:34:40tested invoices that came in weird. We
3:34:42tested what would happen if the API was
3:34:43down. We tested a bunch of these things
3:34:45and then because of those tests I said,
3:34:47"Okay, cool. Let's bake in all those
3:34:49guardrails so that if anything errors, I
3:34:51get a notification or the automation
3:34:53gets shut down or we always are doing
3:34:55things in a safe fashion so that the
3:34:56database won't get deleted so that
3:34:58records won't get merged so that nothing
3:35:00ever goes out externally so that we can
3:35:02fail safely and that we have logs of
3:35:04what's actually going on in our systems.
3:35:07Okay, so let's continue talking about
3:35:09how do we keep building out our AIOS
3:35:11here and giving it more memories, more
3:35:12subject matter expertise, more context
3:35:15about what we do. And that is kind of
3:35:17the element of building out our second
3:35:18brain. Just a quick warning before this
3:35:20next video starts playing. Some of the
3:35:22clips that I'm inserting into this
3:35:23course were recorded a few months back,
3:35:25meaning they might be shown in VS Code
3:35:28extension or the terminal instead of the
3:35:30cloud desktop app that we've been using
3:35:32so far. I just wanted to give you guys a
3:35:33warning. Functionally, exact same. So,
3:35:36don't worry about it too much. It just
3:35:37might look a little bit differently, but
3:35:39all you have to do is listen to what I'm
3:35:40saying and follow along with what I'm
3:35:41actually doing and you will be just
3:35:42fine. All of this stuff is still
3:35:44relevant. Otherwise, I wouldn't be
3:35:45putting it in this course. So, hopefully
3:35:47that makes sense. See you guys in the
3:35:49video. What you're looking at right here
3:35:50is 36 of my most recent YouTube videos
3:35:53organized into an actual knowledge
3:35:55system that makes sense. And in today's
3:35:57video, I'm going to show you how you can
3:35:58set this up in 5 minutes. It's super
3:35:59super easy. You can see here how we have
3:36:01these different nodes and different
3:36:02patterns emerging. And as we zoom in, we
3:36:05can see what each of these little dots
3:36:07represents. So, for example, this is one
3:36:09of my videos, $10,000 aentic workflows.
3:36:11We can see it's got some tags. It's got
3:36:13the video link. It's got the raw file.
Building a Second Brain
3:36:15And it gives an explanation of what this
3:36:17video is about and what the takeaways
3:36:19are. And the coolest part is I can
3:36:20follow the back links to get where I
3:36:22want. There's a backlink for the WAT
3:36:24framework. There's a backlink for Claude
3:36:26Code. There's a backlink for all these
3:36:28different tools I mentioned like
3:36:29Perplexity, Visual Studio Code, Nano
3:36:31Banana, Nen. It also has techniques like
3:36:33the WT framework or bypass permissions
3:36:35mode or human review checkpoint. So as
3:36:38this continues to fill up, we can start
3:36:39to see patterns and relationships
3:36:41between every tool or every skill or
3:36:43every MCP server that I might have
3:36:45talked about in a YouTube video and I
3:36:46can just query it in a really efficient
3:36:48way now that we have this actual system
3:36:50set up. And the crazy part is I said,
3:36:52"Hey Cloud Code, go grab the transcripts
3:36:54from my recent videos and organize
3:36:56everything." I literally didn't have to
3:36:58do any manual relationship building
3:37:00here. It just figured it all out on its
3:37:02own. And then right here I have a much
3:37:04smaller one, but this is more of my
3:37:05personal brain. So this is stuff going
3:37:06on in my personal life. This is stuff
3:37:08going on with, you know, Upai or my
3:37:10YouTube channel or my different
3:37:11businesses and my employees and our
3:37:13quarter 2 initiatives and things like
3:37:15that. This is more of my own second
3:37:16brain. So I've got one second brain here
3:37:18and then I've got one basically YouTube
3:37:20knowledge system. And I could combine
3:37:22these or I could keep them separate and
3:37:24I can just keep building more knowledge
3:37:25systems and plug them all into other AI
3:37:27agents that I need to have this context.
3:37:29It's just super cool. So, Andre Carpathy
3:37:32just released this little post about LLM
3:37:33knowledge bases and explaining what he's
3:37:35been doing with them and in just a
3:37:36matter of few days, it got a ton of
3:37:38traction on X. So, let's do a quick
3:37:40breakdown and then I'm going to show you
3:37:41guys how you can get this set up in
3:37:42basically 5 minutes. It's way more
3:37:44simple than you may think. Something
3:37:45I've been finding very useful recently
3:37:47is using LLM to build personal knowledge
3:37:49bases for various topics of research
3:37:51interest. So, there's different stages.
3:37:53The first part is data ingest. He puts
3:37:55in basically source documents. So he
3:37:57basically takes a PDF and puts it into
3:37:59cloud code and then cloud code does the
3:38:00rest. He uses Obsidian as the IDE. So
3:38:03this is nothing really too gamechanging.
3:38:04Obsidian just lets you visually see your
3:38:06markdown files. But for example, this
3:38:08Obsidian project right here with all
3:38:10this YouTube transcript stuff that
3:38:11actually lives right here. This is the
3:38:13exact same thing. Here are the raw
3:38:14YouTube transcripts. And here's that
3:38:16wiki that I showed you guys with the
3:38:17different um folders for what Cloud Code
3:38:20did with my YouTube transcripts. And
3:38:22then there's a Q&A phase where you
3:38:24basically can ask questions about
3:38:26YouTube or about the research and it can
3:38:28look through the entire wiki in a much
3:38:29more efficient way and it can give you
3:38:31answers that are super intelligent. He
3:38:33said here, I thought that I had to reach
3:38:35for fancy rag, but the LLM has been
3:38:37pretty good about automaintaining index
3:38:38files and brief summaries of all
3:38:40documents and it reads all the important
3:38:42related data fairly easily at this small
3:38:44scale. So right now he's doing about 100
3:38:46articles and about half a million words.
3:38:48So there's a few other things that we'll
3:38:49cover later, but the TLDDR is you give
3:38:52raw data to cloud code. It compares it,
3:38:54it organizes it, and then it puts it
3:38:55into the right spots with relationships,
3:38:57and then you can query it about
3:38:59anything. And it can help you identify
3:39:00where there's gaps in that node or in
3:39:02that, you know, relationship, and it can
3:39:04go do research and fill in the gaps. All
3:39:06right. So why is this a big deal?
3:39:07Because normal AI chats are ephemeral,
3:39:09meaning the knowledge disappears after
3:39:11the conversation. But this method, using
3:39:13Carpathy's LLM wiki, makes knowledge
3:39:16compound like interest in a bank. People
3:39:17on X are calling it a game changer
3:39:19because it finally makes AI feel like a
3:39:20tireless colleague who actually
3:39:22remembers everything and it stays
3:39:23organized. It's also super simple. It
3:39:25will take you five minutes to set up.
3:39:27I'll show you guys. You don't need a
3:39:28fancy vector database embeddings or
3:39:30complex infrastructure. It's literally
3:39:32just a folder with markdown files.
3:39:34That's it. You literally just have a
3:39:35vault up top. So, in this example, it's
3:39:37called my wiki. You've got a raw folder
3:39:39where you put all of the stuff. And then
3:39:41you've got a wiki folder, which is what
3:39:42the LLM takes from your raw and puts it
3:39:45into the wiki. So in here you have all
3:39:46the wiki pages which it will create but
3:39:48then you also have an index and you have
3:39:50a log. So for example in my YouTube
3:39:52transcripts vault here is the index. You
3:39:54can see that I have all these different
3:39:55tools which I could obviously click on
3:39:56and it would take me right to that page
3:39:58or after that I have all the different
3:40:00techniques agent teams sub agents
3:40:02permission modes the WAT framework and
3:40:05then we've got different concepts MCP
3:40:07servers rag vibe coding we've got all
3:40:09these different sources which are you
3:40:10know the YouTube videos and then when I
3:40:12have people or when I have comparisons
3:40:14they will be put in here in the index
3:40:15and then we also have a log which is the
3:40:17operation history so in this case in the
3:40:19YouTube project the log isn't huge cuz I
3:40:21only ran one huge batch of the initial
3:40:2336 YouTube videos, but now every time I
3:40:25have one, I say, "Hey, can you go ahead
3:40:27and ingest the new YouTube video into
3:40:30the wiki and then we'll see every single
3:40:32time we update this." And then, of
3:40:33course, you need your claw.md to explain
3:40:35how the project works and how to search
3:40:37through things and how to, you know,
3:40:39update things. It's also a big deal from
3:40:41a cost perspective, token efficiency,
3:40:42and long-term value. One ex user turned
3:40:45383 scattered files and over 100 meeting
3:40:48transcripts into a compact wiki and
3:40:50dropped token usage by 95% when querying
3:40:52with Claude. And obviously token
3:40:54management and efficiency is a huge
3:40:56conversation right now and will always
3:40:57be. The other thing that's really cool
3:40:59about this is there's not really like a
3:41:01GitHub repo you go copy or there's not a
3:41:03complicated setup. You literally just
3:41:04say hey cloud code read this idea from
3:41:06Andre Karpathy and implement it. And
3:41:08people on X are now talking about like
3:41:10this is how 2026 AI agentic software and
3:41:13products will be made. You just give it
3:41:15a highle idea and it goes and builds it
3:41:17out. And Karpathy even said hey you know
3:41:19I left this prompt vague so that you
3:41:21guys can customize it and I'll show you
3:41:22the ways in my two different vaults
3:41:24right now that it changed things a
3:41:25little bit based on the context and
3:41:27understanding of what the project is
3:41:28actually for. Okay. So this was the
3:41:30original tweet I just showed you guys
3:41:31and then he followed up and said, "Hey,
3:41:32this one went viral. So here is the idea
3:41:34in a gist format." So if you open this
3:41:36up, this is basically just another
3:41:37explanation of the core idea of how this
3:41:39works and why the architecture indexing
3:41:42all this kind of stuff. And by the way,
3:41:44this is the part where he says, "Hey,
3:41:45this is left vague so that you can hack
3:41:46it and customize it to your own
3:41:48project." So we're going to come right
3:41:50back to this in a sec, but the first
3:41:51prerec that we're going to do, it's not
3:41:53necessary, but I like to have a nice
3:41:55little front end to see the
3:41:56relationships, is we're going to go to
3:41:58Obsidian and download it. So, if you
3:42:00just go to obsidian.mmd, you can see
3:42:02this is the completely free tool and
3:42:03you're going to go ahead and download
3:42:05it. So, just for your operating system,
3:42:07download this and then open up the
3:42:09wizard and open up the app. So, when you
3:42:11open up the app, it'll look like this.
3:42:13And what we're going to do here is we're
3:42:14going to create a new vault. So, down
3:42:15here, you can see I have Herk Brain and
3:42:17I have YouTube transcripts. I'll just
3:42:18make it a little bigger. I'm going to go
3:42:20to manage vaults. I'm going to create a
3:42:22new one. And now, we just have to give
3:42:24this a name. So, I'm just going to call
3:42:25this one demo vault. and you're going to
3:42:27choose a location where you want to put
3:42:29this. So, I'm just throwing this on my
3:42:30desktop and I'm going to go ahead and
3:42:32create this vault. Then, what you're
3:42:34going to do is go to wherever you like
3:42:35to run cloud code. So, in this case, I'm
3:42:37doing it in VS Code. And I open up that
3:42:39folder. So, demo vault. We get an
3:42:41Obsidian and then we get a welcome.md.
3:42:44So, I'm going to open up Claude. So, I'm
3:42:46going to do it in my terminal. I'm going
3:42:47to run Claude. And lately, I've been
3:42:48liking using my terminal better for
3:42:50Claude. I like to do it inside of VS
3:42:52Code, but the reason is just because I
3:42:53like to see the status line and I have,
3:42:55you know, a little bit more
3:42:56functionality. So, anyways, now that we
3:42:58have Cloud Code open, here's what we're
3:43:00going to do. We're going to go back over
3:43:01to the LLM wiki thing that we got from
3:43:03Andre Carpathy. We're going to copy all
3:43:05of this and we're going to go back into
3:43:08Cloud Code and then just paste it in
3:43:10there. So, that is the prompt from
3:43:13Carpathy that's going to build out
3:43:14everything we need. And then before we
3:43:16send that off, we're dropping this in
3:43:17which you guys can screenshot and then
3:43:19just throw into yours. But I'm saying
3:43:21you are now my LLM wiki agent. Implement
3:43:23this exact idea file as my complete
3:43:25second brain. Guide me step by step.
3:43:27Create the cloudmd schema. Blah blah
3:43:29blah. So this is just telling it what it
3:43:31needs to do with this idea that we just
3:43:33got from Kpapathy. So anyways, on the
3:43:35right we have this cloud code running
3:43:36and on the left we have our Obsidian
3:43:38vault. And you can see it just created
3:43:39those two folders. So it created the raw
3:43:41and it created the wiki as you can see.
3:43:43Now, by default, it threw in four
3:43:45folders. It threw in analysis, concepts,
3:43:47entities, and sources. Once we start to
3:43:48populate stuff, we can talk to it to see
3:43:50if that's actually the way we want to do
3:43:51it or not. Because it's interesting in
3:43:53my personal kind of second brain, the
3:43:56wiki is literally just markdown files.
3:43:57There's no structure to it. And in some
3:43:59cases, that's good. Carpathy actually
3:44:01said, "Sometimes I like to keep it
3:44:02really simple and really flat, which
3:44:04means like no subfolders and not a bunch
3:44:06of over organizing." But then you guys
3:44:08did see in my YouTube transcript one,
3:44:10there were different subfolders. And I
3:44:12think that in this case it actually
3:44:13makes more sense. But you can see that
3:44:15it went ahead and it created a claw.mmd.
3:44:17It created an index and a log and then a
3:44:19few different folders in our wiki. But
3:44:20now it's saying, "Hey, let's go ahead
3:44:21and try it out. Drop in your first
3:44:22source into the raw folder and tell me
3:44:24to ingest it." Okay, so I'm at this
3:44:26website called AI2027. If you guys
3:44:28haven't read this before, it's kind of
3:44:29an interesting read. So go check it out.
3:44:31And now let's say I want to get this
3:44:33into my vault. What I could do is just
3:44:35copy the whole page, right? And it might
3:44:37just come through a little weird. or we
3:44:39can just get an Obsidian extension which
3:44:41lets us basically take articles right
3:44:42from the web and just put it right into
3:44:44our vault. Super easy. So, search for
3:44:46this extension called Obsidian Web
3:44:47Clipper. You would go ahead and add this
3:44:49to Chrome. So, then when you're in the
3:44:50article that you want, you basically
3:44:52just click on your extensions, you open
3:44:53up Obsidian Web Clipper, and then you
3:44:55can just chuck it into your vault. And
3:44:56then right here, you're going to want to
3:44:57set this to RAW because this is the
3:44:59actual folder that it's going to put it
3:45:00in. So you can go ahead and click add to
3:45:01Obsidian. Open Obsidian. And then now
3:45:03you can see in my RAW section, we have
3:45:06this AI 2027 source with the title, the
3:45:09source, and it's not super super
3:45:11populated yet because the LLM in cloud
3:45:14code is going to do that. So here is our
3:45:16file. I'm going to open up Cloud Code
3:45:18and say, awesome. I just threw in an
3:45:19article called AI2027 into the RAW. Can
3:45:22you please go ahead and ingest that? It
3:45:24might ask you some questions. It might
3:45:26also be helpful to before you start
3:45:27ingesting stuff say, "Hey, by the way,
3:45:29this project is specifically for my
3:45:30second brain." So, personal things,
3:45:32business things, whatever. Or this is
3:45:34just a research project. This is where
3:45:36I'm going to chuck you all the articles
3:45:37and all the things that I want to learn
3:45:38about and all the things that I know.
3:45:40So, there's different ways that you can
3:45:41set up the project as you saw with mine.
3:45:43One for YouTube, one for just personal
3:45:45second brain. So, now what it's doing is
3:45:47it's going to read through this article
3:45:48and then it's going to figure out where
3:45:50should I chuck everything into the wiki.
3:45:52It's not just going to create one MD
3:45:54file for this. it might create five or
3:45:56it might create 10. And there's going to
3:45:57be relationships between each of the
3:45:58different sections that it creates. So,
3:46:00it's kind of doing its own method of
3:46:01chunking. Now, one thing I want to call
3:46:03out real quick is with this extension,
3:46:05if you go here and you open up the
3:46:07options for it, you can see that you can
3:46:09actually change where by default the
3:46:12folders are dropped, which is in the
3:46:14location section. By default, it'll be
3:46:15going to a place called clippings, but
3:46:17just go ahead and change that to raw.
3:46:19Okay. So, here it came back with all
3:46:20these questions, right? It said, "Here
3:46:22are my key takeaways from this article,
3:46:23blah blah blah." And now it'll ask you,
3:46:25what do you want to emphasize from this
3:46:26article? What's your focus? How granular
3:46:28do you want to be? What's your plan? So,
3:46:30I'm just going to say, I want this to be
3:46:32extremely thorough. This is my passion
3:46:35looking at where AI is going to go. Um,
3:46:37and this whole project, by the way, that
3:46:38you're setting up in this vault is
3:46:40basically just going to be my place to
3:46:42dump in research about AI. So, help me
3:46:44keep all that organized so that I can
3:46:45query it and that I can, you know, keep
3:46:47my thoughts related. So that's just a
3:46:49quick example of what it might look like
3:46:51for you to give it some more context to
3:46:53continuously build your project. So I'm
3:46:55going to switch over over here to the
3:46:56graph view because I think it'll be
3:46:58interesting to see as it is starting to
3:47:00go through and create those different
3:47:01wiki files. It's going to go ahead and
3:47:03it's going to create all those
3:47:04relationships and we'll be able to watch
3:47:05it in real time. All right, so it's
3:47:07creating all of the wiki pages now and
3:47:09you can see that it said it's going to
3:47:10make about 25 because there's so much
3:47:12stuff going on in the original AI 2027
3:47:15article. Okay, so our first one just
3:47:17popped in here and there a second one
3:47:18just came through and now you can
3:47:20understand you're starting to see where
3:47:21do you have hubs or where do you just
3:47:22have little individual nodes so this is
3:47:24a major hub someone named Eli someone
3:47:27named Thomas Daniel and you can see all
3:47:29the different relationships here with
3:47:31things like AI governance with things
3:47:33like open brain superhuman coder okay so
3:47:36that ingest took about 10 minutes so
3:47:38sometimes you have to be a little
3:47:39patient with you know it reading through
3:47:40everything and organizing everything but
3:47:42it does a lot of heavy lifting of course
3:47:44when I uploaded the 36 6 YouTube
3:47:46transcripts in batch. It took about 14
3:47:48minutes. So, it kind of just depends,
3:47:50but it created 23 wiki pages. We have
3:47:52the source. We have six people, five
3:47:55organizations, and one AI systems page.
3:47:57Different concepts, so technical,
3:47:59alignment, and geopolitical. And then an
3:48:01analysis, and then it asks some
3:48:03questions about it so that it can help
3:48:04make the relationships and make the
3:48:06structure even better. Now, let's just
3:48:08open this one up a little bit deeper and
3:48:10see what it actually did in here with
3:48:12this stuff. So we have this is the
3:48:14source with all the main relationships.
3:48:16So as we start to add other articles, we
3:48:18will see other big kind of like nodes
3:48:20and maybe in some cases we'll have
3:48:21relationships between like compute
3:48:23scaling with different articles that we
3:48:25upload as well. So let's just see if I
3:48:26click into the main source we can see
3:48:28the tags that it got. We can see the
3:48:30authors and we can click around. So
3:48:32here's a link to OpenAI. Okay, what's
3:48:34OpenAI? Here's references in AI 2027.
3:48:36Here's some other connections with
3:48:37OpenAI like model spec. Okay, we're in
3:48:39modelsp spec. Let's take a look. We can
3:48:41see other things about model spec and we
3:48:43could also go to how the LLM psychology
3:48:45model works. So this is just super super
3:48:47cool all the relationships that we get
3:48:49and once again all of this stuff that
3:48:51we're looking at was derived from one
3:48:53article and automatically organized and
3:48:55related. So the question now is like
3:48:57what do we do from here? Do we query it
3:48:59inside of this environment? Do we query
3:49:00it from somewhere else? And that's
3:49:02completely up to the way that you want
3:49:03to use this. So, for example, with my
3:49:05YouTube project, I'm probably just going
3:49:07to keep this here and whenever I want to
3:49:08ask questions about YouTube or if I want
3:49:10to turn this into like a website, I can
3:49:12just do that from here. Or if I need to,
3:49:14I can point a different project at this
3:49:16folder since everything's here and it
3:49:18can crawl through the wiki. It can read
3:49:19the index and it knows how this stuff
3:49:21works because you can give it the claw
3:49:23MD so it understands the project as
3:49:24well. So, for example, in this one,
3:49:26which is just my second brain where we
3:49:28have all of the different things about
3:49:29like I drop in my meeting recordings, I
3:49:31drop in, you know, ClickUp channels,
3:49:33summaries, and things like that. This is
3:49:34something that I want to use in my
3:49:35executive assistant. So, what I did in
3:49:37my executive assistant here called Herk
3:49:392. If I go to this claw.md, you can see
3:49:41that we have a wiki path. So, whenever
3:49:43you need to read things about me and my
3:49:46business that you don't have already,
3:49:47you would basically go to my Herkbrain
3:49:49vault. You would go to that directory
3:49:51and then you would read through the
3:49:52wiki. You can read the hot cache, which
3:49:53I'll explain in just a sec. You can read
3:49:55the index. You can read the domain
3:49:57subindex. And then you can also just
3:49:59search through everything here. And I
3:50:00said don't read from the wiki unless you
3:50:02actually need it. Here are some things
3:50:03that you might do that you don't need to
3:50:05go read the wiki for. And all of this is
3:50:06my business knowledge. Now, if you guys
3:50:08remember, if you watch my video on
3:50:09setting up an executive assistant, I
3:50:11used to do this with context files
3:50:13inside of this project. And when I
3:50:15changed over to this method, I actually
3:50:16saw a reduction in tokens that I was
3:50:19actually calling in this project. So the
3:50:21thing about the hot cache, right, I
3:50:23didn't actually have this in my YouTube
3:50:25one. So if I go to YouTube, you can see
3:50:26there's no hot cache, but if I go to the
3:50:29herk brain in the wiki, you can see
3:50:31there's a hot.md right here. And this is
3:50:33basically just a cache of like 500 words
3:50:35or 500 characters that it saves, which
3:50:37is like what is the most recent thing
3:50:39that Nate just gave me or that we talked
3:50:41about. In the context of my executive
3:50:42assistant, this is really helpful. You
3:50:44know, it might save me from having to
3:50:45crawl different wiki pages. But in
3:50:48something like the YouTube transcript
3:50:49project, I don't really need a hot
3:50:51cache. So, another thing that I alluded
3:50:53to but didn't really cover was the idea
3:50:54of linting. So, Karpathi says that he
3:50:56runs some LLM health checks over the
3:50:58wiki to find inconsistent data, impute
3:51:01missing data with web searches, find
3:51:03interesting connections for new article
3:51:05candidates, things like that. So, it
3:51:07basically helps you run a lint, you
3:51:09know, every day, every week, whenever
3:51:10you want, which helps make sure that
3:51:12everything is scalable and structured in
3:51:14the right way. And it might even come
3:51:16back and say, "Hey, I don't fully
3:51:17understand this. Can you give me some
3:51:18more info or can you grab some more
3:51:20articles that might help me out here?"
3:51:21So now the final question about this
3:51:23that I wanted to cover is like, "Does
3:51:24this kill semantic search rag?" And the
3:51:27answer is no, but kind of yes. And it
3:51:30all depends on the goal of the project
3:51:32and the goal of the context, how much
3:51:34context you have. So here's a really
3:51:35quick chart that I had my claude code
3:51:37make. I was in my Herk brain where I
3:51:39dumped in a bunch of information about
3:51:41Karpathy's LLM knowledge and I just
3:51:43said, "Hey, can you please explain
3:51:45Karpathy knowledge as simple as
3:51:46possible, keep it super concise, and um
3:51:49compare it to typical semantic search
3:51:52rag." So, it found Carpathy's idea.
3:51:54Instead of a database, you just give the
3:51:56LM well organized markdown files and it
3:51:58compares it here to the actual semantic
3:52:01search rag. So, actually, I might as
3:52:02well just read it off from here. So it
3:52:04finds it by reading indexes and follows
3:52:06links rather than using similarity
3:52:08search. So we're getting a deeper
3:52:09understanding of relationships because
3:52:11they're links rather than just saying,
3:52:13"Hey, these chunks seem similar." As far
3:52:14as infrastructure, it is literally just
3:52:16markdown. So like I said, you don't even
3:52:17need the obsidian. You just need these
3:52:19markdown files. Whereas with semantic
3:52:22search, you need an embedding model. You
3:52:23need a vector database and a chunking
3:52:24pipeline. The cost over here is
3:52:26basically free. Your only cost is going
3:52:28to be tokens. Whereas over here, you
3:52:29might have ongoing compute and storage.
3:52:31And for maintenance, you just run a
3:52:33lint. You clean up things. You add more
3:52:35articles. You give it more context
3:52:37rather than having to re-mbed when
3:52:39things change. But right now, the
3:52:40weakness of course with the uh LLM
3:52:43knowledge wiki is that it doesn't scale
3:52:46huge across enterprises, right? Because
3:52:47it's just a bunch of files. Um and that
3:52:50is where the cost will probably get more
3:52:51and more expensive than going to
3:52:53something like standard semantic search
3:52:55or knowledger graph or light rag or
3:52:57whatever other tool is out there for
3:52:59that. So here you can see if you have
3:53:00hundreds of pages with good indexes,
3:53:02you're fine with wiki graph. But if you
3:53:03were getting up to the millions of
3:53:05documents, then you're going to want to
3:53:06actually do more of a traditional rag
3:53:08pipeline. Today I'm going to explain the
3:53:09different levels of building your own AI
3:53:11second brain. You can see here we have a
3:53:13visual of three very different types of
3:53:15data. This one is where we have our
3:53:17context really starting to form and
3:53:18we're starting to see some relationships
3:53:20and we're starting to see some different
3:53:22nodes and entities form. And then as we
3:53:24continue to scale this up, add more
3:53:25knowledge, more knowledge, more
3:53:27relationships, we start to get something
3:53:28that looks a little bit more like this,
3:53:30where we have clearly different
3:53:31clusters, and inside of all of these
3:53:33nodes, we can see how they relate to
3:53:34each other. And then over here, we're
3:53:35taking all of those relationships a step
3:53:37further, and we're able to then start to
3:53:39see how everything really pieces
3:53:40together rather than just having files
3:53:42that sort of link back to each other.
3:53:44This is relationship mapping. And so
3:53:46really the idea of an AI second brain
3:53:48has blown up because we're all trying to
3:53:50get as much information out of our heads
3:53:52into our systems as possible. That's the
3:53:54true value. Your moat is your data. It's
3:53:56your IP. But the process of organizing
3:53:58that into a system so that you can use
3:54:00it with a bunch of different AI models
3:54:02and so that it can actually recall
3:54:04things in a way that makes sense rather
3:54:05than just hallucinating or spending a
3:54:07bunch of your time and tokens trying to
3:54:08look through everything. That's the
3:54:10issue. So clearly all of this is my real
3:54:12data and this is what the actual project
3:54:13looks like. It is my Herku project. I
3:54:15have a bunch of folders and files here.
3:54:17And at the end of the day, that's
3:54:18basically all it is. It is markdown
3:54:20files that are organized in a way that I
3:54:21understand and that my agents
3:54:23understand. And so, yes, I'm going to
3:54:24walk you guys through what I have here
3:54:25and how it works. But I also have this
3:54:27other project where I'm going to show
3:54:28you if you're starting from scratch or
3:54:30if you feel like maybe you're in between
3:54:32level two and three, how we can actually
3:54:34look at the differences and what it
3:54:35might look like to scale up your own
3:54:37systems and start to add context in
3:54:39different ways. So, super excited to dig
3:54:41into this today and I don't want to
3:54:42waste any of your guys' time. So let's
3:54:43just start looking at these five levels
3:54:45and how they differ. All right. So every
3:54:47level of a claude code second brain and
3:54:49I'm going to be obviously kind of
3:54:50referring to claude code a lot but keep
3:54:52in mind this can be used with any AI
3:54:54model. I use my second brain all the
3:54:56time with codecs as well. I use it with
3:54:57Hermes agent. This can be used by
3:54:58different agent harnesses because it's
3:55:01just files and folders. So what is the
3:55:04actual job of a second brain? A lot of
3:55:05people probably define this differently,
3:55:06but the way that I think about it is
3:55:08that it's a place for me to save notes,
3:55:11meeting recordings, ClickUp threads,
3:55:13stuff like that. I can save it there and
3:55:15then it helps me basically ingest it and
3:55:17get it into the right spots so that it
3:55:19can actually find it later. And so
3:55:20that's really the thing to think about
3:55:22is can your agent find it again and
3:55:24could you find it again? Because if the
3:55:26answer is no, then you probably don't
3:55:27have the right routing or folder
3:55:29architecture set up, which is what I'm
3:55:31here to talk about today. And one other
3:55:32sort of mindset thing that I want to get
3:55:35out there before we dive into these five
3:55:36levels is that you kind of have to work
3:55:39backwards. You want to reverse engineer
3:55:41based on the question. So this will
3:55:42start to make more sense as we get into
3:55:44it. But really what you should be
3:55:45thinking about is how do I want to use
3:55:47this data in the future because how it's
3:55:50going to be accessed and recalled
3:55:52determines the way that you put it in in
3:55:54the first place. For example, a
3:55:56basketball hoop and a basketball. We
3:55:58know what shape the hoop is and we know
3:56:00that the ball needs to go through. So,
3:56:01why would we ever design the ball to be
3:56:04a giant square? Because it just wouldn't
3:56:07fit through the hoop. So, that would
3:56:08make no sense. So, you need to start
3:56:09with the end in mind a little bit. Once
3:56:11again, I will show you exactly what I
3:56:13mean by that as we continue on. Because
3:56:15remember, we're trying to get to the
3:56:16point where your second brain knows
3:56:18everything about your business, about
3:56:20you, your relationships. It knows
3:56:21everything to the point where it
3:56:23probably can recall stuff better than
3:56:25you can because it has a better memory
3:56:26and it can search through things way
The 5 Levels of a Second Brain
3:56:28faster than you can. So, we've got five
3:56:29different levels to talk about, and they
3:56:32each kind of have different questions.
3:56:34So, level one is, can you find the file
3:56:35or the info by looking for an exact word
3:56:38or name? Level two is, can you pull
3:56:40everything on a certain topic together?
3:56:42Level three is, I searched for different
3:56:44words than I wrote. So, semantic search,
3:56:46you're searching for meaning rather than
3:56:47an exact word match. And then trace
3:56:50relationship chains. Can you ask about
3:56:52topic X? And then trace that all the way
3:56:55back to topic A. And then level five is
3:56:57just kind of making this whole second
3:56:59brain thing super autonomous to the
3:57:01point that you don't even have to think
3:57:02about it. And by the way, this isn't me
3:57:04saying that number five is best. I have
3:57:06some arguments about why I do not
3:57:07currently sit on level five. The point
3:57:09I'm trying to make here is each level is
3:57:11different and you want to find the
3:57:13simplest level or the lowest level that
3:57:15actually fits your needs. If you don't
3:57:17have a painoint in your system, then I
3:57:19don't really think there's a need to go
3:57:21experiment or develop a new sort of, you
3:57:23know, architecture. If there's not pain,
3:57:26then why create more? Okay, so level one
3:57:29is pretty simple and this is where you
3:57:30always start. So you start with a
3:57:32claw.md or if you're using codeex or
3:57:34something, you would start with an
3:57:35agents.mmd. But you start with a
3:57:37cloud.mmd which is kind of, you know,
3:57:39that gets loaded up. That's almost like
3:57:40the system prompt for that session for
3:57:42that project. And then you've just got a
3:57:43bunch of folders and files. But the key
3:57:44part there is the cloudmd is kind of
3:57:47treated as a router. So yes, you've got
3:57:48some, hey, this is your role. Here is
3:57:50what's important. But you also have
3:57:52routing rules. If you ever need to find
3:57:54information about me personally, look in
3:57:55this folder. If you need information
3:57:57about our quarter one priorities, look
3:57:58in this folder. Because if you've ever
3:58:00had a point where you ask Claude to do
3:58:02something, and then it asks you, "Hey,
3:58:04can you give me more info? I don't know
3:58:05what you're talking about, but you know
3:58:06there's files and folders in your
3:58:08project, then you probably just didn't
3:58:09give Claude the knowledge to go look
3:58:12there." It's not just going to go search
3:58:13your entire codebase automatically. I
3:58:15mean, you wouldn't want it to do that
3:58:16because it's going to waste your time
3:58:17and your tokens. So, if it doesn't know
3:58:19if something lives somewhere, then it's
3:58:21probably not going to be able to find
3:58:22it. So, when this is properly set up,
3:58:24you will stop having to reexplain
3:58:25things. You will talk to it and it will
3:58:27just know where to go look and why. But
3:58:29the problems with this is that if it
3:58:30grows too big, it can start to get messy
3:58:32and feel ignored. And this is typically
3:58:34more of like an exact word type of
3:58:36search depending on the way that you
3:58:37route. So, if I open up my um example
3:58:40project here, let's open up level one.
3:58:43So, in level one, what you can see,
3:58:44pretend this is its own cloud project.
3:58:46We've got a clawmd. So let me click into
3:58:48that. We can see here it says this file
3:58:50loads automatically every time you open
3:58:52cloud code in this folder. It is the one
3:58:53file that tells the AI who you are, how
3:58:55you work, and where things live. At
3:58:56level one, this file plus a few folders
3:58:58is your entire second brain. So here's
3:59:00kind of like that basic knowledge. And
3:59:01then right here, it's this simple where
3:59:03things live in the context folder.
3:59:05Always true background about you and how
3:59:07you work. Read this first projects
3:59:09decision log. And that's basically it.
3:59:11So right here, you can see there's a
3:59:12context folder. We have an about me file
3:59:14which you could grow. We have stack and
3:59:16conversations file. We have decisions.
3:59:18So this is a decision log where you can
3:59:20have your cloudmd always append new
3:59:22decisions and the dates whenever you
3:59:24make a big change to your project or to
3:59:25your life or to your business. And then
3:59:27we have projects. So this is where you
3:59:28could have a markdown file or even
3:59:30folders within the projects for all of
3:59:32your ongoing projects, all of your
3:59:33ongoing clients, whatever it is, however
3:59:35you want to organize it. That's where
3:59:36you can have some projects. And you can
3:59:38even start to organize these things by
3:59:39dates if you want. So, if you want to
3:59:40just have one that's for like May and
3:59:42then you have all of those stuff and you
3:59:43have one for June. The thing that I
3:59:45really want to stress here with level
3:59:46one and the thing that I answer a lot in
3:59:48my community in the comments is that
3:59:50there is not yet a standard way that has
3:59:53been proven the best way to set up your
3:59:55projects or your second brain besides
3:59:56some of the most common things like your
3:59:58context and your cloudmd and your, you
3:59:59know, whatnot. But the point I'm trying
4:00:01to make there is don't see what I do and
4:00:05think that that's the right way or see
4:00:06what someone else you watch does and
4:00:08think that that's the only right way.
4:00:10All that matters is do you have proper
4:00:13routing in place and does it make sense
4:00:15to you and does it make sense to your
4:00:17AI? Okay, so let's say I have my Herk 2
4:00:20project right here and I need to find
4:00:21something in here but I can't ask AI for
4:00:23some reason. what I need to find is easy
4:00:25because I understand the drill downs.
4:00:27You know, I understand my base folders.
4:00:28And let's say I'm looking for the HTML
4:00:30slide deck I built for my ranking cloud
4:00:33code features video. I would come into
4:00:35here and I say, "Okay, I know that's a
4:00:36project." So, I'll go there. Within my
4:00:38projects, I've got another project for
4:00:39YouTube videos. I'll open that up. And
4:00:41now I know I made this video right here,
4:00:44May 30th Claude Code top 50 features. In
4:00:47here, I have the actual tier list deck.
4:00:49And when I open that up, now I have the
4:00:50slide deck. And not only can I find it
4:00:52easily, but my agent can find it because
4:00:54it all makes sense and I have routing
4:00:55rules. Real quick, guys, if you're
4:00:57watching this video, you're probably
4:00:58interested in building your own AI
4:01:00operating system. Lucky for you, I have
4:01:01a full free course on that in my free
4:01:03school community. The link for that is
4:01:04down in the description. Join the free
4:01:06school community. Hop in here, take the
4:01:077-day challenge, build your own AI
4:01:09operating system, and apply these
4:01:10principles into building your second
4:01:12brain, which will make your AI operating
4:01:14system even more powerful. So, links in
4:01:15the description. Let's get back to the
4:01:16video. Awesome. Okay, so that is how you
4:01:18start. Now, as you move up to level two,
4:01:21you might be able to start to work in
4:01:22some things like the LLM wiki, which is
4:01:24what I've got set up for a few different
4:01:26things. This is the whole Carpathy LLM
4:01:28wiki, which I did make a full video
4:01:29about. If you want to check that out,
4:01:30I'll tag that right up here. But this is
4:01:32when you start to have more files and
4:01:34and they start to take a bit of a
4:01:36different shape and you want to organize
4:01:37them together in a bit of a different
4:01:39way. So, it could be really good for
4:01:41researching all on a certain project. It
4:01:42could be really good for, you know, a
4:01:44few of the ones that I've got set up is
4:01:45my YouTube transcripts all live in their
4:01:47own wiki. I've got all of like my
4:01:48meeting transcripts that live in their
4:01:50own wiki. So, for example, this is the
4:01:51obsidian view of my wiki for all of my
4:01:54YouTube video transcripts. You can see
4:01:56here if I go to wiki, you can see
4:01:57there's main concepts like aentic
4:01:59workflows, AI coding market, context
4:02:02window, and all of these in here start
4:02:03to relate back to other tools and
4:02:06concepts and videos and stuff like that.
4:02:07So, we've got the sources, we've got
4:02:09platforms, we've got um context
4:02:11management techniques, and all of this
4:02:13was autocreated by our cloud code when I
4:02:16told it to ingest this YouTube
4:02:18transcript into our wiki. So, I'm not
4:02:19going to dive super super deep into all
4:02:21this right now, but definitely check out
4:02:22that YouTube video I linked. Now, what
4:02:24else is cool about this is this
4:02:26transcript wiki actually lives within my
4:02:28main Herk 2 project. So, here's Herk 2.
4:02:30If I go right here to other worlds and
4:02:33then I go down to YouTube OS and I click
4:02:35into the transcript wiki right here.
4:02:38This is what we were just looking at in
4:02:39Obsidian. We could see the concepts. We
4:02:41could see the comparisons. We could see
4:02:42sources, techniques. This is what we
4:02:44were looking at in Obsidian. So all
4:02:46Obsidian is is it basically just
4:02:47visualizes your markdown files. You see
4:02:50here wiki concepts, comparisons,
4:02:52techniques. This is what we were just
4:02:53looking at. All we get now is we just
4:02:55get a visual view of all that. And so
4:02:57the reason I wanted to bring that up as
4:02:58well is because I think a lot of people
4:03:00obviously get pretty infatuated by that
4:03:03visual view. And obviously I started the
4:03:05video with that because I think that's
4:03:06what hooks a lot of people in. But all
4:03:08that really matters is can your system
4:03:10grab that and give it to you. If you are
4:03:12a visual person and you really want that
4:03:13view, then by all means install Obsidian
4:03:16and set it up. It's super easy. But I'm
4:03:18saying that you don't always need that
4:03:19visual layer if it's not beneficial to
4:03:21you. I hardly ever open Obsidian just to
4:03:23be honest because I know that it all
4:03:25lives here and I know that my second
4:03:27brain and my OS can find all of that. So
4:03:29anyways, in level two here, let's look
4:03:30at this. It's very similar in shape to
4:03:33level one. It's just building on top of
4:03:34it because now we have our cloudMD which
4:03:37starts to route to some other things
4:03:38because it routes to the wiki and it
4:03:40still routes to context projects
4:03:42decisions, but it's also routing to
4:03:44references and memory. So we're just
4:03:46starting to add a bit more of these
4:03:47routing rules inside of the claw.md. We
4:03:50can grow the context. We can grow the
4:03:52decisions. We can grow projects and
4:03:53references. And we can also start to get
4:03:55this idea of memory. And what's really
4:03:57cool about this is you can turn on
4:03:58automemory in cloud code. And the AI
4:04:00will basically start to write this file
4:04:02and update it on its own. So you don't
4:04:04even have to think about it. If you come
4:04:05in here and you do /memory, it'll say
4:04:07automemory on or off. And if it's off,
4:04:09if you want to turn that on, just turn
4:04:11it on. And now one thing to think about
4:04:12is I mentioned earlier that we want to
4:04:14make our second brains tool agnostic.
4:04:17And this is one thing that's pretty
4:04:18specific about cloud code is it uses
4:04:20claw.mmd and it uses this memory.mmd and
4:04:23it keeps that updated on its own. So if
4:04:25you wanted to move this over to codeex,
4:04:26what you would do is you would first of
4:04:28all transition your claw.md. You'd make
4:04:30a copy of it called agents.mmd. As you
4:04:32can see here in my herk 2, I've got my
4:04:34if I scroll down claw.md right here and
4:04:36then I've got agents.mmd right here. And
4:04:38they're essentially the exact same file.
4:04:39Just so codex can read this one and
4:04:41cloud code can read this one. But
4:04:42because claude code keeps that
4:04:43automemory, all you need to do is make
4:04:45sure you have that memory MD file and
4:04:47just tell codecs, hey, by the way, for
4:04:49memories, look in our memory.mmd file.
4:04:52It's all about the routing there.
4:04:53Anyways, just felt like that was
4:04:54important to throw out. But at a certain
4:04:56point when you have these, you know,
4:04:57wiks, they do start to degrade a little
4:04:59bit because what's what's great about
4:05:00them is that they have indexes, right?
4:05:02So when your AI starts to look in the
4:05:04wiki, it knows, okay, if the user is
4:05:07asking about agentic workflows, I'm
4:05:08probably going to start here. And then
4:05:10from here, I'm going to drill down and
4:05:11read this to see what else is important
4:05:14to them. Maybe they're asking about the
4:05:15WAT framework, and then I can drill into
4:05:17that. And maybe from there, I need to
4:05:19learn a little bit more about the
4:05:19cloudmd system prompt, and then I will
4:05:21drill into that. So there are
4:05:23relationships here a little bit, but
4:05:25this isn't the same as like semantic
4:05:27relationships or knowledge graph
4:05:29relationships that have more meaning.
4:05:31This is more about just actually
4:05:33following a trail and reading the page
4:05:35in its entirety. And I'll be fully
4:05:37honest with you guys. I pretty much sit
4:05:40my entire Herk 2 project in this level
4:05:42in level two because this has been
4:05:44working really well for me. Like I
4:05:45mentioned earlier, I haven't felt a pain
4:05:47yet big enough to switch over to level
4:05:49two. And here's what I meant by that. My
4:05:50wiki has links. Isn't that a knowledge
4:05:52graph? Not exactly. Because this doesn't
4:05:56have connections of how they are
4:05:58related. like this is endorsed by this
4:05:59or this has cron to here. These just
4:06:02have connections because it's like a a C
4:06:05also. It's like backlinks. So, they're
4:06:07very similar and yes, they can achieve a
4:06:08similar effect, but it's still a little
4:06:11bit different. Anyways, let's take a
4:06:12look at level three, which is where you
4:06:14start to do things like semantic search.
4:06:16Whether you do that in Obsidian, whether
4:06:18you do that with Pine Cone or Superbase,
4:06:20however you start to grab the actual
4:06:22semantic search, that is what level
4:06:24three is. And so just as a quick visual
4:06:26for you guys, let's take a look at this
4:06:29quadrant cluster of images. So every one
4:06:32of these vector points is an image. And
4:06:35what we see in here as the payload is
4:06:37stuff like the file name, the URL, the
4:06:38name of the author or the artist and the
4:06:41URL. But we don't actually see like
4:06:43what's in the image. We don't get a
4:06:44description. So what we have to do is we
4:06:46have to organize these images by meaning
4:06:48or by similarity. So, when I open up
4:06:50this graph and we start to visualize the
4:06:52stuff here, what you see is that we have
4:06:54this main image, these owls, these kind
4:06:56of like I I don't even know. Um, it's a
4:06:58very trippy style, like hallucenic
4:07:00style. Anyways, then this one is kind of
4:07:02similar, right? It's got those colors.
4:07:04It's got the paint. This one is also
4:07:06similar, but they're not the same. They
4:07:08just share similarities. And as we start
4:07:10to expand these more and more, we can
4:07:12start to get into different styles. So,
4:07:14this one has like some creepy eyes and
4:07:15mushrooms or whatever. This one is kind
4:07:17of more down that fantasy lane. And as
4:07:19we start to build out more of these
4:07:20relationships and meanings, we can
4:07:22expand and grow away from them. And so
4:07:24quadrant really just gives you a
4:07:25visualization here. I mean, it's a it
4:07:27has clusters and vector store, but the
4:07:30reason I pulled this up as a demo is
4:07:31just because we start to see the actual
4:07:33relationships form here based on
4:07:35meaning. And that's what's important
4:07:37about semantic search is that we're no
4:07:38longer doing keyword matching. We're
4:07:40searching based on meaning. So here in
4:07:42my YouTube transcript second brain if I
4:07:45go to the smart lookup over here this is
4:07:47very different from just the regular
4:07:49search. So for example if I search here
4:07:51for um feedback let's say we're actually
4:07:56doing a match on the word feedback and
4:07:58it's only showing me where that word
4:08:00actually appears inside of our second
4:08:02brain. But if I come over here in the
4:08:04smart lookup and I search for feedback
4:08:06we are getting matches that have things
4:08:09in here that mean feedback. So live test
4:08:11results, cloud code skills, which was
4:08:13talking about evaluations and stuff. So
4:08:15there's a big difference between keyword
4:08:16matching and semantic search, you know,
4:08:18similarity matching. This one over here
4:08:20is saying X equals X. And this one is
4:08:22saying X is similar to X, Y, and Z. And
4:08:25so this all just goes back to vector
4:08:26databases. I've talked so so much about
4:08:29vector databases, so I'm not going to
4:08:30dive super deep in. And I've got so many
4:08:32resources on my channel, but basically
4:08:34what it is is we take a document. So
4:08:36let's just say YouTube transcript. We
4:08:38chunk it up and then each chunk is ran
4:08:40through an embeddings model. And the
4:08:41embeddings model puts that chunk of text
4:08:44onto like a three-dimensional space
4:08:46where space is related to meaning. And
4:08:49so it decides, okay, this chunk is about
4:08:50a company, so we're going to put it up
4:08:52here. This chunk is about finances, so
4:08:54it's going to go here. And we start to
4:08:55see these vectors form near other
4:08:57similar vectors. Now, do you guys
4:08:59remember how I said earlier like you
4:09:00want to think about how is the data
4:09:02going to be used? What type of questions
4:09:04are you going to ask? This is a reason
4:09:05why that's so important. So, think about
4:09:07this. Let's say I put my meeting
4:09:09transcript of March 5th meeting into my
4:09:12second brain and I put those in as you
4:09:14know vectorized chunks. So, let's say
4:09:16when I vectorize that meeting, we
4:09:18actually get, you know, like 20 chunks.
4:09:21It actually creates 20 chunks or however
4:09:23many that is. And then when I say, "Hey,
4:09:24Mr. AI agent, can you summarize the
4:09:27meeting on March 5th? It will basically
4:09:29search for March 5th meeting summary and
4:09:32it will pull chunks that are similar to
4:09:34March 5th meeting summary. And then even
4:09:36if it gets the right chunks, it's going
4:09:38to only summarize those five chunks.
4:09:40It's not able to look at the entire
4:09:42meeting summary or sorry like meeting
4:09:43transcript in entirety. So it doesn't
4:09:45really know a summary. It might be
4:09:47missing a lot of key information. Now,
4:09:48yes, there are things you can start to
4:09:49play with there like metadata and other
4:09:51things like that to make these results
4:09:52better. But at the end of the day,
4:09:55people kind of assume that a vector
4:09:57database was some magic solution where
4:09:59it could always pull back what you need.
4:10:00But that is very false. And I mean,
4:10:02think about it like this. Let's say we
4:10:03have a table and we say, "Hey, which
4:10:05week do we have the highest sales?"
4:10:07Okay, the agent looks for highest sales.
4:10:09It maybe grabs this chunk outlined in
4:10:11gray of data and then it looks at, okay,
4:10:13week six here was the highest sales, so
4:10:15that must be the answer. But in reality,
4:10:17you can see week 14 was higher, week 19
4:10:19was higher. So when you need something
4:10:21that has actual full context, then you
4:10:25can't do the vector database chunking.
4:10:27That's where you'd rather just have a
4:10:28markdown file of March 5th and then all
4:10:31this agent would have to do is read that
4:10:32entire markdown file and then give you a
4:10:35summary and that's just going to be more
4:10:37accurate. So in this project, if we open
4:10:39up level three, you can see it's very
4:10:40similar because you can still have
4:10:41context files, decision files, you can
4:10:44still have all that. And then you might
4:10:45identify, okay, actually this one
4:10:48specific unit of my business, maybe my
4:10:50YouTube transcripts, maybe I want just
4:10:52that to be a vector database, but I
4:10:54still want my context and my projects
4:10:55and my decisions to be markdown files.
4:10:58So another point I'm trying to make here
4:10:59is just because you have a second brain
4:11:01and just because you have a massive, you
4:11:03know, folder here with a bunch of
4:11:04folders and files doesn't mean that the
4:11:06whole folder needs to be one style.
4:11:09Doesn't mean that everything needs graph
4:11:11rag. Doesn't mean that everything is
4:11:12just LLM wiki. It means that you're able
4:11:14to decide based on the type of data and
4:11:16the way you use it, how can you
4:11:18structure this specific folder in the
4:11:20way you want it. So here we have a
4:11:21vector index folder and we click on the
4:11:22how search works. It works by chunking,
4:11:25embedding, search, hybrid, reranking.
4:11:28There's some things you can get really,
4:11:29really nitty-gritty on when it comes to
4:11:30semantic search. But what vector
4:11:32retrieval is really, really good at is
4:11:34looking at tons and tons of data,
4:11:35typically just like a lot of text, and
4:11:37when you need a very specific answer,
4:11:40something that's very similar. So, if
4:11:41you had a thousand rules that you needed
4:11:43to store, and you basically said, "Hey,
4:11:45um, can you remind me what rule 17 was?"
4:11:48That might be a really good use case for
4:11:50vector search because it's able to
4:11:51search for rule 17, pull in those
4:11:53chunks, and just give you a little
4:11:54snippet because it would be a waste of
4:11:56time and tokens for your agent to read
4:11:58the entire markdown file of all a
4:11:59thousand rules if you just needed rule
4:12:0217. So that's kind of the difference
4:12:03there. Like I said, I've got so many
4:12:05videos on vector stuff on my channel,
4:12:07but really you could say, hey to your
4:12:09cloud code agent, I have this data.
4:12:10Here's how I want to use it. Do you
4:12:12think this would be better for now as
4:12:13markdown files, or should I do semantic
4:12:15search? Like what would actually make
4:12:17more sense here? and it will help walk
4:12:18you through the way that you should
4:12:19actually set that up. So now I hope you
4:12:21guys are starting to understand why I
4:12:22said, you know, moving up on or I'm
4:12:25sorry, like moving up on levels, moving
4:12:27down doesn't necessarily mean better.
4:12:29It's all about figuring out what is the
4:12:30pain point with what you're currently
4:12:32doing and where would a different level
4:12:34help you out and fix that pain point.
4:12:36Okay, so now let's take a look at level
4:12:38four. This is where we start to get into
4:12:39like knowledge graphs and relationship
4:12:41graphs, which typically are going to be
4:12:43the most complex and sometimes the most
4:12:45expensive as well. If you're doing it on
4:12:46a certain platform, you could always use
4:12:48open source software. But anyways,
4:12:50knowledge graphs. And I also want to be
4:12:51upfront. I've played with these a lot,
4:12:53but I do not actually use these on the
4:12:55day-to-day because I found out just
4:12:57other ways to use routing files and wiks
4:12:59that fit my needs. Now, my work is very
4:13:02different than what a lot of your guys'
4:13:03work may be. Mine is very project based
4:13:05and it is very, you know, content heavy.
4:13:08I don't have a massive CRM to manage
4:13:10with a bunch of different businesses and
4:13:12clients, you know, and if I did, maybe a
4:13:14knowledge graph would make a lot more
4:13:15sense, and it probably would. But
4:13:16typically, the cool part about that is
4:13:18if you identified that you needed a
4:13:20knowledge graph, let's say for all your
4:13:22projects, you needed you wanted to put
4:13:23all of this in a knowledge graph, the
4:13:25data probably already exists here. And
4:13:27that's the thing about building out
4:13:29these relationships in your knowledge
4:13:31graph is that the system, whatever
4:13:33software you use, is typically going to
4:13:34be pretty good at embedding that and
4:13:36creating that. But the problem that you
4:13:38have to solve is you have to give it
4:13:39enough data. And so one thing that I
4:13:40really like to do is I like to have
4:13:42these brainstorm sessions as you can
Knowledge Graphs & the Grill-Me Skill
4:13:43see. And what I do with these brainstorm
4:13:46sessions is I use a skill called grill
4:13:47me. So if you see here I have a skill
4:13:49called grill me which I originally got
4:13:50from Matt PCO. I customize it a little
4:13:52bit. I'll leave the skill for grill me
4:13:55in my free school community. The link
4:13:56for that is down in the description. All
4:13:57you have to do is hop in here, go to
4:13:59classroom, click on all YouTube
4:14:00resources, and you can find all the
4:14:02skills and everything like that. But the
4:14:04skill, what that does is it basically
4:14:05just grills me. It interviews me
4:14:07relentlessly about a certain topic and
4:14:09it creates a brainstorm file here. It
4:14:11only stops when it knows everything
4:14:12about it. So if you wanted to start
4:14:14building up a knowledge graph for all
4:14:15your clients and businesses, just say,
4:14:16"Grill me about client A, grill me about
4:14:18client B, grill me about business A."
4:14:21And it would just ask you questions and
4:14:22you can feed it files, you can give it
4:14:24stuff, you can feed it in transcripts,
4:14:25you can feed it in, you know, contracts,
4:14:27whatever it is. And that's how you can
4:14:28start to form a lot of data. Hey guys,
4:14:31me again. Real quick, I'm editing this
4:14:32video and I realized that I needed to
4:14:33throw out one thing here, which is that
4:14:36obviously if you're putting all of this
4:14:38data and you're sending it all to
4:14:40Enthropic to Claude models, then that's
4:14:42not private. So, if you feel comfortable
4:14:44with that, that's fine. I am putting a
4:14:46lot of my data in there and it is my
4:14:48business stuff and that's what I'm
4:14:50doing. But if you don't feel comfortable
4:14:52with that or you, you know, don't want
4:14:53to send client data, of course you
4:14:54don't, then maybe you want to do that
4:14:56through open source models and maybe
4:14:58cloud code isn't where you have this
4:14:59second brain that has every single piece
4:15:01of information about you and your
4:15:03business and your client's business. So
4:15:04the point I'm trying to make here is
4:15:06just this is what I'm doing. I'm
4:15:07obviously aware of the fact that my data
4:15:10goes to Enthropic when I process it
4:15:12through Claude. And if you guys are
4:15:13doing that, then you should also be
4:15:14aware of that. But there are other
4:15:16options if you can't do that. So I had
4:15:17to throw that out there. I am planning
4:15:18to make a ton of videos here soon about
4:15:21local AI and open source models and all
4:15:22this stuff cuz it's a really really
4:15:24exciting space that I think is going to
4:15:25start becoming bigger and bigger. So
4:15:28yeah, keep that in mind. Back to the
4:15:29video. I think sometimes that's a
4:15:31misconception about how I got here and
4:15:34how people build their own AIOS or
4:15:36second brain is that they think the
4:15:39problem is the system not retrieving it.
4:15:40Great, which sometimes it is, but
4:15:42sometimes it seems like the bigger
4:15:43problem is getting everything out of
4:15:45your brain into the system. So before
4:15:47you blame AI, take a look at your
4:15:50folders and files and say, is this
4:15:52actually holistic? Is this does this
4:15:54have all the nuance that I have in my
4:15:56brain? Anyways, from there, when you
4:15:57open up level 4, you can see that it's
4:15:59it's, you know, very similar still.
4:16:01We're just adding on a few things. You
4:16:02can see here we've added an agent.mmd,
4:16:04which is the exact same as the cloud.MD.
4:16:06And what else is cool is you can
4:16:07literally just reference inside of your
4:16:08cloudmd at agents.mmd. And then you can
4:16:10delete all this because this basically
4:16:12just like injects that file into here.
4:16:14But I just wanted to show that. But
4:16:15anyways, you can see we're still
4:16:17following the same principles. We have a
4:16:19wiki. We've also added a knowledge graph
4:16:21layer. We've still got the same where
4:16:22things live with the routing with all
4:16:24these just regular folders and boring
4:16:25markdown. But boring is beautiful. You
4:16:27can see that our memory is still here.
4:16:29It's starting to grow and we just keep
4:16:31building on top of this. So, one thing
4:16:33we added here as you can see was our
4:16:34knowledge graph folder. And so, what
4:16:36happens here is we get different
4:16:37entities, right? So, like we can see,
4:16:38okay, Jordan is a person, Acme is a
4:16:40company. And then we can start to form
4:16:41relationships between all these things.
4:16:43So Jordan works at Acme. Acme is
4:16:46endorsed by Postpilot. Postpilot is a
4:16:48competitor of Cadently and it starts to
4:16:50build out not only these entities, but
4:16:52it shows you how they're all related.
4:16:54And so that's why when I said that I
4:16:56really like using, you know, this um
4:16:58what's it called? LM Wiki is because I
4:17:00have enough of that feel of all these
4:17:02relationships because I've put so much
4:17:04time and effort into ingesting these in
4:17:07the right way and giving it context. The
4:17:09thing about this one is that it has to
4:17:10read every single file it wants. Maybe
4:17:13it was looking at AI video production
4:17:15and all it needed to know was 11 labs.
4:17:17It still would have read this entire
4:17:19file first. And so that's where
4:17:21sometimes the knowledge graph is
4:17:22actually more lightweight in that sense.
4:17:24And this is the example I showed at the
4:17:26beginning of the video where we have
4:17:27light rag. And forgive me, I'm going to
4:17:29have to blur some of this stuff out cuz
4:17:30this is like legitimately my entire
4:17:31second brain and our business. But as I
4:17:33really zoom in here, and this kind of
4:17:35slows down my computer cuz there's so
4:17:36much. But what you'll notice is that we
4:17:39actually start to get relationships. I
4:17:40probably shouldn't have done this with
4:17:41so much data, but you can see like we
4:17:43have this collaborates with that. We
4:17:46have this builds that. And so if I
4:17:48really started to open up all of these
4:17:50little, you know, circles, we could see
4:17:53what was going on and how they're all
4:17:54related. We can see that our 7-day AIS
4:17:56challenge. It was provided from YouTube.
4:17:59It connects to the onboarding process of
4:18:01AIS Plus. It was developed by Aiden. And
4:18:04so we can basically follow around these
4:18:06relationships as you see. And even
4:18:08though it's pretty much the same data
4:18:09that you see here in Obsidian, we're not
4:18:10getting that same level of relationships
4:18:12between these different entities. So
4:18:13anyways, if you guys want to see, you
4:18:15know, a full breakdown video on
4:18:16something like light rag or um graphify
4:18:18or all the other solutions that there
4:18:20are out there for more of a knowledge
4:18:21graph, relationship graph, then let me
4:18:23know. But that is kind of the difference
4:18:24there. So if you don't need those sort
4:18:26of relationship chains and you're not
4:18:28worried about that semantic type of
4:18:30relationships, then you probably don't
4:18:31need to use something like a knowledge
4:18:33graph. And then level five, we have more
4:18:35of the always on brain OS and something
4:18:38like Gbrain. Gary Tan, CEO of Y
4:18:40Combinator, he created this thing called
4:18:42GBrain, which pairs really well with
4:18:44GStack. But GBrain is kind of the idea
4:18:46of everything we've talked about here,
4:18:48wikis, routing, relationships, tools.
4:18:50But GBrain has kind of that always
4:18:53element because it is like constantly
4:18:55syncing and refreshing memories and
4:18:57adding more stuff. So adding in Gbrain
4:18:59to something like a Hermes agent would
4:19:00be really, really good. You could still
4:19:02do it in cloud code, but you'd have to
4:19:03handle those crons and get all that
4:19:04stuff set up, which is why I don't
4:19:06currently run GBandra at the moment, but
4:19:08I have been playing around with it with
4:19:09my Hermes agent. So, anyways, the point
4:19:10here is that it's very similar to
4:19:12everything else we've just talked about.
4:19:14It's just having that auto updating
4:19:16feel, more of the autonomous always on
4:19:18feel. But I will say another thing that
4:19:20I kind that kind of scares me about that
4:19:22is you have this whole dilemma of, you
4:19:25know, when do you have too much context
4:19:27and when does it get to the point where
4:19:29it's actually doing more damage than
4:19:30it's doing good? And the reason I bring
4:19:32that up is because I am in complete
4:19:34control of what my second brain ingests.
4:19:36I will run a skill to go grab all of my
4:19:38meeting transfers from the week. I will
4:19:40say, "Hey, here's something. Help me
4:19:42figure out like help me brainstorm about
4:19:43this and then let's ingest it together."
4:19:44And for me, I really like being in that
4:19:46control because in my mind, there's a
4:19:48big difference between a few types of
4:19:50data. If you guys remember in my like
4:19:51AIOS videos, I've talked about the four
4:19:53C's. So, context, connections,
4:19:54capabilities, and cadence. And for the
4:19:56second brain, I mainly think about it as
4:19:58just these first two. So, context and
4:20:00connections. And so, when I think of
4:20:01context, that's stuff like, you know,
4:20:04what my business has done. So, if I come
4:20:05into here into my my second brain, and
4:20:07you can see here, if I go to um up at
4:20:10OTAAS, so OTAAS are basically just our
4:20:12projects for the quarter. And so here I
4:20:14can see all the Q1 ones, right? I can
4:20:15look at all those and I can click at
4:20:16them and see decisions that we've made
4:20:18in the statuses. And I can also see Q2
4:20:20OTAAS. So I can see what's going on
4:20:21here. And my second brain is able to see
4:20:23that because that has been basically
4:20:25those are locked in decisions. This is
4:20:26what we're doing this quarter. And then
4:20:28I'm updating the statuses of that stuff.
4:20:29So that's like context. That's what's
4:20:31going on in the business. But when it
4:20:32comes to connections, if I go back to
4:20:34this, this is more of like the real data
4:20:36that isn't as evergreen. This is stuff
4:20:38that changes. This is like Slack
4:20:40threads. This is emails. this is
4:20:42customer data and that type of data you
4:20:44don't want to ingest into a second brain
4:20:46because that's just noise then then you
4:20:48have to go back every month and like
4:20:49delete old stuff. So the way that I like
4:20:51to think about my actual second brain is
4:20:53stuff that I'm not going to delete. This
4:20:55is stuff that is like okay in a year
4:20:57will it be good for me to have this
4:20:58memory in here? Yes. Otherwise it's just
4:21:00adding noise. So when you're adding data
4:21:03into your project think about it like
4:21:05the context and connections. think about
4:21:07if this is kind of like more evergreen
4:21:08holistic data or if this is more things
4:21:10that are going to change next week. So,
4:21:12you probably shouldn't pull it in, but
4:21:14you should make sure that your second
4:21:15brain has access to go grab it. So, that
4:21:17way if I said to my second brain, "Hey,
4:21:20can you just take a look real quick at
4:21:21what John and I were talking about last
4:21:23week about, you know, OTAA number seven,
4:21:25it would first go to our OTAA file and
4:21:27it would search through there and it it
4:21:28would try to find it there. If it
4:21:30couldn't find it there, it would look
4:21:31through the wiki and it would look
4:21:32through meeting transcripts and see what
4:21:33we talked about there. And if it
4:21:34couldn't find it there, it would finally
4:21:36go to ClickUp itself, pull real data in
4:21:38from me and John's conversations and see
4:21:40if the answer lived there. And so that
4:21:41in my mind is still a second brain
4:21:43because I'm able to ask a vague question
4:21:45and the second brain knows exactly where
4:21:47to look in what order to find that
4:21:48real-time data and then give me back the
4:21:50answer that I need. That's the question
4:21:51I ask myself is does this thing
4:21:53understand where my data lives and where
4:21:55to look and can it give me accurate
4:21:56answers. So as far as finding your
4:21:58level, remember your whole project
4:22:00doesn't fit into one level. Maybe this
4:22:02folder is level two. Maybe this folder
4:22:03is level four. Maybe this folder is
4:22:04level three. Here are some things to
4:22:06think about. If you are reexplaining
4:22:07your setup and you need to find things
4:22:09by exact words or files, look at level
4:22:11one. If you have 30 plus notes and you
4:22:12keep forgetting what's in them, look at
4:22:14level two. That's where you sort of like
4:22:15ingest them and get that wiki with
4:22:17relationships. If your project is just
4:22:19completely whiffing on notes that you
4:22:20know exist and your routing isn't
4:22:22working, then maybe you want to look for
4:22:23something more like a semantic search
4:22:25that doesn't rely on an exact word level
4:22:27match. If you're looking for
4:22:29relationships and to be able to follow
4:22:30chains of questions and thoughts, then
4:22:32you probably want to look for something
4:22:33like a knowledge graph. And if you're
4:22:34running agents offline and you've got so
4:22:36much data and you want to sync up a
4:22:37bunch of Hermes agents together, then
4:22:39you probably are looking for something
4:22:40like Level Five, something like Gbrain.
4:22:42And another topic that I get some
4:22:43questions about, which I'm not going to
4:22:45fully address in this video, but I will
4:22:46briefly bring up is the fact that you
4:22:49are building your own second brain OS.
4:22:51So are other people on your team. The
4:22:53next question is how do you actually
4:22:55make sure that everyone's data is
4:22:56syncing together and how do you have
4:22:58more of like your team second brain?
4:23:00There's a lot of different ways to solve
4:23:01that. I think once again it's not an
4:23:03issue of oh do we use Google Drive or
4:23:05notion or GitHub or cloud plugins. I
4:23:08think the issue to figure out with your
4:23:09team is how do we actually make sure
4:23:11that we all habit shift so that this
4:23:13stuff is actually useful and not just
4:23:15noise. How do we make sure that process
4:23:17owners are updating their docs and
4:23:19syncing their stuff there? How do we
4:23:20make sure that other people are pulling
4:23:22from that rather than always just
4:23:24pinging the same people for questions
4:23:25and answers all the time? I think the
4:23:27adoption and the change management
4:23:28question is the bigger one. The tech and
4:23:30the way it actually functionally rolls
4:23:32out is a little bit less. But what I do
4:23:34know is that you getting set up with
4:23:36your own first and understanding how it
4:23:38works, how you should route, how you
4:23:40should make the decisions of where the
4:23:41data should live, that's the first
4:23:43hurdle. You can only solve the teamwide
4:23:45problem once you feel comfortable about
4:23:46the way you run it every single day and
4:23:48that it works for you. All right, sweet.
4:23:51So, you guys have heard me earlier in
4:23:52this course talk about one of my skills
4:23:53called the grill me, which was inspired
4:23:55by Matt PCO's grill me skill as well.
4:23:58So, now that you're thinking about
4:24:00building out your second brain, I want
4:24:02to talk about this grill me skill that
4:24:04really helps me get more context into my
4:24:07systems, but also helps grill me on
4:24:10before I'm going to build an automation
4:24:11or before I'm going to build a new
4:24:13skill. Whenever I want to extract what's
4:24:14in my brain and get it into my second
4:24:16brain and get it into my AIOS, I like to
4:24:19use this grill me skill. So, let's talk
4:24:20about that real quick. The toughest part
4:24:22about building good skills and building
4:24:24a good operating system is trying to get
4:24:26everything from your brain into your
4:24:28system. So, for example, what you're
4:24:30looking at here is after months and
4:24:32months of me building up all of the
4:24:33knowledge that lives inside of my AIOS.
4:24:35It's basically just the idea that if
4:24:37everyone's using the same model, so if
4:24:38everyone's using Claude Opus 4.8,
4:24:40then everyone's going to be using the
4:24:42same prompts and getting the same output
4:24:44because the model is fundamentally the
4:24:45same for everybody. So what really makes
4:24:46the difference is when you add context
4:24:48into that model and you give it your
4:24:49taste, your voice, your decisions, and
4:24:51that's how you get outputs that actually
4:24:53sound like you. But once again, the real
4:24:54challenge is still the extraction,
4:24:56getting everything from your head into
4:24:58the AI system so that your skills can
4:25:01use it and that your context is better.
4:25:02And if you guys have been following me
4:25:03for a while and you've seen videos I've
4:25:05made about like discovery calls and and
4:25:07scoping out projects, that's the
4:25:09toughest part is especially if you're
4:25:11working with a client, asking them so
4:25:13many questions about this process to the
4:25:14point where they might even get annoyed
4:25:16because you're asking so many questions.
4:25:17But that's just what you have to do.
4:25:19It's the difference between a system
4:25:20that is successful 95% of the time and
4:25:22one that's only successful 80% of the
4:25:24time. So this one skill we're going to
4:25:25look at today is called grill me. It
4:25:27basically takes what's in your head into
4:25:29reusable context for your AI. So what
4:25:31happens is all of that knowledge that's
4:25:33in your head that you might think,
4:25:34"Okay, I'm just going to brain dump into
4:25:36clawed code for 5 minutes and it will be
4:25:37good enough, it's not ever good enough."
4:25:39So what this does is it basically
4:25:41relentlessly asks you questions. It
4:25:43grills you until it knows pretty much
4:25:45everything about the process. It'll ask
4:25:47you a question, you answer it, and then
4:25:49it basically will checkpoint and it will
4:25:50write everything back to a knowledge
4:25:52dock and it will just keep going over
4:25:54this loop endlessly until the knowledge
4:25:56dock is good enough and there's no gaps
4:25:58or holes in that knowledge. And so, like
4:26:00I said, this results to better skills,
4:26:01better context, and better projects. And
4:26:04originally, this skill was built by Matt
4:26:05PCO. And what's cool is if you look at
4:26:07it, it is a super simple prompt. It's
4:26:09like four to five sentences. Interview
4:26:11me relentlessly about every aspect of
4:26:13this plan until we reach a shared
4:26:15understanding. Walk down each branch of
4:26:17the design tree, resolving dependencies
4:26:19between decisions one by one. For each
4:26:21question, provide your recommended
4:26:22answer. Ask questions one at a time. If
4:26:24a question can be answered by exploring
4:26:26the codebase, explore the codebase
4:26:27instead. And I like to look at that
4:26:28because it makes you realize that a
4:26:30skill doesn't have to be super
4:26:31complicated automation. A skill can just
4:26:33be a prompt that you don't want to have
4:26:35to say every single time. And of course,
4:26:36naturally, what did I do? I destroyed
4:26:38that. I ruined the skill. I made it a
4:26:40little bit more complex, but I added
4:26:42something that I think makes it much
4:26:43better. So, if I go into mycloud, I go
4:26:45down to my skills and we look for the
4:26:46grill me right here and I open up the
4:26:48skill.md. You can see it's a little bit
4:26:50longer now. But basically what I did is
4:26:52I worked in that whole element of
4:26:54checkpointing after every single
4:26:55question because originally the skill
4:26:57doesn't do that and what happens is if
4:26:59you are talking you know if it's
4:27:01grilling you for an hour plus which
4:27:02sometimes it will and that's a good
4:27:03thing and as the condex window starts to
4:27:05fill up I started to get worried that it
4:27:07was going to misremember some of my
4:27:09answers from earlier. So I just found
4:27:10myself telling it manually hey write
4:27:12this to a doc write this to a doc
4:27:14checkpoint every time. And so I figured
4:27:15okay why not just work that into the
4:27:17skill. So now what the skill does is it
4:27:19creates a folder called brainstorms and
4:27:21it does this at the root of your
4:27:22project. So if I go down here, you can
4:27:24see I've got a brainstorm file or sorry
4:27:26a brainstorm folder right here with
4:27:27these four brainstorms. And so it will
4:27:29create that for you if you don't have
4:27:30it. But if you do have it, it will just
4:27:32chuck a doc in there, a markdown file
4:27:34right away. And so then if I open up
4:27:36like for example this packaging one
4:27:37which I was doing, it will find like the
4:27:40algorithm, the key decisions, but then
4:27:42it will also show you the step-by-step
4:27:44Q&A log of the questions that it asked
4:27:46and what I answered with and the key
4:27:47highlights. And then as soon as we
4:27:49finally got to the end of that packaging
4:27:50grill me session, it said, "Hey, I
4:27:52noticed you have this packaging guide
4:27:54and you have a packaging skill and
4:27:56there's a lot of nuance here that we
4:27:57talked about that's not in there. So do
4:27:59you want me to update both of those?"
4:28:00And then I said yes. And now those
4:28:02skills and docs are so much better. I
4:28:04also did one where I said, "Hey, I want
4:28:05you to understand everything about the
4:28:07business." And we walked through from
4:28:08beginning to end, all the decisions, all
4:28:10the processes, and now my OS just feels
4:28:12like it knows even more about the way
4:28:14the business works. And so, if you think
4:28:16about it like this, right, like nothing
4:28:17is going to be perfect on the first try.
4:28:19And so, let me just do a quick
4:28:21visualization. This is kind of the old
4:28:23way when you're building a skill, right?
4:28:24So, we've got iterations down here.
4:28:26Let's say by iteration one, after you've
4:28:28knowledge dumped in your brain and you
4:28:31want to build a skill, you maybe get
4:28:32somewhere. or let's just say around here
4:28:34where you're about like 70% successful
4:28:36on iteration one and then what happens
4:28:38is you run the skill and you make a
4:28:40small improvement and now you're up
4:28:41about I don't know right here like you
4:28:43go up from 70% to 75 and then every time
4:28:46you iterate you get a little bit better
4:28:48with each iteration until maybe you cap
4:28:50at the point where you're about like 95%
4:28:53good and this could be 10 iterations it
4:28:55could be 30 iterations it however many
4:28:56it takes for your skill to feel a bit
4:28:58more battle tested and honestly I don't
4:29:00think you ever get to 100% because as
4:29:02your business evolves and as you evolve,
4:29:04the skill keeps evolving. So like all my
4:29:06skills that I've been using for months
4:29:07and months, I'm pretty much still
4:29:10changing a lot. But the whole idea is
4:29:12what if on iteration one because you do
4:29:14this grill me and you spend extra time
4:29:16up front, you're able to jump right up
4:29:18here to like 90 at the beginning. And
4:29:20yes, it's not perfect. You're still
4:29:21going to iterate a little bit, but
4:29:23you're just there a lot quicker, which
4:29:24gives you more opportunity to find
4:29:27better ways to iterate on it. So that's
4:29:28my horrible visual of why I think this
4:29:31is valuable. It just goes back to that
4:29:32whole idea of if I had six hours to chop
4:29:34down a tree, I would spend the first
4:29:36four sharpening the axe where upfront,
4:29:38yes, maybe it feels boring or
4:29:40repetitive, but that's what you need to
4:29:42do is get all that context in there
4:29:43because it helps downstream so much
4:29:45more. So anyways, if you guys want to
4:29:47grab the grill me skill, you can look it
4:29:48up here from Matt PCO. Or if you want my
4:29:50version, you can come to my free school
4:29:52community. The link for that is down in
4:29:53the description. Just join the
4:29:54community, go to the classroom, click on
4:29:56all YouTube resources, and it will be
4:29:57right in there for you to find along
4:29:59with all my other free resources. And
4:30:00then it's as simple as saying, "Hey,
4:30:02grill me about this." Or, of course, you
4:30:03can invoke it with a slash command.
4:30:05Right there, you can see, "Grill me."
4:30:07But I could just say something as simple
4:30:08as, "Hey, I need you to grill me about
4:30:10the way that I think about applying AI
4:30:12to my own business internally in a safe
4:30:15way that won't damage the business." You
4:30:18can see it'll obviously load up that
4:30:19grill me skill. We're going to see in a
4:30:21second that it's going to create the
4:30:22capture file so nothing gets lost. Right
4:30:24there we have applying AI internally.
4:30:26And this is what it looks like. It's
4:30:28going to set up the discovery notes, the
4:30:30summary key decisions, um, Q&A log, and
4:30:32any open flags. And what's cool about
4:30:34this is it'll flag things that you need
4:30:36to go find. So, when I was running
4:30:38through this funnel map, you know, there
4:30:39were some things going on in the
4:30:40business that I don't actually know
4:30:42super well. Like, I can't explain the
4:30:44same way as the actual stakeholder or
4:30:45operator that does that process can
4:30:47explain it. So, it said, "Hey, here's
4:30:49some things to flag. Go reach out to
4:30:50this person and have them send you
4:30:52information and then come back and drop
4:30:54that into me and then we'll update this
4:30:56brainstorm." So that's basically how it
4:30:57works. It might ask you five questions.
4:30:59It might ask you 30. It's just going to
4:31:01go until you guys feel like you have the
4:31:02same shared knowledge and that it is a
4:31:04good stopping point. And the cool thing
4:31:06is because these are saved as docs. You
4:31:08can reference them later. But you could
4:31:09also come back to like for example
4:31:10packaging. Let's say I I find a major
4:31:13breakthrough in the way that I package
4:31:14my content. I would just come back to
4:31:16this doc and say, "Hey, grill me again.
4:31:19Here's some new things I found. Let's
4:31:20update all this information." All right.
4:31:22Let's talk about agent teams. What do I
4:31:24mean by this? I basically just mean how
4:31:26can you just leverage
4:31:28a bunch of cloud agents running at the
4:31:30same time creating a team and typically
4:31:33when I want to go for an agent team I've
4:31:35got one reason and that is because I
4:31:38want multiple perspectives. I want
4:31:41multiple different types of agents that
4:31:43have specialties in different areas to
4:31:45collaborate on something together. Now
4:31:47there is one important thing to
4:31:48understand about agent teams. There is a
Sub-Agents vs Agent Teams
4:31:51big difference between sub agents and
4:31:54agent teams. Take a look at this visual.
4:31:56On the lefth hand side, we have sub
4:31:57aents. On the right hand side, we have
4:31:58agent teams. Now, we've already talked
4:32:00about sub aents. You guys understand
4:32:01this. The main agent orchestrates sub
4:32:03aents with fresh context windows. And
4:32:05the sub aents cannot talk to each other.
4:32:07They can only talk back to the main
4:32:09agent. They can only report to the main
4:32:11agent. But in agent teams, look at this.
4:32:13The main agent spins up the team and
4:32:15there's a shared task list. And now all
4:32:18of these specialized teammates can
4:32:20communicate between each other and they
4:32:22can claim tasks off the list and they
4:32:24literally can work together and talk to
4:32:26each other and report back to the main
4:32:28agent. So it's just a lot more of a team
4:32:30rather than like individual workers in
4:32:33cubicles that don't talk. These are
4:32:35actual, you know, people sitting around
4:32:36one desk having a meeting talking and
4:32:38getting work done. So it's very cool,
4:32:40but it is a little bit more token
4:32:42intensive. So I don't use them all the
4:32:45time. Like I said, it's a very specific
4:32:46scenario when I want to have a bunch of
4:32:48different perspectives collaborating
4:32:50together in real time. Now, if you want
4:32:52to do stuff in parallel, you're probably
4:32:53better off just spinning up a dynamic
4:32:56workflow. So, a dynamic workflow is
4:32:57really cool because what it does is it
4:32:58takes the main session and it basically
4:33:02creates these dynamic workflows of
4:33:04agents that will do different phases. So
4:33:06maybe it'll spin up five for the
4:33:07planning phase and then maybe it'll spin
4:33:09up like 10 for the next phase and it
4:33:10will just dynamically spin up more
4:33:12phases of sub aents based on the results
4:33:15of the previous session. So it is very
4:33:18cool. It's it's also quite token
4:33:19intensive, but it's a great way to do
4:33:21like verification loops and to make sure
4:33:23that everything is working as it should.
4:33:25So um I do have videos on my channel
4:33:26about dynamic workflows. I'll tag one
4:33:28right up here if you want to check out
4:33:29like kind of I break down how it works.
4:33:31But those are all sub agents still. Now,
4:33:33what if we want agent teams that
4:33:35literally, as we know, collaborate with
4:33:37each other, talk to each other, and all
4:33:39report back to the main session, and
4:33:41maybe they have some sort of shared task
4:33:42list together. I mainly have one key use
4:33:46case when I make agent teams because
4:33:48typically I can I find that things can
4:33:49be done in parallel. But let me talk
4:33:52about my use case here. So, I like to do
4:33:56councils or war rooms or, you know,
4:33:58something what I call a roast. The idea
4:34:00is whenever I'm having a big decision or
4:34:03whenever I'm trying to analyze if
4:34:04something is going to resonate with the
4:34:06audience or you know if there's any
4:34:07holes in my plan, I like to spin up a
4:34:09debate team of different agents that
4:34:11literally talk to each other and debate
4:34:13and they go back and forth and chat and
4:34:15chat and chat until they reach some sort
4:34:17of consensus. And I just think that it's
4:34:19not only pretty fun, but it gives me
4:34:20different angles and then I'm able to
4:34:22read the debate and I'm able to read
4:34:24what did different perspectives bring
4:34:25up. Now, before we actually do that, I
4:34:28have to show you how you set up agent
4:34:29teams because if you go to the
4:34:30documentation, you can see that this is
4:34:32an experimental feature that is disabled
4:34:34by default, at least at the time of
4:34:35making this video. So, you have to
4:34:37enable them by adding a config to your
4:34:39settings. So, look at this. All you have
4:34:41to do is you have to add this
4:34:43environment variable cloud code
4:34:44experimental agent teams equals 1. So,
4:34:46what I'm going to do is copy this. I'm
4:34:48going to go into our knowledge work
4:34:49project that we've been working on
4:34:50together. You can see in here if I go to
4:34:52the files and I go to my.claude. We
4:34:54don't yet have a settings.json file. So
4:34:57we're going to have to create that. But
4:34:58here's what I'm going to say. Hey
4:34:59Claude, I want to test out agent teams
4:35:01which is currently an experient or
4:35:03experiential an experimental feature
4:35:05from cloud code. So take a look at this
4:35:08environment variable. And I'm just going
4:35:10to paste that in. The documentation told
4:35:13me that we have to put this inside of
4:35:14our local settings, the JSON file for
4:35:17this project if we want to use agent
4:35:19teams in this project. So inside of my
4:35:20do.claude create the settings file and
4:35:23add this to the config so that we can
4:35:25actually use agent teams. Okay. So I'm
4:35:27going to shoot that off and hopefully
4:35:29it's able to understand that request.
4:35:30It's able to create us that settings
4:35:32file and then we'll be up and running
4:35:33with agent teams. You can see it's even
4:35:35running a skill right here that's called
4:35:37update config. Okay, awesome. So it
4:35:39created that file. If we go in here and
4:35:41we just verify that in thecloud we have
4:35:43a settings.local.json and there it is
4:35:45right there. Perfect. Now, what we
4:35:47probably need to do is reset the
4:35:49session. So, I'm going to clear that
4:35:50out. A lot of times when you add a new
4:35:51config, you have to start a new session
4:35:53in order to be able to have those
4:35:54changes actually take effect. So, let's
4:35:58see what we can do real quick. I pulled
4:35:59up this report. It's a 2026 CEO study by
4:36:02IBM. They surveyed a bunch of CEOs and
4:36:04asked about some AI stuff, which I've
4:36:05broken this down in a few different
4:36:07videos. It's super super interesting.
4:36:08So, if you want to check that out, just
4:36:10Google this 2026 CEO study IBM and give
4:36:14it a read. Super interesting. Anyways,
4:36:16what I did though is I downloaded this
4:36:18PDF. So, I'm going to just pull up my
4:36:19downloads real quick. And what I like to
4:36:22do is I like to just copy the path to
4:36:24the file that I want my agents to look
4:36:27at because it can obviously access your
4:36:28downloads. So, I copied the path. I'm
4:36:30going to go back into Claude, paste that
4:36:31in there. Now, I'm going to say the
4:36:33following.
4:36:35All right. So, I just read this report
4:36:36and I think it's really interesting, but
4:36:38I'm having trouble understanding how to
4:36:40apply the insights to my day-to-day. So,
4:36:42what I would like you to do is I would
4:36:44like you to create an agent team using
4:36:46the team create function to create an
4:36:48agent team. I want this agent team to
4:36:50have different personas. So, I'm
4:36:51thinking maybe like a small business
4:36:53owner, a large enterprise business
4:36:56owner, a CEO, and
4:37:00maybe a entry-level employee. And then
4:37:02any other personas that you think would
4:37:04be interesting to have inside of this
4:37:05discussion because I want them to debate
4:37:08about this report. I want them to
4:37:09analyze what stats did they think were
4:37:11the most interesting and what was the
4:37:12most concerning and I want them to go on
4:37:15a couple rounds of debates so that they
4:37:16can basically give me an analysis of how
4:37:19I should use it for me and my business.
4:37:21Now I know you don't know too much about
4:37:23me at the moment. So go ahead and look
4:37:25through my Herk 2 project so that you
4:37:27can see who I am and what my business
4:37:29does and then make sure all of the
4:37:31insights and the debate are tailored
4:37:33towards me personally for me and my
4:37:34business. Okay. So, the reason why I
4:37:37said that so specifically up at the
4:37:39beginning where I said use the team
4:37:40create function in order to create an
4:37:42agent team is because sometimes if you
4:37:43say an agent team, it might just spin up
4:37:45a bunch of sub aents. So, you have to be
4:37:46specific about agent teams that can
4:37:48actually talk to each other. And the
4:37:49good news is you'll actually be able to
4:37:51see when it does that. Okay, so one
4:37:54thing I wanted to call out is that
4:37:55agents don't like to read PDFs and like
4:37:57HTML as much because there's a lot of
4:37:58metadata. So, what it did here is it
4:38:00converted that PDF to text. If you see
4:38:03right here, it converted it to text and
4:38:04then it read the text. So anyways, you
4:38:07can see here it says, "Before I spin up
4:38:08the team, let me stage a shared brief."
4:38:10So all personas debate the same facts
4:38:13and they all tailor to you specifically.
4:38:14So it's going to write up that brief and
4:38:16then it will spin up the agent team and
4:38:17I will point that out to you guys. Okay,
4:38:19here we go. So it is launching six
4:38:21distinct personas round one and it's
4:38:23going to run all six in parallel. So
4:38:25that word kind of scares me because I'm
4:38:27not sure if it fully understood that we
4:38:29want the team. Let's see what it does
4:38:31here. Now, as you can see these
4:38:32different personas being spun up. What's
4:38:33cool is you can click into them and you
4:38:35can see the actual prompt that was shot
4:38:37off. So, this is the prompt that was
4:38:38sent off to this specific agent, but it
4:38:42looks like this might not be a team. It
4:38:44looks like it's just spinning up six sub
4:38:46aents. So, I'm going to stop this real
4:38:47quick and just verify that it, you know,
4:38:49it understands me correctly. And that is
4:38:51something that you should do. Watch your
4:38:52agents as they're working and they're
4:38:54building things. And if it feels like
4:38:55they're going off the track that you're
4:38:57trying to put them on, then stop them
4:38:59and explain. So, it looks like you're
4:39:01creating just sub agents and you're just
4:39:03running those in parallel, but they
4:39:05can't actually talk to each other. And I
4:39:07wanted you to use the agent team
4:39:08function, team create function. So, you
4:39:11can actually create an agent team that
4:39:13can all talk to each other together. So,
4:39:14that's super important. Please make sure
4:39:16that you're doing it that way. Okay. So,
4:39:18I was correct. It was doing it wrong and
4:39:20it was able to do a little more research
4:39:21and correct itself. Now, quick quiz
4:39:23question. What would you do now? If you
4:39:27said build a skill around agent teams or
4:39:30if you said something like put this in
4:39:31the cloudmd, then I would say you're
4:39:33right. Whenever it misunderstands you,
4:39:35correct it and tell it to update
4:39:37instructions, update skills or create a
4:39:39skill so that that misunderstanding
4:39:40doesn't ever happen again. Remember? So
4:39:43that's what you should do after this
4:39:44message or even start up a new session
4:39:46and say, "Hey, here's what happened and
4:39:47here's what you did and we need to make
4:39:48sure that it doesn't happen again." So
4:39:50anyways, let's see what it's doing now.
4:39:52It has these six different personas that
4:39:54are being spun up and these are personas
4:39:57that are going to be able to actually
4:39:58talk to each other. You can see that
4:39:59it's sending off different messages to
4:40:01these different personas. So anyways,
4:40:03now that we know that they're able to
4:40:04actually talk to each other and debate
4:40:05the way we wanted them to, I'll check in
4:40:07with you guys when this is completely
4:40:09done. Now, the other thing to remember
4:40:10real quick about this is that this isn't
4:40:12going to fill up too too much of our
4:40:14actual context window, but this will eat
4:40:16at our 5-h hour limit because all of
4:40:17these agents, you know, they're on their
4:40:19own context windows and they're eating
4:40:20tokens and they're talking and agent
4:40:22teams are expensive. But just wanted to
4:40:23call out once again that these agents
4:40:26are talking not in our main sessions
4:40:28context window. All right, so that
4:40:29finished up. I'm not going to read this
4:40:31entire thing and every single round of
4:40:32debates because that would be boring and
4:40:33take forever. Let's just go over some of
4:40:35the key facts. So, six personas, three
4:40:37rounds, real cross talk. We had a small
4:40:40business owner, we had a chief AI
4:40:41officer, we had founder, CEO, we had a
4:40:43bunch of different roles, right? So, as
4:40:45far as the stats, each of the different
4:40:46personas pulled out one that was the
4:40:47most interesting and one that was the
4:40:49most concerning. We saw the team's
4:40:51collective verdict after they argued it
4:40:53was that the most interesting stat was
4:40:55the reality gap. 10% today versus 72% by
4:40:582030. It's the one honest number in the
4:41:00deck and it's your product market fit
4:41:02written in a footnote. The most
4:41:04concerning stat was the 25% use versus
4:41:0686% skills adoption gap. It's your own
4:41:09risk. The same disease as your 20% AI
4:41:11plus churn and your single most sellable
4:41:13lesson all at once. And the most
4:41:14overrated was the plus 17% headline. So
4:41:16anyways, they had to agree on this
4:41:18stuff. They had to all come to a
4:41:19consensus on these stats. And now it
4:41:22gave us basically actionable steps
4:41:24because it knows me. So audit your own
4:41:26agents before you sell a cert about
4:41:27auditing agents. Turn the Nate to John
4:41:29handoff into a one-page decision rights
4:41:31map. fix 20% churn, ship a free AI
4:41:34adoption at audit, and adopt Gordon's
4:41:35credibility guardrail on every citation.
4:41:37We could dig into this, right? And we
4:41:39can have a full report written up, but
4:41:41the point I'm trying to make here is
4:41:43getting different personas is really
4:41:44nice because you have subject matter
4:41:46expertise in one or maybe a few areas,
4:41:48but you don't you can't see everything.
4:41:50You can't see around every corner
4:41:51because of your experience and because
4:41:52of your knowledge, but other people can.
4:41:55And Stanford actually proved this. They
4:41:57have a research method called the storm
4:41:58method where they have different
4:41:59personas attack the angle and find the
4:42:02holes in it and then it has been proven
4:42:04that it's much better research and much
4:42:06more thorough research. So, I did a
4:42:08video breaking that one down as well.
4:42:09It's called the storm research method
4:42:11and I'll tag that video right up there
4:42:12if you want to check it out for next
4:42:14time you're doing research. But just
4:42:15thinking about the idea of using
4:42:17different agents as individual
4:42:19specialized experts that can help you
4:42:21create better plans, create better
4:42:23products, create, you know, have better
4:42:24ideas. What's really cool about this,
4:42:26this wasn't planned, but the next thing
4:42:27I wanted to talk about on here was
4:42:29artifacts. So, it's cool because at the
4:42:32end of this message, Claude says, "Do
4:42:33you want me to package this into a
4:42:34sharable artifact, a clean one page that
4:42:36you can revisit or send to other
4:42:38people?" So, basically, the way that you
4:42:40used to share information is you would
4:42:42create slide decks or you would create
4:42:44like a little memo or I don't know,
4:42:46however you like to send information to
4:42:48your team, that's what you would do. And
4:42:50a lot of times when you would send those
4:42:51artifacts, they would be static, meaning
4:42:52you would download it, you'd send it
4:42:54over, they would open it, and if you
4:42:55made changes on your end, it would kind
4:42:57of, you know, you'd have to send them an
4:42:58updated version. But Claude recently
4:43:00dropped these things called artifacts
4:43:01where it's able to package everything up
4:43:03into a pretty HTML style and then it
4:43:05will just give it to you on an actual
4:43:06URL, meaning it's live on the web and
4:43:08you don't have to host it. It's
4:43:09literally just Claude will host it for
4:43:11you. So that way whenever you have
4:43:12artifacts and whenever you've been
4:43:13brainstorming with Claude for a while,
4:43:15you can say, "Hey, put that into a quick
4:43:16artifact so I can send it to my whole
4:43:18team." And then what's cool is if you
4:43:19keep updating it on your side, as soon
4:43:21as you update the artifact, whoever is
4:43:23watching it, it will update on their
4:43:24side, too. So, it's a really nice thing
4:43:27to be able to utilize, especially if
4:43:28you're working on projects with your
4:43:30teams. I'm not going to spend too much
4:43:31time here because it's a pretty simple
4:43:33concept, but I definitely wanted to
4:43:34bring it up. So, on this lefth hand
4:43:36side, you can see if I click on
4:43:37artifacts, I only have one right now
4:43:38because it's a pretty new feature, but
4:43:40let me open up this artifact to show
4:43:41you. This is a URL. So, if I gave you
4:43:43guys this URL, you could actually see
4:43:45this as well. I guess actually you have
4:43:47to be in my organization to see it, but
4:43:48either way, the point is it's live. It's
4:43:50not a local host. It's a real URL. And
4:43:52so this one I had it spin up to prove to
4:43:54me that the spacing on our book was
4:43:56correct. So it was proving to me against
4:43:58like The Great Gatsby and it was showing
4:43:59me the indentation and the spacing and
4:44:01all that kind of stuff. And this is not
4:44:03itself a really impressive artifact. I
4:44:05just wanted to show you that Claude
4:44:07basically hosts these. You can switch
4:44:08between them. You can rename them. You
4:44:10can see the different versions. You can
4:44:11copy the actual prompt to edit the
4:44:13artifact. And like I said, if I go back
4:44:15into the app, you can see that you will
4:44:17be able to manage and view all of your
4:44:19artifacts right here. Copy the link,
4:44:20send them over to your team. All of
4:44:22these things over here, these are not
4:44:23artifacts. These are just different
4:44:24chats or different projects. These are
4:44:26the artifacts. All right. So, we have
4:44:28our artifact fully built out. As you can
4:44:30see, all I had to say was yes, turn that
4:44:32into an artifact. So, it used all the
4:44:34context and it used all of the rounds of
4:44:36debating to help us build this out. Um,
4:44:38let me just go ahead and open this up on
4:44:40an actual URL. So, here is the actual
4:44:43link. As you guys see, this is something
4:44:44that I could send to my team very
4:44:45easily. I'm going to open that up here.
4:44:47Rewiring the seauite translated for one
4:44:5015 person company. So, this was our
4:44:51agent team debate on this study. We can
4:44:53see the verdict. We can see the stats
4:44:55each seat fought over. We can see the
4:44:57round table with the different personas.
4:44:59We can look at the five moves. So, we
4:45:00could really just dig in here and I
4:45:02could obviously, like I said, if I
4:45:03wanted to show my team what I had worked
4:45:05on today or show them something
4:45:06interesting that I built, I would just
4:45:07send that over. Super super easy, super
4:45:09super quick. Awesome. So, that is
4:45:11artifacts. Very very cool. Let me go
4:45:13ahead and cross this out. We are really
4:45:15making some great progress on this
4:45:17course today. So the next thing you can
4:45:19see down here is routines. And routines
4:45:21are absolutely awesome in the desktop
4:45:23app. It's really, really easy to manage
4:45:25them. I click over here on routines. You
4:45:27can see different routines that I have.
4:45:29And what you'll notice over here is that
4:45:30some are paused. You'll notice that some
4:45:32are cloud. And then you can also spin up
4:45:34ones that are local. And so really the
Scheduled Automations & Cloud Routines
4:45:36big difference is that the local
4:45:37routines, they have to be running
4:45:40locally. So your cloud code app has to
4:45:42be open and your computer has to be on.
4:45:44But if you put them in the cloud, then
4:45:46all of this can be turned off and
4:45:47they'll still be running on the cloud
4:45:49whenever you want them to. So if you
4:45:51want them triggered on a specific, you
4:45:52know, day and a certain time, it can be
4:45:54that. It can also be triggered on
4:45:56certain actions. Now, the one thing is
4:45:58you are limited on how many cloud
4:45:59routines you can have active. I believe
4:46:01it's like 15 per day can be triggered,
4:46:04but they're super easy to set up. And
4:46:05what's awesome is you get the full
4:46:06agentic loop. So, I'm about to shoot you
4:46:09guys over into a video where I break
4:46:10down these routines and how to set them
4:46:12up. It's completely awesome. Cloud Code
4:46:14has finally brought us routines, which
4:46:16basically means you can inject a prompt
4:46:18into Cloud Code, but it can be running
4:46:19on the web, so your laptop does not have
4:46:21to stay open. And I'm so excited about
4:46:23it. I've already been playing around
4:46:24with it. I've been migrating my
4:46:25automations over there, but there are a
4:46:26lot of little gotchas. So, I'm here to
4:46:28explain exactly how you can actually set
4:46:29up these automations so that they work.
4:46:31So, today, April 14th, Claude tweeted,
4:46:33"Now in research preview, routines and
4:46:35cloud code. You configure a routine
4:46:37once, which is basically like a prompt,
4:46:38and it can run on a schedule, from an
4:46:40API call, or in response to an event,
4:46:42and it runs on Anthropics web
4:46:44infrastructure. So, that's awesome. So,
4:46:46you can call a routine from an API, you
4:46:48can have GitHub events trigger it, or
4:46:50they can be scheduled, which are like
4:46:51the scheduled automations that we
4:46:52already have, but now they run on the
4:46:54web. So, you really can create these
4:46:55from anywhere. You can do it right here
4:46:57as a scheduled trigger to run scheduled
4:46:59remote agents, which is in the terminal.
4:47:01You could also go to cloud.ai/code. So,
4:47:03you could do it on the web. web. And
4:47:04right here, you see I have three web-
4:47:05based routines right here. Or what I'm
4:47:07going to be showing you guys today is
4:47:08just doing it in the desktop app.
4:47:10Because right here, if I go to my
4:47:11scheduled tasks, you can see that I've
4:47:13got some like these four that are local.
4:47:15And then I've got these four that are
4:47:16running inside of a GitHub repository.
4:47:18So these are the remote ones. If I go up
4:47:20here and click on new task, this is
4:47:22where we could set up a new local task
4:47:24or a new remote task. It's very similar.
4:47:26You set up the name, you set up what
4:47:28Claude should do, and this is the actual
4:47:30prompt. So I'll talk more about that in
4:47:31a sec. But then you would configure your
4:47:33model, your repository, and your cloud
4:47:36environment. You set the cadence hourly,
4:47:38daily, weekdays. I think the minimum is
4:47:40once an hour. Like you couldn't go like
4:47:42every 10 minutes or something, but still
4:47:44not bad at all. This is where you could
4:47:45configure all of your connectors. So if
4:47:47you need to connect Slack or Gmail or,
4:47:49you know, whatever it is, you can
4:47:50connect them right here. But you can
4:47:52also just do your regular API endpoints
4:47:54with your API keys. And then of course,
4:47:56you've got your permissions. So you can
4:47:57choose how Claude should be acting. Now,
4:48:00the one thing about these are these are
4:48:02meant to be a oneshot prompt. You're not
4:48:04around. So, you probably want to make
4:48:05sure that it doesn't ever have to stop
4:48:06and ask you questions. Otherwise, what's
4:48:08the point of the automation? So, like I
4:48:10said, there's tons of things to dive
4:48:11into here, and I'm not going to try to
4:48:13bore you guys, but some of this is
4:48:14really important because when I first
4:48:15got this set up, my automations weren't
4:48:18just migrating over and working. So, I'm
4:48:19going to tell you guys the issues that I
4:48:21ran into, and hopefully answer
4:48:22everything that you need to know so that
4:48:24you won't have to go into the comments
4:48:25and ask these common questions. I can
4:48:27just answer them right here for you. So,
4:48:28let me just first of all, real quick,
4:48:29show you guys what I tested out. The
4:48:31first thing I wanted to test out is if I
4:48:33came in here and I created a new routine
4:48:36for just shooting a message to my
4:48:38ClickUp. Obviously, that's not any
4:48:40value, but I just wanted to see how it
4:48:41worked because what I wanted to do is
4:48:42see if I could do this without adding my
4:48:44connector of ClickUp. And I was able to
4:48:47actually get this to fire off, but it
4:48:48didn't work right away. So, let me show
4:48:49you guys what I ran into. So, the way
4:48:51that this works is you need a GitHub
4:48:53repository to sync it to in order for
4:48:55this to actually run. So, it's going to
4:48:56clone my Herk 2 project right here in
4:48:58the web. It's going to be able to read
4:49:00my cloud.mmd. It's going to be able to
4:49:01read my scripts and my skills. And then
4:49:03after it finishes the job, it basically
4:49:05just destroys that little cloud GitHub
4:49:07clone. But as you guys know, you don't
4:49:09push your secrets into GitHub because if
4:49:12you see here, my my Herk 2 project, this
4:49:14is my ENV file with all of my API keys
4:49:17and this is listed in the git ignore,
4:49:18which basically says, hey, when you push
4:49:20to GitHub, you don't include these
4:49:22files. So what that means is in here if
4:49:24this is only looking at your GitHub
4:49:25repo, there's no ENV. So how do you get
4:49:28your API keys into this routine that
4:49:31runs on the web? Well, what you do is
4:49:33inside of this scheduled task, you have
4:49:36a cloud environment. So if I click on
4:49:38this one, you can see this one is called
4:49:39Nate Cloud. So if I open up the
4:49:41settings, what do you see? You have the
4:49:43name of this cloud environment, you have
4:49:44the network access, and you have
4:49:46environment variables. So right here is
4:49:48where I put in my YouTube API key, my
4:49:50ClickUp API key, any of the other API
4:49:52keys that I need to give this cloud
4:49:54environment access to. And then the
4:49:56other thing you have to do is you have
4:49:57to look at the access levels because
4:49:59right here you can see that this one is
4:50:00on full, but by default this will be on
4:50:03trusted, I believe. And that means you
4:50:05can only download packages from verified
4:50:07sources from Anthropic. And when we talk
4:50:09about this later, I'll have a link which
4:50:10you can go see all of them. You could
4:50:12even do custom if you wanted to allow
4:50:13specific domains that aren't on that
4:50:15list. But in order for ClickUp to work
4:50:16in this case, I had to go on full
4:50:18because when I went on trusted, it said,
4:50:19"Hey, we can't actually do that." But
4:50:21when I changed this to full, it let me
4:50:23send a message to my ClickUp. And that
4:50:24is how I got this message right here
4:50:25that says, "Just testing that the remote
4:50:27tasks work and the credentials work." So
4:50:29basically, when these run, whatever you
4:50:31have here as your instructions is what
4:50:33gets prompted. And that's exactly the
4:50:35same way that the scheduled tasks
4:50:36locally work. So right here, you can see
4:50:38I say send a message in the internal
4:50:39ClickUp channel. And right here, the
4:50:41actual thing that it says was send a
4:50:43message in the internal ClickUp channel.
4:50:45So, think of a scheduled task or a
4:50:47routine as you basically typing in a
4:50:49prompt and then someone coming in to
4:50:52your laptop and typing it in for you.
4:50:54So, it's the exact same type of
4:50:55interaction as you talking to cloud
4:50:57code. But that's why once again, you
4:50:59want to make sure it's specific enough
4:51:00so that it can basically oneshot it.
4:51:02Okay. So, let's take it a little deeper.
4:51:04Now, what I tried to do is I did another
4:51:05one which I wanted it to be able to use
4:51:07the YouTube data API in order to grab
4:51:10some YouTube comments for me and give me
4:51:12a little analysis in, you know, ClickUp
4:51:14or whatever. So, this is the prompt I
4:51:16said, right? Analyze 50 of my most
4:51:18recent comments from YouTube and give me
4:51:19a quick bullet rundown. My YouTube API
4:51:21key is available as an environment
4:51:23variable. Use it directly from the
4:51:25environment. Don't look for av because
4:51:28what happens is in your repo, right? So
4:51:30in this Herk 2 project, um, when I
4:51:32normally run this, it grabs all my API
4:51:34keys from thev and maybe it reads the
4:51:36claw.mmd and realizes that's where a lot
4:51:38of those live. So by default, it's maybe
4:51:41going to try to look in thev and it's
4:51:43not going to be smart enough to figure
4:51:44out. And so for ClickUp, it was fine. It
4:51:46figured it out. But for some reason with
4:51:48this YouTube one, it didn't. So I had to
4:51:49explicitly tell it, hey, look in the
4:51:51environment variable rather than in the
4:51:53env. So you can see this first time I
4:51:55ran it 1241, I didn't say that and it
4:51:58couldn't do it. It said like, "Hey, I
4:52:00can't find that. I'm getting an error."
4:52:01And I even tried to tell it here and it
4:52:03still didn't work. But then on this most
4:52:05recent run, when I updated the prompt a
4:52:06little bit, it was able to fetch it
4:52:08right away using the API key. And now I
4:52:11have a remote, you know, routine that
4:52:13would work. Obviously, I need to update
4:52:15this. I'm going to migrate over my other
4:52:17automations, but this was just for
4:52:18testing purposes. And then another one
4:52:20that I do is I have some automations
4:52:23here which basically opens up a browser
4:52:24using Playright CLI and it does some
4:52:27stuff in my school community because
4:52:28there's no publicly accessible API.
4:52:30We've kind of figured out a way to
4:52:32automate it without using browser. I'm
4:52:34not really going to dive into that right
4:52:35now. But what I wanted to tell you guys
4:52:36about that is I tried to basically move
4:52:39over this school wins engagement post or
4:52:41sorry automation into a remote session.
4:52:44So, I copied the exact same prompt that
4:52:46was in my regular scheduled task. And
4:52:48then I just added this little snippet at
4:52:49the end. But what happened is this
4:52:51wasn't working because it basically
4:52:53said, "Hey, you know, like when you do
4:52:54this, it spins up a browser, but there's
4:52:56no cookies because all of this is
4:52:57running remotely and all I have to look
4:52:59at is the GitHub repo. I can't look at
4:53:01the local, you know, cookies that we've
4:53:03used in the last couple sessions of this
4:53:05automation." And so, it doesn't seem
4:53:06like this would work because once again,
4:53:08it has no access to that stuff. So if I
4:53:11wanted to do an automation like this, I
4:53:13would have to use um an endpoint that
4:53:15takes authentication in the form of like
4:53:16actual cookies or a header or you know
4:53:19like an API key because every single one
4:53:21of these runs is going to be stateless
4:53:23and after the run the GitHub clone just
4:53:25gets deleted. Now the exception of that
4:53:27is if the automation is changing
4:53:29something in your codebase or doing a
4:53:30review. If it does do that it will
4:53:32create a new branch for you or it will
4:53:34give you some sort of output and not
4:53:35just delete everything that it just did.
4:53:37But for an automation like this it would
4:53:38just delete it. But hopefully after you
4:53:40guys have seen those examples, you now
4:53:42have the ability to come in and you know
4:53:44make some changes if you need in order
4:53:46to make sure that your automations are
4:53:48running. And what I mean by that is you
4:53:50understand this should be a very
4:53:52specific prompt. This is how you change
4:53:53the model. You have to have a GitHub
4:53:55repo. You can change the settings for
4:53:56your cloud environments right here. You
4:53:59set the schedule. You add any connectors
4:54:00you might need, which would honestly be
4:54:02a little easier if you added just like a
4:54:04Slack connector. And then you can set
4:54:05your permissions here. Now, the other
4:54:07thing to be aware of is you do have
4:54:09limits. So, if I come over here to my
4:54:11settings, you can see if I go to my
4:54:12usage, we have our regular session
4:54:14limits, our model limits, but for
4:54:16additional features, we have daily
4:54:17included routine runs. And I haven't run
4:54:19any yet on the actual schedule. I've
4:54:21just been testing them. Um, but we are
4:54:23at zero for 15. So, I could only have 15
4:54:26automations running with routines per
4:54:29day because I'm on the max $200 a month
4:54:31plan. Your limits would be less if
4:54:33you're on Pro. I think maybe three or
4:54:35maybe five. I'll I have that information
4:54:36later on, but just something to keep in
4:54:39mind. All right, so let's just dive into
4:54:40a little bit more of the details here
4:54:42that may answer some questions you guys
4:54:43have. I think it's pretty clear at this
4:54:45point what it is. Um, I'm going to give
4:54:47you guys this entire doc as well as
4:54:49anything else I've talked about in my
4:54:50free school community. The link for that
4:54:51is down in the description. So, some of
4:54:53the stuff I may not cover. If you want
4:54:55to read more about it, then just go
4:54:56ahead and grab that free resource. So,
4:54:58we know what it is. I think we know how
4:55:00it works, right? Like you define a
4:55:01routine, which is a prompt. You connect
4:55:03a GitHub repo. You could also trigger it
4:55:05by APIs or by a GitHub action and then
4:55:08you can connect your connectors and
4:55:10basically it acts as you talking to your
4:55:12own cloud code. Because of the fact that
4:55:14this is working off of a cloned repo,
4:55:16it's going to read the cloud.MD file
4:55:18automatically every time. So if you have
4:55:21a massive project like a Herk 2 project
4:55:23for example with tons of context and
4:55:24tons of stuff maybe you don't want to
4:55:26put that repo into the cloud to be a
4:55:29routine run because there's a lot of
4:55:32context in that cloudmd and in that
4:55:34whole GitHub repo that might not matter
4:55:36for this automation. So maybe you're
4:55:37better off setting up a specific GitHub
4:55:40repo per scheduled routine. But of
4:55:42course, cloud.md best practices putting
4:55:45in the information that's important
4:55:46because this stuff is going to drain
4:55:48your cloud code session limits the exact
4:55:51same way as it would if you were open up
4:55:54in cloud code just talking to it. So
4:55:56once again, three trigger types,
4:55:57schedule API, which I think is really
4:55:59cool. You could have a different
4:56:00automation make a post request to some
4:56:02sort of routine. And then of course
4:56:04GitHub so you can have it automatically
4:56:06fire off kind of on a web hook based on
4:56:09new PRs, new pushes, new issues, new
4:56:11releases, things like that. So how does
4:56:13this compare to what already exists? We
4:56:15have routines which is the new feature.
4:56:16We have desktop scheduled tasks and then
4:56:18we have something like just a /loop
4:56:20command. So routines run on anthropics
4:56:23cloud and these other two run on your
4:56:25machine. Do you need the machine on? No,
4:56:27for routines that's huge. But for
4:56:29desktop scheduled tasks and for loop,
4:56:31you need your machine on. Do you need a
4:56:32session open? No, that's the same across
4:56:34all three. Do they survive across
4:56:36restarts? The first two do, but loop
4:56:38does not. That has to live within a
4:56:40specific session. Local file access, no,
4:56:42for the routines because it works off of
4:56:44the GitHub repo. And for the next two,
4:56:47yes, you have local file access.
4:56:48Permission prompts with routines, it's
4:56:50fully autonomous. And for these two,
4:56:52they are configurable. And then the
4:56:53minimum interval routines is 1 hour. And
4:56:55these two are both could go every minute
4:56:57if you want. Okay, so let's talk about
4:56:59the environments. Obviously, your ENV is
4:57:01get ignored unless you push it into the
4:57:03GitHub repo. You know, ultimately, if
4:57:05you push it into a private repo, you're
4:57:07probably okay, but you want to be
4:57:08really, really, really careful because
4:57:10then, you know, there's history there
4:57:12and if other people, you know, end up
4:57:14collaborating on it, you just don't want
4:57:15to do that. So, you want to put your API
4:57:17keys in the environment variable like I
4:57:19showed you guys earlier. You want to
4:57:20look at the network access, whether that
4:57:22is full or trusted or none or custom,
4:57:24and potentially some setup scripts. So,
4:57:26that's not something I showed you guys
4:57:27yet. If you're creating a new remote
4:57:28task, you can do a setup script, which
4:57:31is basically just a script that will run
4:57:32when this new session fires up before
4:57:34cloud code launches. So if you need to
4:57:36install any packages or anything like
4:57:37that. Okay, so what's the difference
4:57:39between trusted and full? So trusted
4:57:42only reaches the known vetted services
4:57:44from Enthropic, which I thought I linked
4:57:46right here, but I just linked it there.
4:57:48This basically shows you all of the
4:57:49different domains that are allowed. So
4:57:51right here you can see we've got
4:57:52enthropic services, we've got version
4:57:54control, we've also got some cloud
4:57:56platforms like Google, stuff like this
4:57:58right here. These are the ones that are
4:57:59kind of already verified. So what is the
4:58:01risk of going on full? Well, if claude
4:58:04reads malicious content during a run,
4:58:06then it theoretically could be tricked
4:58:08into sending data to an external server
4:58:10and with trusted that outbound request
4:58:12would get blocked. Now practical risk
4:58:14for private repos where you control the
4:58:15inputs is very low, but I definitely
4:58:18just wanted to at least acknowledge
4:58:19that. So connectors, this is different
4:58:21than just adding your API key. This is
4:58:23more of like the connectors you would
4:58:24add to your actual claude chat or like
4:58:26claude co-workth into like Slack or
4:58:29ClickUp or stuff like that. Here are
4:58:31some security details. I'm not going to
4:58:32go super deep into this. You could also
4:58:34do some more research and download this
4:58:35doc. But of course, there are some
4:58:37things to be thinking about like your
4:58:38API triggers or what's going on with
4:58:40your GitHub repos and the branches
4:58:42because once again, everything is going
4:58:44to be running as you. So if you're not
4:58:46testing out these routines before you
4:58:47just kind of send them off every hour or
4:58:49something, you just have to be thinking
4:58:51about what could happen without
4:58:52permissions and you know stuff like
4:58:53that. Limits and quotas. So it looks
4:58:55like on pro you can have five runs a
4:58:57day. On max you can have 15 runs a day
4:58:59and on team and enterprise you can have
4:59:0125 routines a day. If you hit the cap
4:59:04the orgs with extra usage enabled can
4:59:06exceed it on metered overage. And then
4:59:08we have the minimum scheduled interval
4:59:10which is one hour. And there are also
4:59:12resource limits. So every one of these
4:59:14routines in the cloud runs on four
4:59:16vCPUs, 16 gigs of RAM, and 30 gigs of
4:59:19disk space. So once again, just be
4:59:21thinking about are you putting an
4:59:22absolutely massive GitHub repo up into
4:59:24the cloud right now to run. That could
4:59:26just be wasting resources for no reason.
4:59:28So what persists versus what gets
4:59:30destroyed, the cloud branches gets
4:59:31pushed to your GitHub repo and the
4:59:34session also stays. So as you saw, if I
4:59:36came into here and I looked at all of
4:59:38these tasks, I could see all of the past
4:59:40runs and I could go look at them to see
4:59:41if something's going wrong. but the
4:59:43actual cloud environment that gets
4:59:44cloned will be destroyed. Basically, the
4:59:47rule of thumb here is if something's
4:59:48local or if cloud code can't reach it in
4:59:51your GitHub repo or via an API, then it
4:59:54won't work. We already talked a little
4:59:56bit about writing good prompts, but you
4:59:57definitely want them to be more
4:59:58specific. For example, with my um
5:00:01scheduled automation here, this is much
5:00:03more specific, right? I have a skill
5:00:04that I want to run. I give it the order
5:00:06of operations, but something more like
5:00:08this YouTube comments one, this is not
5:00:10what you'd want to put in there unless
5:00:12you were defining a skill to just let it
5:00:14run because once again, this is supposed
5:00:16to be a oneshot prompt. So, you wanted
5:00:17to make sure it gets it right on the
5:00:18first try. Okay, so why is this so
5:00:20exciting and why does this beat normal
5:00:22automation? Because we are actually
5:00:24keeping the agentic framework. If you if
5:00:27you know when I talk about the WAT
5:00:28framework where we have workflows and
5:00:30agents and tools, when we actually push
5:00:32those automations to the cloud and it's
5:00:34just a you know sort of a Python script,
5:00:36we're losing the agentic piece. We're
5:00:38only sending off really the tools and
5:00:40the workflow. But in this case, we're
5:00:42keeping the WA and the T all running
5:00:44together because the agent is looking at
5:00:47the, you know, cloudm. It's looking at
5:00:48its scripts and it's figuring out what
5:00:50to do. And if it runs in errors midrun,
5:00:52it will selforrect. And if you configure
5:00:54it the right way, it will be able to
5:00:56sort of like leave a memory trail and it
5:00:58can leave like, you know, updates even
5:01:00though each run is stateless. You can
5:01:02still have them kind of continuously get
5:01:04better. And real quick, let's speedrun
5:01:06through these common questions. Do I
5:01:07need to know cron syntax? Nope. You just
5:01:09can schedule a natural language. Super
5:01:11easy. Can it access my local files?
5:01:13Nope. It only gets what's in your GitHub
5:01:14repo or your APIs. What model does it
5:01:17use? You can choose any of the models as
5:01:19you guys saw. Can you watch it work in
5:01:20real time? Yes, you can hit run now and
5:01:22then you can obviously watch it go right
5:01:24there. Same way you would in Claude. You
5:01:26can even talk to it after it's done or
5:01:28interrupt it and then continue going.
5:01:30Can it use my MCP service? Yes, that is
5:01:32what the connectors are. Can teammates
5:01:35use my routines? Nope. These belong to
5:01:37your individual account. You might be
5:01:38able to share those if you're on a team
5:01:40plan, but I haven't actually yet tested
5:01:41that myself. What's the cost? It's just
5:01:43your normal subscription usage. So, keep
5:01:45that in mind. What happens when a run
5:01:47fails? Every one of them will be stored
5:01:49in your history. So you can go see why
5:01:50they failed. You could maybe even have
5:01:52it at the end of every single routine,
5:01:54say, "Hey, if this does fail, just shoot
5:01:55me a Slack message to let me know."
5:01:57Things like that. And can I test a run
5:01:59before going live? Yes, in fact, you
5:02:00should test it multiple times before it
5:02:02goes live. You just go into the routine,
5:02:04you hit run now, and then it will pop up
5:02:06as running. And then you just watch it,
5:02:07you know, watch it go through its order
5:02:09of operations, and you can inject, and
5:02:10you can help it correct itself so that
5:02:13you have confidence that once it shoots
5:02:15off the prompt next time, you won't have
5:02:17to get in the way at all. But anyways,
5:02:18that's going to do it for this one. I
5:02:20hope that those tips and some of the
5:02:21examples that I showed you were helpful
5:02:23and now you can go off and try to
5:02:24migrate your scheduled tasks or any
5:02:26other automations that you've been
5:02:27meaning to build into these web- based
5:02:29routines and not have to keep your
5:02:31hardware on. Okay, so now that we've
5:02:34talked about routines, there are some
5:02:36other ways that you can actually go
5:02:37ahead and deploy automations, especially
5:02:39if they are more code-based, meaning
5:02:41they're more deterministic than
5:02:42nondeterministic. you only really want
5:02:44to go for a routine if you need that
5:02:46full agentic loop and you need like a
5:02:48legit clawed code. But sometimes you
5:02:50don't need clawed code. Sometimes you
5:02:51just need something that's really simple
5:02:53like a Python script that will execute a
5:02:54command or moving data from one platform
5:02:56to another on a web hook or something
5:02:58like that. So let's talk about other
5:03:00ways that you can deploy these sort of
5:03:01like clawed agents. All right, so
Building a Research Automation
5:03:04remember how we talked about this AI
5:03:05systems pyramid a little bit earlier in
5:03:07this course. Where'd it go? Up here. And
5:03:10now that you understand routines, you
5:03:11know that that's basically us, you know,
5:03:13opening up Claude and actually sending
5:03:15it a prompt here and we get that full
5:03:17agentic loop inside of Claude code
5:03:19because we're using the harness and
5:03:20we're using the model because it can use
5:03:22our skills and our files and look
5:03:23through everything. So routines are
5:03:24insanely powerful and I love them. But
5:03:27the thing is you don't always need a
5:03:28routine because once again you want to
5:03:31have it as simple as possible. And
5:03:32routines are basically a mix of the
5:03:33chatbot but also the agent because but
5:03:36realistically what happens is we have
5:03:37this agentic loop where we don't exactly
5:03:40know what it's going to do and why. So
5:03:43if we can make these routines a little
5:03:45bit more deterministic then we probably
5:03:47would like to and on top of the fact
5:03:49that if you're doing cloud routines you
5:03:50have a limited amount of how many can go
5:03:52off per day. So it's always nice to try
5:03:54to find only use these routines when you
5:03:56actually do need them. So, let me talk
5:03:58about a real quick example of let's say
5:04:00we wanted to do a daily AI briefing.
5:04:02What would that look like? Well, we
5:04:05probably would have something like this.
5:04:06The trigger would be maybe 6 a.m. And
5:04:09then from there, what we would do is we
5:04:10would do research. So, research on like
5:04:13the AI space. Now, maybe we have
5:04:14multiple sources of research. Maybe we
5:04:16want to do, you know, X and we also want
5:04:19to research um just in general like
5:04:21Tavly. So, maybe there's two different
5:04:22sources, you know, just the web, maybe
5:04:24even LinkedIn. And then what we would do
5:04:26is we'd maybe consolidate that research
5:04:28and we'd send that into an AI model who
5:04:30would like write the report, right? So
5:04:32this would write the AI briefing and
5:04:36then from there what would happen is we
5:04:38would want to get that sent to us
5:04:39somehow. So send to user. This is
5:04:43basically the order of operations that
5:04:46we need for this briefing. In the
5:04:48morning wake up do the research write
5:04:51the brief send a user. So because this
5:04:53is such a linear predictable process,
5:04:56even though let me just actually um I
5:04:59mean this is like the main AI step,
5:05:00right? So I'll just call kind of call
5:05:02this blue. Even though there's AI inside
5:05:04of it, this is still very much a linear
5:05:06predictable workflow. So there's no need
5:05:10to go for a routine here where we would
5:05:12have, you know, an AI agent step and the
5:05:15agent would be responsible for doing all
5:05:17of the research and the writing and the
5:05:20sending. Right? This is what this would
5:05:23look like more as an agent because it
5:05:26has access to all these tools and it can
5:05:27do things in different orders where like
5:05:29this would totally work as a morning AI
5:05:32briefing, but it's not as efficient and
5:05:34we could definitely do it like this,
5:05:36right? Like we're not really going to be
5:05:37losing quality here. So, this is where
5:05:39we might want to do something like this
5:05:41and host it on modal or trigger.dev. Two
5:05:44tools that I do like to use. So, I'm
5:05:46going to show you guys a quick example
5:05:47of us building this out and it's going
5:05:48to be super simple and we're going to
5:05:50build this out in modal. So, real quick
5:05:52before we start doing this, if you don't
5:05:54have a modal account, go ahead and get
5:05:56signed up. modal.com. It's like I think
5:05:58you get five free bucks to start with
5:06:00and if you put in a credit card, you'll
5:06:01get an extra 25. So, it's super super
5:06:03cheap because it only actually charges
5:06:05you per run and it's pennies. So, you
5:06:07can see it's going to be pretty cheap.
5:06:09So, go to modal.com. You can sign up
5:06:11with the GitHub account that you created
5:06:13earlier if you built the websites out.
5:06:15And yeah, now we can actually build out
5:06:17this automation. So what I'm going to do
5:06:18here is I'm just going to start talking
5:06:20to our cloud code in a really simple
5:06:22way. I am looking to build an automation
5:06:25and we're going to ultimately have this
5:06:27deployed on modal. So it's going to be a
5:06:29Python script. All I want this to do is
5:06:31every morning at 6 a.m. Central time, I
5:06:34want this to fire. I want it to do
5:06:36research for me on the AI space. What
5:06:38I'm specifically looking for are any new
5:06:41AI news like announcements, any stories.
5:06:44So if the, you know, any companies have
5:06:46come out with a case study or if there
5:06:48was a a big failure or something like
5:06:50that or any acquisitions or IPOs, I also
5:06:52want to know if there's any new models
5:06:54or new tools or anything like that. So
5:06:56basically just a concise news briefing
5:06:59of what's going on in the AI space. And
5:07:01then I just want it to write that up in
5:07:02a nice way for me and shoot that over to
5:07:05me in ClickUp. So that is what the
5:07:07automation is supposed to do. I would
5:07:08like to use Opus 4.8 8 as the model that
5:07:12actually writes the email for us or the
5:07:14the daily brief. So with that
5:07:17information, let me know what questions
5:07:19you have. Let me know what API keys
5:07:21you're going to need for me. And then
5:07:22once we build this out, we'll go ahead
5:07:24and push that to modal, which I will
5:07:25also need your help with because I've
5:07:27never used it before. Okay, so that was
5:07:28my prompt. If you guys read this, you
5:07:30can understand exactly what I'm saying
5:07:31here, right? It's not technical at all.
5:07:33And now it's going to help us plan out
5:07:34this automation and then just actually
5:07:36go ahead and build it for us. I think
5:07:37the only thing that you guys might not
5:07:38have said without knowing is that it's
5:07:40going to be a Python script. But Claude
5:07:43would have done research on modal and it
5:07:44would have made sure that it built you
5:07:46the right type of file to send over to
5:07:48Modal. So here's what it's saying. It's
5:07:50going to need an anthropic API key
5:07:52because it's going to obviously need to
5:07:53call on Opus. It's going to need my
5:07:55ClickUp token so that it can send me um
5:07:58you know an actual message in ClickUp.
5:07:59And then it's going to need my Tavly key
5:08:01which I already have because it's going
5:08:03to use Tavi to do the research. And then
5:08:04it's going to need the modal account. So
5:08:06we'll need to give a modal token to
5:08:08authenticate. The first thing is how
5:08:10should the script gather the AI news
5:08:11each morning? We'll just say tavly plus
5:08:13opus. That works fine. How should the
5:08:15finished brief show up in ClickUp? I
5:08:17would like it to be a DM sent to the
5:08:20Nate Herk user in ClickUp. Now this is a
5:08:23permissioning thing. So we'll talk about
5:08:25that to make sure that we're more
5:08:26confident that it's going to be sent to
5:08:28only me in ClickUp. But I'll hit next
5:08:29for now. And then how long in detail
5:08:31should the brief be? I want it to be
5:08:33very very scannable. So we'll do this
5:08:35one. So, while all of that's happening,
5:08:37let's go ahead and start collecting
5:08:38these API keys. So, actually, instead of
5:08:39using an anthropic API key, let's use
5:08:42Open Router. And the reason why is
5:08:43because Open Router is way more
5:08:44flexible. So, if you haven't got an
5:08:46account here, go to open router.ai. And
5:08:48what you'll see here is that it has tons
5:08:50of different models, right? It has one
5:08:52API for all the models, higher
5:08:54availability, and it's just really cool.
5:08:56Basically, what that means is you can
5:08:58have a credit card in here and then you
5:09:00don't have to create an account for API
5:09:02usage, for anthropic, for Google, for
5:09:04OpenAI, for whatever one comes next
5:09:06because Open Router has basically all of
5:09:08the models. So, it's just nice for me to
5:09:10be able to stay organized and watch all
5:09:11of my activity in one spot rather than
5:09:13managing multiple different dashboards.
5:09:15So, when you get in Open Router, you're
5:09:17going to go to your credits. You're then
5:09:19in here going to go to your API keys,
5:09:22and then this is where you're going to
5:09:23create a new key. And we're going to
5:09:25call this our knowledge work demo. Here
5:09:29is where you can have a credit limit as
5:09:31far as price. You can have this expire.
5:09:33And I'm not going to touch any of that
5:09:35right now. I'm just going to go ahead
5:09:36and create this API key. And then, of
5:09:38course, it's going to give us one that
5:09:39we can go ahead and copy. So, I'm going
5:09:41to copy this API key. I'm going to go
5:09:42into Claude. We're going to open up ourv
5:09:45file. And then in here, what I'm going
5:09:47to do is I'm going to make this a little
5:09:48bigger so you guys can see better. I'm
5:09:50basically just going to add manually
5:09:52open router. So, I'm just going to do in
5:09:54all caps open router_appi
5:09:59key equals and I'm going to paste in
5:10:01that key. The next thing I'm going to do
5:10:02is in my ClickUp, I'm going to get the
5:10:04API key. So, I'm going to go into my
5:10:06settings and I have to just find
5:10:08somewhere right here, ClickUp API. And
5:10:10now I can copy this key and paste that
5:10:12in. So, pretty much whatever platform
5:10:13you need, it's always going to be in
5:10:15your settings. and you might have to
5:10:16look for developer settings or somewhere
5:10:18you'll have to find the API
5:10:18documentation or sorry the API key area
5:10:22but if your software has API
5:10:24documentation then you should be able to
5:10:26find your API key in the settings okay
5:10:28and this is pretty cool as I was adding
5:10:30those keys cloud code was actually
5:10:32seeing that and it started testing
5:10:34things out so I didn't even tell it by
5:10:35the way that I was going to switch from
5:10:36enthropic API to open router it just saw
5:10:38that and it used it so tavly is working
5:10:41open router's working and clickup I just
5:10:43added so hopefully it will test that in
5:10:44just a check or I might have to prompt
5:10:46it to but it looks like right now it's
5:10:48building the actual automation. So you
5:10:49can see it created this Python file
5:10:52which says AI daily brief a modal
5:10:54automation every morning central time.
5:10:56You gather fresh AI news with Tavi. You
5:10:58write a concise scannable brief with
5:10:59Opus via open router and then you
5:11:01deliver the brief to Nate as a ClickUp
5:11:02DM selfdm by default. Okay, so there we
5:11:05go. It says the code is written. Before
5:11:07we touch modal, let me prove that this
5:11:09works and show you the output quality.
5:11:11So I can run the research and then Opus
5:11:13will write and then we will skip the
5:11:15clickup send for now because it hasn't
5:11:17seen my token yet. But we'll just
5:11:18basically see the output that we will be
5:11:20getting inside of our ClickUp when this
5:11:23automation is ultimately done. And the
5:11:25other thing to think about here is what
5:11:27is our risk with this automation? That's
5:11:28a really important thing to think about
5:11:30is what is your risk? In this case, our
5:11:32risk is basically that it spends too
5:11:34much money, right? Our risk is that this
5:11:35somehow starts firing off a lot or it
5:11:37gets somehow stuck in a research loop
5:11:39with Tavi and we spend a lot of credits.
5:11:41So maybe we could mitigate that risk by
5:11:43scoping in those API keys so that they
5:11:45can only spend like a dollar a day.
5:11:47Another risk is that open router is down
5:11:49or tavly is down and in that case what
5:11:51do we do? Maybe we route from Tavly to
5:11:54like perplexity to do research if Tavi
5:11:56is down and maybe if open router is down
5:11:58then we would route to Enthropic. So,
5:12:00those are some of the other like what if
5:12:02edge case scenarios to be thinking about
5:12:04and to be protecting against. Anyways,
5:12:06here is what the brief would look like.
5:12:07This would be our chance to give
5:12:08feedback and iterate if we don't like
5:12:10how it's how it's formatted. But this
5:12:11one looks good. It gathered 30 stories.
5:12:13It dduped. It grouped and it's sourced.
5:12:15And we have it said it's written in my
5:12:17tone of voice as well. So, here is our
5:12:19daily brief for Friday, July 10th. Here
5:12:21are new models. So, GBD 5.6. Space X
5:12:23releases Grock 4.5. We're also going to
5:12:25get a clickable link with the actual
5:12:27source and an AI dominated H1 venture
5:12:30blah blah blah blah blah. Okay, cool. So
5:12:32now it's asking for my ClickUp token
5:12:34which I have pasted. So I'll say hey go
5:12:35ahead and test it out and then we'll set
5:12:37up modal. So awesome. So I've given you
5:12:39the ClickUp API key. Now one thing I
5:12:42noticed is in ClickUp I wasn't able to
5:12:44set up like a scoped API key. It seemed
5:12:46pretty general. So, I want you to help
5:12:48me figure out how do we make sure that
5:12:51this automation can only send to my
5:12:54ClickUp channel or my personal Nate Herk
5:12:57DM. I don't want it to ever be able to
5:12:58accidentally send into like the general
5:13:00channel or any public channels. It
5:13:02should only send to this one specific
5:13:04place. How can you prove that to me? And
5:13:06in this case, it's going to be pretty
5:13:07simple because the Python script is
5:13:09going to basically hardcode the endpoint
5:13:11to hit. We're not going to give modal
5:13:13the ability to change where it gets
5:13:15sent. So, we're going to send it to my
5:13:17ClickUp DM once and then it will never
5:13:19change because that step of the process
5:13:21is fully deterministic. This is where if
5:13:24we made this step non-deterministic and
5:13:26we let the agent choose where to send
5:13:27it, that's where you can get
5:13:28variability. But because we're writing
5:13:30an actual Python script, it's not going
5:13:32to change. So, boring is beautiful.
5:13:34Predictability is beautiful when it
5:13:36comes to self-firing automations. Okay,
5:13:39so it hardened up the code. Basically,
5:13:41what it did is it made sure that it's
5:13:43only able to send to this specific DM,
5:13:45which is perfect. It's blocking out all
5:13:47these public channels and blocking out
5:13:49all the other channel paths. And you can
5:13:51see here, this is the test delivery that
5:13:53it sent. This is a one-time test
5:13:54confirming the automation can post to
5:13:56this private DM. If you can read this,
5:13:57then delivery works. So, let's go ahead
5:13:59and get this pushed to modal. So, after
5:14:01all that, it wants us to run these four
5:14:03commands in our terminal, which we could
5:14:04easily just copy and paste in and it
5:14:06would not be difficult at all. But, I
5:14:07said, can't you just run all these for
5:14:08me? can't you just set everything up?
5:14:10And it said, "Yeah, mostly I can. I can
5:14:12set it all up, but you're still going to
5:14:14have to authenticate in." So, do you
5:14:15remember earlier when I was showing you
5:14:17how like sometimes it'll give you a link
5:14:19and you click on the link and then you
5:14:20log in to modal or to claude or to
5:14:22notion or whatever it is, and that's how
5:14:24it authenticates. That's what it needs
5:14:26to do. And it's going to basically kick
5:14:27that off. Now, we'll sign into modal and
5:14:29then claude code will come back here and
5:14:31say, "Okay, cool. I got your modal
5:14:32information. I got that modal token or
5:14:34cookie. And now I can set everything up
5:14:36for you." pretty much the same exact way
5:14:37that I use GitHub. You know, when I have
5:14:39Cloud Code doing things for me inside of
5:14:41GitHub, it can do everything. It can
5:14:43push commits, it can create repos, it
5:14:44can do everything. But I just needed to
5:14:46authenticate once and now Claude Code
5:14:49can do everything. So, as you saw, this
5:14:51page opened. I just have to authorize
5:14:52Cloud Code to use my workspace right
5:14:55here. And then it says, "Your client has
5:14:56been granted an API token and ready to
5:14:58use modal." And now Claude, if we switch
5:15:00back in here, is going to be able to
5:15:02actually make all that stuff. Okay, look
5:15:04at this. In my modal, we can now see
5:15:05that we have this AI news brief and it
5:15:08just got taken away because Claude is
5:15:10right now running a test. So, it tested
5:15:12it out and now maybe it found a problem
5:15:14or maybe it needs to refresh. But
5:15:16anyways, it looks like it's deploying it
5:15:18again. So, I'll go back into modal.
5:15:19We'll hit a refresh. We see if we get
5:15:21anything. This should pop up in a sec.
5:15:23But also, what I realized is I got a
5:15:24ClickUp message. So, this ClickUp
5:15:26message just came in 11:42. And this was
5:15:28our daily brief. So we saw the new
5:15:29models, we saw new tools, we see Google
5:15:32photo ads video remix, we got meta rolls
5:15:34out AI room visualization, we got
5:15:36funding, we have business adoption, and
5:15:38we have some failures and controversies.
5:15:40So this is an example output. If we
5:15:42wanted to change this, we easily could
5:15:43instruct Cloud Code to change up the
5:15:45script a little bit, but right now I'm
5:15:47happy with that. And it looks like in
5:15:48here, we just got our AI news brief
5:15:50back. Let's see what Claude is saying.
5:15:52It says that it's live. It says that
5:15:53this is the app name, and this is the
5:15:54link. Every day at 6:00 a.m. Central, it
5:15:56will go ahead and write that. And take a
5:15:58look at this. So as far as managing it
5:16:00later on modal, we can see everything.
5:16:02We can see the runs, the logs, and the
5:16:03errors. We can trigger it on demand. And
5:16:05we can also rotate keys. So what happens
5:16:07is remember how our secret keys, our API
5:16:11keys live inside of thev file in this
5:16:13project. Modal needed to access those
5:16:15somehow. And what it does is it stores
5:16:17those in modal as secrets right here. AI
5:16:20news brief secrets. You can see that
5:16:21it's able to run this script and that's
5:16:23how it's able to grab different
5:16:24environment variables that we need and
5:16:27it stores them securely in here. Right
5:16:29here, if I click on edit, you can see we
5:16:30have the ClickUp token. Here's the
5:16:32token. Open router and Tavi. All of
5:16:34those tokens are in here. And if we
5:16:35needed to change them, we could change
5:16:37them. And if we wanted to add more, we
5:16:38could add more. So that's where modal
5:16:40stores our secrets. Now, as far as the
5:16:42app, let's take a look in here. So you
5:16:44can see next run is in 18 hours, which
5:16:46would be 6:00 a.m. tomorrow morning. But
5:16:48we could also hit run now. And when I
5:16:49click run now, it schedules the run
5:16:51right now. That doesn't mess with any of
5:16:52the scheduled ones. But what I wanted to
5:16:54show you guys is what it looks like when
5:16:56something is actually running and how we
5:16:58are able to use modal here for our sort
5:17:00of like visibility. And that's really
5:17:02really important observability and
5:17:04visibility. So right now you can see
5:17:05it's running. I'll click into it and we
5:17:07can see in the execution that we're
5:17:09actually seeing what it's doing in real
5:17:11time. So gathering news for Friday, July
5:17:1310th, collected 30 unique stories,
5:17:15writing brief with Opus 4.8. You can
5:17:17look at the execution and you can look
5:17:18at the call graph if you really want to
5:17:20see like the timing of what's going on,
5:17:21which is pretty cool. But there you go.
5:17:23This one just finished up and it only
5:17:25took about 30.36 seconds. You can see if
5:17:28I go to the log, everything here was
5:17:30good. It delivered to ClickUp, sent
5:17:31brief to ClickUp to a private DM
5:17:33channel. If I open up ClickUp, you can
5:17:34see we once again just got another one,
5:17:36which is obviously very similar to the
5:17:37one that it just ran up here. But that's
5:17:39just proving that end to end this thing
5:17:41worked. And now we have logging
5:17:43available inside of Modal. in case
5:17:45anything ever fails, we can figure out
5:17:47why. We have the ID number for each of
5:17:49our executions. So, we can feed it back
5:17:50into cloud code later and say, "Hey, so
5:17:53these 10 runs were good, but if you look
5:17:54at run number 12 or you know, whatever
5:17:57number, this errored right here and
5:17:59figure out why and figure out what we
5:18:01can do to fix this so that this sort of
5:18:03error doesn't ever happen again. All
5:18:04right, so that is like a modal
5:18:06deployment that is cronbased." Cron just
5:18:09basically meaning it is on some sort of
5:18:11schedule. Now, what happens if we wanted
5:18:13to have something that's more web hook
5:18:15based? If you guys don't know what a web
5:18:16hook is, very simple concept. It's
5:18:19basically just think about it like a
5:18:20doorork knob. So, right now, what we're
5:18:22doing is we are scheduling off these
5:18:24automations based on time. So, 6 a.m.
5:18:27central, right? But what if we wanted to
5:18:29schedule an automation where I don't
5:18:31know, a good example would be every
5:18:32single time you get a new form
5:18:33submission. That would be a web hook
5:18:36trigger. Because if you're looking for
5:18:37an event, you can do something called
5:18:39polling, which is basically just
5:18:40constantly checking. It's basically just
5:18:42a loop of seeing, hey, is there a form?
5:18:45If yes, I will process it. If no, I will
5:18:47just wait 5 minutes and pull again or
5:18:49check again. And it's just this constant
5:18:51loop of polling every 5 minutes or every
5:18:5310 minutes or whatever interval you
5:18:55decide to pull. But instead of polling,
5:18:57what you can do is you can set up a web
5:18:59hook, which means basically if you think
5:19:01about it like a door, I did I say
5:19:03earlier doororknob? I did not mean to
5:19:04say doorork knob. I meant to say
5:19:05doorbell. If you think about it like a
5:19:07door, rather than saying, "Oh, I wonder
5:19:09if there's any guests at my door. I'm
5:19:10going to go open it every 10 minutes.
5:19:12And rather than checking every 10
5:19:13minutes, you could instead just say,
5:19:14"Oh, okay. I'm going to put this
5:19:16doorbell here so that whenever someone
5:19:18comes, they ring the doorbell and then I
5:19:19know to go open the door." So that's
5:19:21basically all a web hook is. It's one
5:19:23system sending a request to another
5:19:26system that tells it, "Hey, it's your
5:19:28turn to do some sort of work." So in the
5:19:30case of a form submission, as soon as
5:19:32someone fills out a form and hits the
5:19:33button submit, that should send an API
5:19:36call to our web hook. So, let me show
5:19:38you a super super simple example of what
5:19:40that could look like. So, I'm going to
5:19:41go ahead and do a session handoff here
5:19:43because I want it to sort of have the
5:19:45context of what we just did with modal,
5:19:46but I want to have a fresh context
5:19:48window because right now we are at 133.
5:19:51So, just a good place to sort of clear
5:19:53it out and restart because we're
5:19:54starting a new build. If we were still
5:19:57editing on this one and improving this
5:19:58one, I wouldn't have done this. But
5:20:00because we're starting a completely
5:20:01different like project, I'm going to go
5:20:04ahead and get a fresh session to work
5:20:05off of. Okay, so I'm going to copy this.
5:20:07I'm going to clear out this context,
5:20:09paste in the handoff message, and then
5:20:12I'll show you guys what we're about to
5:20:14do. Okay, so now I'm going to do a /goal
5:20:16just to make this more fun. And here's
5:20:17what I'm going to say. All right, so we
5:20:19just deployed a Python script to modal
5:20:22and that was a cronbased automation. Now
5:20:24what I'm trying to do is create a web
5:20:26hook based automation. So here's what
5:20:28I'm imagining. Create me an HTML
5:20:30document. Super super simple. That's a
5:20:32form submission. And when the user hits
5:20:35submit on that form, it's going to send
5:20:37that to our modal web hook. Now, all
5:20:40modal is going to do that Python script
5:20:43needs to read the form submission and
5:20:46then send me the business owner a
5:20:48notification saying, "Hey, you know,
5:20:50this user submitted a notification. Here
5:20:52is what his business does and here's
5:20:54what he's looking for." And then it will
5:20:56basically just send that to me once
5:20:57again in the exact same ClickUp private
5:21:00DM that the previous automation that we
5:21:02just built did. So you shouldn't really
5:21:04need anything new as far as API keys,
5:21:06but you do need to create me both of
5:21:08these deliverables, both of you know all
5:21:10these scripts and then go ahead and just
5:21:11do as much as you can here and then stop
5:21:14once you've tested and proven that this
5:21:16endtoend pipeline works and is deployed
5:21:19on modal. Okay, so that is my slash
5:21:21goal. I will basically just check in
5:21:23with you guys once this is done so I can
5:21:25show you what that web hook based
5:21:26automation looks like. All right, so
5:21:29this just finished up. That was insanely
5:21:31quick. If I go to my apps now, you can
5:21:33see that we have lead web hook as a
5:21:35separate app. You can see that there's
5:21:36two different functions. So this was a
5:21:38test submit which has zero calls and
5:21:39then we have the actual web function. If
5:21:41you look at this, you can see this isn't
5:21:44triggered on a schedule. If you guys
5:21:46remember in the other app, there was a
5:21:48timer right here and then there was a
5:21:49button to execute now. But the reason
5:21:51why that doesn't happen here is because
5:21:53when we send data over, it has to accept
5:21:55some sort of information, right? Because
5:21:57the form submitted data over to this web
5:21:59hook. So if I go back into the um cloud
5:22:02real quick, you can see that this is the
5:22:04form that it built. So if I put in my
5:22:06name, if I put in my email, and if I put
5:22:09in my business name, which is we'll just
5:22:11put in uppit. What does our business do?
5:22:13Sells shoes. And we're looking for AI
5:22:17implementation. And if I hit submit,
5:22:20let's see if this HTML is working
5:22:21properly. This should trigger a request
5:22:24to modal. So, thanks, your submission
5:22:26was received. If I go back in here, we
5:22:29see that we just got a submission to
5:22:31come through. We got an options and we
5:22:33got a post. So, if I click on this one,
5:22:35we should see sent lead notification to
5:22:37ClickUp. We can go to execution. We can
5:22:39see we got all of this. Now, let's make
5:22:41sure that it's actually capturing the
5:22:43right information. Boom. I go over to my
5:22:45ClickUp and we can see new lead Nate. We
5:22:47have the contact as nateest.com. Their
5:22:50business sells shoes and they're looking
5:22:52for AI implementation. Now, one thing I
5:22:54want you guys to take note of here, this
5:22:57has zero AI involved. It's literally as
5:23:00simple as whatever data is submitted in
5:23:03here. The modal script or the Python
5:23:06script uses a template and basically
5:23:09just fills out the information exactly
5:23:12as the user typed it. If this was AI, it
5:23:14probably would have fixed my typo. I
5:23:15didn't even realize that I put two A's
5:23:16in there and it probably would have just
5:23:18like formatted this a little bit
5:23:19different. But that would be a waste.
5:23:21Build the simplest solution that you
5:23:22actually need for the problem. And in
5:23:24this case, the problem was we want form
5:23:27submissions to instantly come to our
5:23:29ClickUp. And this is getting the job
5:23:31done. I don't really need AI here at
5:23:33all. All that would do is it would add a
5:23:34little bit of risk and it would increase
5:23:36our cost. So great example of a
5:23:38situation where a simple modal script,
5:23:41this took probably four minutes in
5:23:43total. And now anytime someone would
5:23:45submit a form on our website, we would
5:23:47instantly get their submission. All
5:23:49right. So now that we understand how to
5:23:51deploy stuff, I want to talk about
5:23:53another way that you can actually use
5:23:55your own cloud stuff. Because what
5:23:57happens is as we're building out these
5:23:58folders and files and skills and all
5:24:01these connections, it's really valuable.
5:24:03And I don't know about you guys, but I
5:24:04get in this situation where sometimes I
5:24:06get anxious about like leaving my house
5:24:08or not not leaving my house. That makes
5:24:09me sound like I'm a freak. I mean, like
5:24:12I get worried about how much work I'll
5:24:14be able to do if I'm maybe like on a
5:24:16vacation or if I'm away from my PC setup
5:24:18cuz I like my monitors, I like my
5:24:20standing desk, I like all this, right?
5:24:21But what we can do is we can use a thing
5:24:23called remote control, which basically
5:24:25lets us use our phones to actually
5:24:27continue to work on our sessions. And
5:24:29what I love about remote control is
5:24:30because it's it's so so easy where I can
5:24:33go down to the gym and before I do, I'll
5:24:34just start a remote control. So, as I'm,
5:24:36you know, working out, I can keep
5:24:37sending off prompts and I can keep
5:24:39building stuff. or if I know I'm going
5:24:40to go on a walk or if I know I'm going
5:24:41to go to lunch or even if I know that
5:24:43I'm going to be away from my home setup
5:24:44for a few days, obviously I bring my
5:24:46laptop and I'll still have my AIOS on my
5:24:48laptop, but I can still start a session
5:24:50from my phone and just check in on
5:24:51things. So, remote control, super cool
5:24:54and it's super easy because all you have
5:24:55to do here is you're on a certain
5:24:57account, right? So, pretend this is, you
5:24:59know, nateis.com
5:25:00is my email that I have this account on
5:25:02on my phone on the Claude app. I would
5:25:04also just need to be signed in
5:25:06nateis.com.
5:25:07And then let's say you see this session,
5:25:08right? This was our agent team debate
5:25:10session. All I have to do is come in
5:25:12here and do a slash remote control. And
5:25:14when I shoot that off, that basically
5:25:16just like exposes this session. It is
5:25:19local, but it exposes it for my phone to
5:25:21be able to control it. So, I'm going to
5:25:23open up my phone here and I'm going to
5:25:24go into the clawed app on my phone. Now,
5:25:26when I'm in here, what I can do is I can
5:25:28go to the code section. And now, you can
5:25:30see I have an idle session. So, you guys
5:25:32probably can't see this too well, but if
5:25:34I hold this up to the camera, this is
5:25:36our session, right? So you can see here
5:25:38it says like the verdict, the stats
5:25:40table, the round table. If you look
5:25:42really hard, you can actually see that's
5:25:43exactly what it says right here. The
5:25:45verdict, the stats table. Anyways, let
5:25:47me just prove it to you by shooting off
5:25:48a prompt. So on my phone, I'm saying,
5:25:50"Hi, this is from Nate's phone." And I
5:25:55will hit enter. And now you see that
5:25:56this is going to come through on our
5:25:58laptop right here, or sorry, not laptop,
5:26:00on the desktop. And it's processing that
5:26:01message. So it saw, hi, this is from
5:26:03Nate's phone, blah blah blah. And I'm
5:26:05getting all of this response on my phone
5:26:07as well. So basically the point is we
5:26:09now have two different ways to control
5:26:10this session. I can do it from my phone
5:26:12and I can also do it from right here. So
5:26:15what also is cool is I can come in here
5:26:17and I can do a slashclear. So I sent
5:26:19slash clear from my phone and what's
5:26:21going to happen is it's still able to
5:26:22recognize that that was a slash command
5:26:24and you can still have all that full
5:26:26functionality of what you typically are
5:26:28doing when you are driving this from
5:26:30your computer. Okay, you know what?
5:26:32That's actually really weird, but I'm
5:26:34glad that we found this out. So, I'm not
5:26:35sure if this is a bug because I have to
5:26:36relaunch or, you know, the desktop app
5:26:39is always being improved on, but both of
5:26:41my slashclear commands came through as
5:26:43no content, which is very strange
5:26:45because I do this a lot from my VS Code
5:26:47terminal and it works. So, that's just
5:26:49another quick example of some of the
5:26:51tiny tiny little things where the VS
5:26:53Code terminal gets you the full
5:26:55functionality. And for some reason, that
5:26:57didn't work when I did this here, but
5:26:58that does work when I'm using the
5:27:00terminal. But anyways, that is remote
5:27:02control. Like I said, it's super handy
5:27:03if you know you're just going to be
5:27:04stepping out for a bit, but you still
5:27:05want to keep being able to check in on
5:27:07something and keep working on something.
5:27:08So hopefully you guys are able to find
5:27:10some good use cases for that. Okay, so
5:27:11that was remote control. Now, token
Token Management & Prompt Caching
5:27:14management, such a big conversation,
5:27:17right? It's always going to be important
5:27:19even when we get into the future and
5:27:20models are getting cheaper potentially
5:27:22and you're able to run them locally, but
5:27:24token management is so so important
5:27:25because not only from a cost
5:27:27perspective, but from a performance
5:27:29perspective. We all know about context
5:27:30rot and we all know about things like
5:27:33confusion or bloating when it comes to
5:27:35the context window of your AI agents.
5:27:37So, we're going to spend some time here
5:27:39talking about tokens, what they really
5:27:41are, how they work, how Claude works
5:27:43with them, and how you can actually use
5:27:45these little tricks and use these things
5:27:46and keep them in mind to maximize your
5:27:49sessions and your tokens. In the past
5:27:51week or so, so many people have been
5:27:52complaining about hitting their claude
5:27:54code limit insanely fast. claims like
5:27:56one prompt that is about 1% of the limit
5:27:58is now around 10%. You could go through
5:28:00X and find tons and tons of threads
5:28:02about this topic. Even on a $200 per
5:28:04month plan, people are reaching the
5:28:06session limit way too fast. And then we
5:28:08got this post from an anthropic employee
5:28:10that basically said that they are
5:28:11working on a little change with peak
5:28:13hours and off peak hours. But even after
5:28:15that, some people were saying they were
5:28:17still hitting it really quick even
5:28:18during off- peak hours. So anyways, I've
5:28:20been playing around a ton, trying
5:28:21different things, doing research, and I
5:28:23have 18 token management hacks for you
5:28:25guys that I've organized from tier one
5:28:27all the way up to tier three, so they
5:28:28get more advanced as we go. I'm very
5:28:30confident that by the end of this video,
5:28:31you will feel like your Claude code
5:28:33usage has doubled, tripled, maybe even
5:28:355xed. So, let's not waste any time and
5:28:37just get straight into the video. So, as
5:28:39I've been optimizing my own token
5:28:40management, I think that what's really
5:28:42important to realize first is how tokens
5:28:45actually work. Because once you realize
5:28:46how Claude uses tokens, it makes it very
5:28:49clear how you should actually reverse
5:28:51engineer the way that you work in order
5:28:52to use less tokens. So a token is the
5:28:55smallest unit of text that an AI model
5:28:57reads and charges you for. It's roughly
5:28:59one token is one word, but that's not
5:29:01explicitly true. Kind of just a good
5:29:03baseline. So every time that you send a
5:29:04message, Claude rereads the entire
5:29:06conversation from the beginning. And all
5:29:08of those are tokens that it's charging
5:29:10you for. So, message one, it will read
5:29:12it, then it will read its reply, and
5:29:13then message two, and then the reply all
5:29:15the way up to your latest prompt. And it
5:29:17does that every single time. And I think
5:29:19that alone is a huge light bulb moment
5:29:21for a lot of people. This means as
5:29:23you're having a conversation with
5:29:24Claude, your cost is compounding, not
5:29:26just adding, it's exponentially growing.
5:29:29Meaning, message one might cost 500
5:29:30tokens, message 30 costs 15,000 because
5:29:33it's rereading everything before it. One
5:29:36developer actually tracked a 100 plus
5:29:38message chat and found that 98.5% of all
5:29:41the tokens were just spent rereading the
5:29:43old chat history in the session. Like
5:29:45that's a huge waste. Now yes, the
5:29:46argument has to be made that well it
5:29:48needs the context and it needs to
5:29:50understand what we're doing. But still
5:29:5198.5% is crazy. So take a quick look at
5:29:54this graphic here. Along the x-axis we
5:29:56have message number and as it increases
5:29:58you can see that we have our per message
5:30:00cost and our cumulative tokens
5:30:02increasing. But it's not linear. It's
5:30:04basically each message is rereading all
5:30:06of the past ones and it has to count
5:30:08that in. So message one could be 500,
5:30:10message 30 could be 15,500 which is 31
5:30:13times more. And then after 30 messages
5:30:14you might already be at almost a quarter
5:30:16million cumulative tokens. Now on top of
5:30:18all of your own messages, Claude will
5:30:20also reload your cloud.MD, your MCP
5:30:23servers, your system prompts, your
5:30:24skills, your files on every single turn.
5:30:26And this is invisible overhead, but it
5:30:28is constantly dripping into your context
5:30:30and your tokens. And a really important
5:30:32thing to realize is that bloated context
5:30:33doesn't just cost you more money, but it
5:30:35also produces worse output. So you're
5:30:37paying more and you're getting less.
5:30:38There's this phenomenon called loss in
5:30:40the middle, which basically says that
5:30:42models are paying the most attention in
5:30:44the beginning of your session and kind
5:30:45of at the end. So all that stuff in the
5:30:47middle of your session, kind of in this
5:30:48dip is getting ignored. All right, so
5:30:51now that we kind of understand a little
5:30:52bit more about how cloud code works and
5:30:53how tokens work, let's move into the
5:30:55hacks. We're going to start here with
5:30:56tier one hacks. These are the ones that
5:30:58are going to be super easy to implement
5:31:00and everyone should be able to
5:31:01understand. So, we've got nine of these.
5:31:03Number one is to start fresh
5:31:05conversations. Use slashclear between
5:31:08unrelated tasks. Don't carry context
5:31:10about topic A into a conversation about
5:31:12topic B. So, every single message in a
5:31:14long chat is exponentially more
5:31:16expensive than the same message in a
5:31:17fresh chat. So, this one habit is the
5:31:20number one thing that extends your
5:31:21session life. And it's pretty obvious
5:31:23based on what we just talked about. So,
5:31:25that's why this was number one. Okay,
5:31:27number two is to disconnect MCP servers.
5:31:30Every single connected MCP server loads
5:31:32all of its tool definitions into your
5:31:34context on every message. This is
5:31:36another source of completely invisible
5:31:38tokens that might just be eating up and
5:31:39eating away. So, one server alone might
5:31:42be something like 18,000 tokens per
5:31:44message. So, run MCP at the start of
5:31:47each session and disconnect the ones
5:31:48that you don't need. And better yet, if
5:31:50you're able to find CLIs for something,
5:31:52so for example, rather than having the
5:31:53Google Workspace or Google Calendar MCP
5:31:56server, which eats a lot of tokens, just
5:31:58use the Google Workspace CLI. It's
5:32:00faster, it's cheaper, and I think the
5:32:02future is moving towards having our
5:32:04agents use CLIs rather than MCPs. All
5:32:07right, number three, batch prompts into
5:32:09one message. Three separate messages
5:32:12cost three times what one combined
5:32:13message costs because of the way the
5:32:15tokens work, right? Instead of summarize
5:32:18this as one message and then now extract
5:32:20the issues, now suggest a fix, send it
5:32:22all in one prompt. If clog gets
5:32:24something slightly wrong, edit your
5:32:25original message and regenerate instead
5:32:27of sending a full follow-up correction.
5:32:29Follow-ups stack onto history
5:32:31permanently while edits replace the bad
5:32:33exchange entirely. Now, I will say there
5:32:35is an argument to be made here that
5:32:37potentially doing it this way where
5:32:39you're doing task one, task two, then
5:32:41task three might actually be better
5:32:43output quality. I think it depends on
5:32:45the actual use case. Basically, the idea
5:32:47would be if you can give AI one specific
5:32:49task at a time, it's going to do better
5:32:51because it's more specialized and it's
5:32:52more focused. But this is definitely
5:32:54something that you should be aware of.
5:32:55Okay, number four is to use plan mode
5:32:57before any real task. This lets Claude
5:32:59map out the approach, ask you the right
5:33:01questions, and it prevents the single
5:33:03biggest source of token waste, which is
5:33:04just having Claude go down the wrong
5:33:06path, writing code, and then basically
5:33:08everything that it just did, you have to
5:33:10basically like scrap and redo. It's just
5:33:11a huge waste of time and tokens. So, you
5:33:13can add something like this to your
5:33:14cloudmd. Do not make any changes until
5:33:16you have 95% confidence in what you need
5:33:18to build. Ask me follow-up questions
5:33:20until you reach that confidence level.
5:33:22This is something that I'm putting into
5:33:23all of my cloudmds when I am having it
5:33:26help me build things. Number five, we
5:33:28have run/context and /cost. /context
5:33:31shows you exactly what's eating your
5:33:32tokens right now. So, your conversation
5:33:34history, your MCP overhead, loaded
5:33:36files, stuff like that. And /cost shows
5:33:39you your actual token usage and
5:33:41estimated spend for that current
5:33:42session. Most people have no idea where
5:33:44their tokens are going. And these two
5:33:46commands make the invisible visible
5:33:48because if you don't actually know that
5:33:50you're bleeding because of MCPS, then
5:33:51how would you be able to fix that? So,
5:33:53when you run /context, this is what it
5:33:55will look like. It'll basically give you
5:33:56a screenshot of how many tokens you're
5:33:59at, what is the cap, and it will
5:34:01estimate based on the different
5:34:02categories. And what I did here is this
5:34:04was ran in a completely fresh session,
5:34:06no chats. So, what that tells me is,
5:34:08okay, before I even talk to Claude, I'm
5:34:10already down 51,000 tokens because of
5:34:13things like the system prompt, the
5:34:14system tools, my custom agents, my
5:34:16skills, memory files, and here I've
5:34:19actually cleared out all the MCPS, so
5:34:20there wasn't anything in there, but
5:34:22those can, like I said, completely blow
5:34:24up your tokens right from the get- go.
5:34:26Okay, number six is to set up a status
5:34:28line. This kind of goes handinhand with
5:34:30having more visibility. You only
5:34:32actually see this in your terminal,
5:34:33though, so you will have to do it there.
5:34:34Um, and it basically lets you see what's
5:34:37going on. So, right here, you can see in
5:34:38my terminal, I've got this set up so
5:34:39that I can see the model I'm using. I
5:34:41can see a visual kind of progress bar of
5:34:44my usage. And then I can see uh 5% of my
5:34:47whole 1 million context window. And I
5:34:50can see 52,000 tokens out of a,000,000,
5:34:53which is a million. And just to clarify,
5:34:54this isn't my session, like my 5 hour
5:34:56session. This is basically just
5:34:58indicating that I'm 5% of the way or 52K
5:35:01out of a,000K. So all you have to do is
5:35:03include code in the terminal do /st
5:35:05status line and explain that you want to
5:35:07replicate this setup. Number seven is
5:35:09just super simple but keep your
5:35:11dashboard open. Same thing with
5:35:12visibility. You might run into issues
5:35:14with your limit and just get hit out of
5:35:16nowhere. But if you have it pulled up
5:35:18next to you or you have it ready so that
5:35:19you can switch into that tab and you
5:35:20know check every 20 40 minutes then
5:35:23you're going to be able to pace yourself
5:35:24a little bit better. You could even set
5:35:26up a automation to basically check in on
5:35:28it every 30 minutes and send you like a
5:35:30text or a Slack message and say, "Hey,
5:35:32by the way, you're getting near your
5:35:35usage." All right, so number eight, we
5:35:37have be smart with pasting. Before you
5:35:39drop a document or a file or something
5:35:41large, just ask yourself, does Claude
5:35:44need to read this whole thing? Sometimes
5:35:45it does. Sometimes it needs that full
5:35:46context, but sometimes it just needs one
5:35:48section or one page. So if the bug is in
5:35:51one function, then paste just that
5:35:52function. or if it just needs the
5:35:54context of one little paragraph, just
5:35:55paste that. Claude needs to be precise
5:35:57about what it reads, but you also need
5:35:58to be precise about what you feed it.
5:36:00And number nine, our last tier one hack
5:36:02is to actually watch Claude code work.
5:36:05Don't just fire off a prompt and walk
5:36:06away or switch tabs. Watch what Claude
5:36:08is doing, especially on longer tasks.
5:36:10And this is because if you actually sit
5:36:12and watch it, sometimes you'll realize
5:36:13it's going down the wrong path.
5:36:14Sometimes it gets stuck in its own
5:36:16loops, rereads the same files, things
5:36:18like that. So, if it's doing that, you
5:36:20might as well just stop it right there.
5:36:22Kind of the same idea as plan mode. Why
5:36:24would you let it go down the wrong path,
5:36:25waste all your tokens, and then just
5:36:27have to scrap it all in a bad loop? 80%
5:36:29of the tokens are being used, producing
5:36:32zero value. So, if you're able to just
5:36:34watch your session run until you know
5:36:36it's going down the right path, it could
5:36:37save you thousands of tokens. All right,
5:36:39let's kick it up a little bit. Let's
5:36:40move into our tier 2 hacks. And for
5:36:42these ones, we have five of them. So,
5:36:44number one is to keep your claw.md file
5:36:47lean. Place it in your project route,
5:36:49whether that is globally or in in local
5:36:51project. Claude auto reads it at the
5:36:53start of every single chat as system
5:36:55context. So keep it under 200 lines.
5:36:58Include things like your text stack,
5:36:59your coding conventions, your build
5:37:00commands, the 95% confidence rule, only
5:37:03the most important things. And you need
5:37:05to treat this like an index route to
5:37:07where more data lives. And it's a
5:37:09complete mindset shift. This file
5:37:10basically just tells Cloud Code where is
5:37:12everything that it needs and what to do
5:37:14every single time. So it can point to
5:37:16files that are huge, but that way it
5:37:17just says, "Okay, I don't need this
5:37:18right now, but if I do need this, I know
5:37:20exactly where to look." And because it
5:37:22knows exactly where to look, it's not
5:37:23going to waste time or tokens searching
5:37:25through and reading other files. It's
5:37:26just able to grab it right there by the
5:37:28file name. And the reason I say this is
5:37:29a mindset shift because you should be
5:37:31doing this with other things, not just
5:37:32your cloudmd, with your skills or with
5:37:34your um, you know, master reference
5:37:36guide sheets. I saw someone talking
5:37:38about how they created an index that's
5:37:39super super lean and it shows cloud code
5:37:42exactly where to go in the cloud code
5:37:44documentation. So if it needs help with
5:37:46something related to cloud code, it
5:37:47doesn't have to search through the whole
5:37:48database. It can just say, "Okay, here's
5:37:50my index file. I know exactly which URL
5:37:52to look up at." Super simple. You want
5:37:54to keep this lean and trim it all the
5:37:55time. It's always a work in progress
5:37:57because every single chat, not just like
5:37:59your session, every single message,
5:38:00CloudMD gets read. So if your CloudMD
5:38:03file is a thousand lines, every single
5:38:05time you shoot off a message, even if
5:38:07you just say hi, the whole thing's going
5:38:09to get read. Okay. Number two here is to
5:38:11be surgical with file references. Don't
5:38:13just say something like here's my whole
5:38:14repo, go find the bug. Say something
5:38:16more like check the verify user function
5:38:18inside the off.js file. Or you can also
5:38:22use at file name to point at specific
5:38:24files instead of once again letting
5:38:26claude explore freely. The whole idea of
5:38:28being specific and routing. All right.
5:38:30So number three, I'm saying to compact
5:38:32at around 60% capacity. Autocompact
5:38:35triggers at like 95% by which point your
5:38:37context is already pretty degraded. So
5:38:39run /context to check your capacity
5:38:41percentage or you should have the status
5:38:42line set up and at about 60% just run
5:38:45the slash compact with specific
5:38:47instructions on what it should actually
5:38:48be preserving. After three to four
5:38:50compacts in a row the quality does start
5:38:52to degrade. So at that point once you've
5:38:54done three or four just get a session
5:38:56summary/clear
5:38:58give the session summary back and then
5:38:59keep going. All right so number four
5:39:01short breaks are actually costing you.
5:39:04Cloud code uses prompt chaining to avoid
5:39:06reprocessing unchanged context, but the
5:39:08cache has a fiveminute timeout. So if
5:39:10you step away and you come back and it's
5:39:12been longer than 5 minutes, your next
5:39:14message reprocesses everything from
5:39:15scratch at full cost. And that is why
5:39:18some people feel like their usage just
5:39:19randomly spikes if they might have, you
5:39:21know, stepped away and came back. So if
5:39:23you're going to do that, just consider
5:39:24doing a /compact or a sl before you step
5:39:27away. All right, number five, command
5:39:29output bloat. When Claude runs shell
5:39:32commands, the full output enters your
5:39:33context window. So if you have a command
5:39:36that it comes back with 200 commits or
5:39:38you know just tons and tons of data,
5:39:40then all of that is tokens that gets
5:39:43sent to your model. So really the
5:39:45takeaway here is to be intentional about
5:39:46what you let Claude run. If you know in
5:39:48a certain project that it doesn't need
5:39:50to use certain commands, then you can go
5:39:51ahead and in that project deny those
5:39:54permissions. And this is another one
5:39:56that seems like it's invisible because
5:39:57when it runs like a bash or, you know,
5:39:59certain commands, it basically just has
5:40:01like one line and you don't actually see
5:40:03all the tokens that it has, you know,
5:40:05sent there. All right, so I'm sitting
5:40:07here editing this video and there's just
5:40:09one more thing that I wanted to get off
5:40:10my chest and it's basically about
5:40:13hitting your limit. And you know, the
5:40:15goal of this video and your goal should
5:40:16be to optimize so that you don't hit
5:40:18your limit. But I don't think that you
5:40:20should associate hitting your limit with
5:40:21like it shouldn't be a negative
5:40:23connotation because ultimately if you're
5:40:25doing a lot of these hacks and you are
5:40:28not just like being wasteful with tokens
5:40:31then hitting your limit is actually a
5:40:32good thing if you think about it because
5:40:33it means that you are using this tool so
5:40:36much and I think that's what you want to
5:40:37be. I think you want to be a power user
5:40:40of this tool to the point where it's
5:40:41like got to wait again and you know
5:40:44waiting sucks but people that are using
5:40:47it so much are going to be so much more
5:40:49productive and so much farther ahead
5:40:51than people who are never hitting their
5:40:53limits you know not make not getting
5:40:55their their money's worth and not truly
5:40:59getting the leverage that you are now
5:41:00getting. So anyways, quick little raw
5:41:02rant there, but I think it's an
5:41:04important mindset shift to have. You
5:41:05know, just something to think about. All
5:41:07right, so we're moving on to tier three
5:41:09now. I hope you guys feel like you
5:41:11already have a lot of things that you
5:41:12want to implement and these ones are
5:41:14getting a little crazier as well. So
5:41:15we've got four of these here and I've
5:41:16got a few bonus ones also, but number
5:41:18one is to pick the right model. So
5:41:20sonnet for your default most coding
5:41:22work, haiku for sub aents, formatting,
5:41:24simple tasks, opus for deep
5:41:26architectural planning, and only when
5:41:27sonnet wasn't enough. Try to keep this
5:41:29under 20% of usage or unless you just
5:41:31really really need it for that project.
5:41:33Now, a little tip here is when you have
5:41:34a huge code base and you want to do
5:41:36certain things like maybe a review, then
5:41:38try bringing in codecs. There is an
5:41:40official plugin now and I made a video
5:41:41about this. I'll tag that right up here.
5:41:43But you could basically have, you know,
5:41:44Opus and Sonnet working together to
5:41:46build you, you know, a project or a
5:41:48codebase and then you could just bring
5:41:49in codeex to actually review everything
5:41:50and that way you're saving yourself on
5:41:53the clawed tokens. The next one, number
5:41:55two here, is the cost of sub agents.
5:41:58Agent workflows use roughly seven to 10
5:42:00times more tokens than a standard single
5:42:01agent session. Now, why is that? Because
5:42:04they wake up with their own full context
5:42:06and it's a separate instance. So, they
5:42:08basically have to reload everything when
5:42:10you start up the new session. All of
5:42:12those files, all of the system tools,
5:42:14like everything like that. Now, what you
5:42:15can do though, which is helpful, is to
5:42:17delegate to sub agents for one-off
5:42:18tasks, especially if you want that
5:42:20one-off task to use Haiku. So maybe you
5:42:22need to process a lot of information or
5:42:24maybe you need to do a ton of research
5:42:25and get just like a summary back. Now
5:42:27yes, tokens are still tokens no matter
5:42:29what at the end of the day, but if you
5:42:31can make 80% of your tokens a cheaper
5:42:33model rather than 80% of your tokens an
5:42:35expensive model, then you're going to be
5:42:37saving money. And then of course agent
5:42:39teams are cool. Um sometimes I really do
5:42:41actually like them and it helps me get
5:42:43more higher quality outputs, but they're
5:42:46very very expensive. So try to use them
5:42:48very sparingly. All right, so number
5:42:50three is to understand peak hours. So we
5:42:53just talked about at the beginning how
5:42:54they've adjusted how fast your 5 hour
5:42:56session window drains based on demand
5:42:58during the peak hours, which are 8:00
5:43:00a.m. to 2:00 p.m. Eastern time on
5:43:02weekdays. But off peak, this is when
5:43:05your usage is kind of either normal or
5:43:07it lasts a little longer. And these are
5:43:09afternoons, evenings, weekends. So, if
5:43:11you actually think about this
5:43:12strategically, maybe you want to make
5:43:14sure that you're running big refactors
5:43:16or multi- aent sessions or big projects
5:43:18during off- peak hours only. Otherwise,
5:43:20you're going to, you know, drain right
5:43:22through that peak session. And on top of
5:43:24this, we'll call this a little hack 3.5,
5:43:27which is the one I kind of alluded to
5:43:28earlier when I said, hey, just keep open
5:43:30your clot account so you can see your
5:43:31usage at all times. If you're near a
5:43:33reset and you have room left in your
5:43:35allocation, then go heavy. Try to hit
5:43:36that usage limit before it resets. Get
5:43:39your money's worth. Let your agents go
5:43:40loose at that point. And on the other
5:43:42side, if you're getting near your limit,
5:43:44but you still have lots of time, then
5:43:46step away. This is your time to take a
5:43:48break, take a walk, make some lunch,
5:43:50come back with a full budget instead of
5:43:52burning the last 5% on something small
5:43:54and getting stuck mid task and having to
5:43:56just kind of, you know, lose that flow
5:43:58state that you might have been in. Okay.
5:44:00Number four, your systems constitution,
5:44:03which is claw.md. This should contain
5:44:05stable decisions, architecture rules,
5:44:07and progress summaries. Think of it like
5:44:09the source of truth that makes every
5:44:10prompt shorter and shorter. Save
5:44:12decisions, not conversations. Every
5:44:14architectural call that you store there
5:44:16is a paragraph that you never have to
5:44:17type again. So, this builds on top of
5:44:19the way that you were thinking about it
5:44:20back in tier 1. You can add rules in
5:44:23there that basically tell it, "Hey, I
5:44:24want you to help me make sure I'm being
5:44:26smart about tokens. Use sub agents for
5:44:28any exploration or research. If a task
5:44:30needs three plus files or multi-file
5:44:32analysis, spawn a sub aent and only
5:44:34return summarized insights. Spawn that
5:44:36sub aent in Haiku. And here's a little
5:44:38prompt that I have at the bottom of
5:44:39mycloud.mmd. And I will say before I
5:44:42read this out, you have to be careful
5:44:43because when you make a file like this,
5:44:46um, kind of self-learning or
5:44:47self-evolving, you have to check on it
5:44:49frequently because you don't want it to
5:44:50accidentally get too bloated. But here I
5:44:52said applied learning. When something
5:44:54fails repeatedly, when Nate has to
5:44:56reexplain, or when a workaround is found
5:44:57for a platform tool or limitation, add a
5:45:00oneline bullet here. Keep each bullet
5:45:02under 15 words. No explanations. Only
5:45:04add things that will save time in future
5:45:05sessions. And then it's got some
5:45:06bullets. Now, I'm not saying this is the
5:45:08most optimal prompt, but I think this
5:45:10sort of system of having your Claudetm
5:45:13MD actually learn and continuously think
5:45:15about how it can save you time and
5:45:17tokens is a good idea to play with. All
5:45:19right, so I know that we just went
5:45:20through a ton of stuff. This whole slide
5:45:22deck will be available for download for
5:45:24free in my free school community. The
5:45:26link for that will be down in the
5:45:27description. But right now, what you
5:45:28should go do are these things. Go
5:45:30run/context, see what it looks like. Go
5:45:33to some of your active sessions.
5:45:34Run/cost status line. Make sure it's
5:45:36showing your model, your context
5:45:38percentage, and your token count. Make
5:45:39sure you pull up your clog usage
5:45:41dashboard so you can see your remaining
5:45:42allocation and what time it resets.
5:45:45Disconnect unused MCP servers. Start
5:45:47complex tasks in plan mode. Use/clear
5:45:50when you're switching to an unrelated
5:45:51task. Manually compact at 60% context.
5:45:55Batch your multi-step instructions into
5:45:57single messages. And schedule heavy
5:45:59sessions for off- peak hours. and really
5:46:01just be mindful about the actual timing.
5:46:03So, I wanted to kind of leave you guys
5:46:04with one maybe two messages. The first
5:46:06thing is just the idea that there is a
5:46:09balance between quality and cost. And
5:46:12so, that's kind of a game that you have
5:46:13to play a little bit. And sometimes you
5:46:14do have to go for the higher quality,
5:46:15which ultimately is going to cost you
5:46:16more money. And that's just the way it
5:46:18works. But the other thing is just to
5:46:19keep it simple and think about what we
5:46:22talked about at the beginning of this
5:46:23video, how tokens actually work, how
5:46:25Claude Code actually charges you. Most
5:46:27people don't need a bigger plan. they
5:46:28need to stop resending their entire
5:46:30conversation history 30 times when you
5:46:32could just send it, you know, five
5:46:33times. It's not a limits problem. It's a
5:46:35context hygiene problem. So, look at
5:46:37this. On this day, I saved 91 million
5:46:39tokens because of cache read. And in the
5:46:41past week, I've saved over 300 million
5:46:43tokens because of it. Now, don't freak
5:46:44out. This isn't anything that you have
5:46:46to go change. This is happening
5:46:47automatically if you are using Claude
5:46:49Code or Claude. And I know that the
5:46:50concept of prompt caching might seem a
5:46:52little bit overwhelming, but today I'm
5:46:53going to make it as simple as possible
5:46:54and only really tell you what you need
5:46:56to know in order to make sure that you
5:46:57are saving your session limits and
5:46:59saving tokens. I'll also give you guys
5:47:00this entire token dashboard for free so
5:47:02you can actually start tracking your
5:47:03tokens a little bit better. Anyways, so
5:47:04let's talk about prompt caching, why
5:47:06your sessions burn out, and how to stop
5:47:08it. So what does caching actually cost
5:47:10you? Well, cached tokens only cost you
5:47:1210% of normal input. So all the tokens
5:47:15that are getting cached are saving you a
5:47:16ton of money. So, if we go back to this
5:47:18example, on this day when I had 91
5:47:20million tokens cached, that costed me
5:47:23only as if I was processing about 9
5:47:25million of those tokens. The cache
5:47:26window on a cloud subscription is an
5:47:28hour. Meaning, if you're working with
5:47:30cloud code and you don't touch it for an
5:47:31hour and then you send another message,
5:47:33everything in that session gets
5:47:35uncashed. So, if you leave a session
5:47:37sitting for an hour or longer, then
5:47:39you're going to pay more for it. And if
5:47:40you're using Claude via API or sub
5:47:42agents, then the TTL or the time to live
5:47:44is only 5 minutes. You can change that,
5:47:46but it's just a little bit more
5:47:47expensive. You can bump it up to an hour
5:47:48if you want. But for claude code inside
5:47:50of your terminal or your extension,
5:47:51whatever it is, that's an hour. And now
5:47:53here's a quote from Thoric from
5:47:54Enthropic. He said that we actually run
5:47:56alerts on our prompt cache hit rate and
5:47:58declare SUVs if they're too low. So
5:48:00basically them saying, "We take this
5:48:01stuff really, really seriously and if we
5:48:03see that the hit rate isn't very high
5:48:05for users cloud code caching, then we do
5:48:08something about it immediately." And
5:48:09that's very nice of them. But also, of
5:48:11course, it benefits themselves because
5:48:13with a high cash hit rate, cloud code
5:48:15feels faster. Their serving cost is
5:48:17lower. Subscription limits feel more
5:48:19generous, you know, because you're using
5:48:20less. And long coding sessions stay
5:48:23practical. And then if you have low cash
5:48:25hit rate, this is what happens. And
5:48:26obviously, it's just a lose-lose for
5:48:28everybody. And that's why I said like
5:48:30prompt caching can get very, very
5:48:32complex. And if you want to check out
5:48:34more, then I'll link this article right
5:48:35here, which Thor really goes into some
5:48:38depth here. But if you read this, at
5:48:39least when I did, I was like, "Okay,
5:48:40this is a little bit overwhelming." I
5:48:42have a feeling I don't actually need to
5:48:43know all of this, but I do need to know
5:48:45at least a little bit, at least, you
5:48:46know, the 8020 of prompt caching so that
5:48:48I can get the most out of my session
5:48:50limits. And that's what I'm going to
5:48:51break down today. So, let's take a look
5:48:53at an example of how this actually
5:48:55grows. So, by default, when you shoot
5:48:58off a message to Claude, there's going
5:49:00to be some information that needs to be
5:49:01cached right away. And actually, let me
5:49:02just switch back to one of Thor's
5:49:04graphics real quick. You can see here
5:49:05that we have the base system
5:49:07instructions get globally cached. We
5:49:09have tools like read, write, bash, grap,
5:49:11glob globally cached. We have per memory
5:49:13or sorry per project things like
5:49:15cloud.mmd in memory and that gets cached
5:49:17per project. We've got session state and
5:49:19then we have user messages which grow
5:49:21each turn. So now that we take this into
5:49:25context and we flip back over here, this
5:49:26is what it looks like. This is an
5:49:28example where we have four turns. So on
5:49:30turn one there's no cache. Basically
5:49:31we're matching on a prefix. So don't
5:49:33really have to worry about what that
5:49:35means, but I might mention that later.
5:49:37So anyways, on turn one, there's
5:49:39nothing, right? We're opening up a fresh
5:49:40session. We load in the system prompt,
5:49:42the project context, and we shoot off
5:49:44our first message. And all of this is
5:49:46kind of in this like brown highlight
5:49:48border, which means that this is new,
5:49:50and it has to be fully processed, and
5:49:52it's being written to the cache here. So
5:49:55before I continue down this graphic in
5:49:57this dashboard, you can see that we have
5:49:59the difference between cache create and
5:50:01cache read. So on these days you can see
5:50:03what are my input tokens, my output
5:50:05tokens and my cash create. And then over
5:50:07here you can see my daily cash reads.
5:50:08And just a quick explanation a cash
5:50:10create is writing something into cache
5:50:13for the first time. It's a one-time cost
5:50:15and it pays off the next turn unless of
5:50:17course everything gets uncashed. And the
5:50:18cash read is tokens that claude reused
5:50:20from a cache like your claw.mmd or some
5:50:23of the files or some of the global
5:50:24system instructions. And these are the
5:50:26things that are 10 times cheaper than
5:50:28fresh input. So anyways, on turn two,
5:50:31given that we're within that 1 hour TTL
5:50:33window, everything here is already in
5:50:36context. So it's cached and then all
5:50:37that Claude actually has to process for
5:50:39the first time is reply one and message
5:50:42two and it caches that. So then down
5:50:44here in turn three, all of that's cached
5:50:46and we are bumping up a reply and a
5:50:48message and those are the things that
5:50:49only get processed each time. But if we
5:50:51waited an hour and then we sent another
5:50:53message or if we change the system
5:50:55prompt then everything from the very
5:50:57beginning has to get fully reached. So
5:51:00imagine if you were on message like you
5:51:02know 16 and you're way way way over here
5:51:04on the right and you change the system
5:51:05prompt or you wait an hour then
5:51:07everything getting reached is going to
5:51:10be a pretty expensive move that you just
5:51:11made. So anyways once again we have the
5:51:13system layer, the project layer and the
5:51:15conversation layer. The system layer has
5:51:16instructions, tool definitions, output
5:51:18style, and here's where it might break.
5:51:21The project level or the project layer
5:51:23has cloudmd, memory, and rules, and then
5:51:25here's when that might break. And then
5:51:27we have, of course, the conversation,
5:51:28which is just like the replies and the
5:51:30messages, which gets reached every time,
5:51:32but that's how it should be. So, here's
5:51:34where there's been some confusion among
5:51:36the community. So, how long does the
5:51:39cache snapshot live, which is kind of
5:51:41called the TTL, the time to live. So on
5:51:43your cloud subscription, you have an
5:51:46hour by default because it uses your
5:51:47subscription. But if you go over that
5:51:49weekly limit and you are now playing in
5:51:51your extra usage territory where you are
5:51:53paying per token API, then by default
5:51:56that will be 5 minutes, which is very
5:51:58dangerous. If you're managing multiple
5:52:00sessions and you're constantly reaching
5:52:01everything because five minutes is
5:52:03passing, you got to be careful about
5:52:05that. And people were kind of
5:52:06suspicious. I don't know if you remember
5:52:07like a month or so ago when everyone was
5:52:09complaining about their Clawude uh
5:52:10subscriptions how quick they were eating
5:52:12it up. People thought maybe that they
5:52:14switched the cash TTL from an hour to 5
5:52:17minutes without like saying anything to
5:52:18anybody. It turns out they didn't. So it
5:52:21is an hour but that's just like you know
5:52:23there was a lot of confusion around that
5:52:24and I get why because honestly it's not
5:52:26super clear. Like if you're on an API,
5:52:28you have 5 minutes by default, but you
5:52:30can increase the cost and you can do an
5:52:33hour and then your sub agents on any
5:52:34plan are going to be 5 minutes. And for
5:52:36some reason, all of this is documented
5:52:37about cloud code and the API, which are
5:52:39two very different things. But the
5:52:41claw.ai like on the web, we don't know
5:52:44exactly how that works. At least I
5:52:45haven't found documentation on that
5:52:47exact. I'm assuming it's the same as
5:52:49your subscription, but I don't know 100%
5:52:51for for fact. Anyways, three habits that
5:52:54cover 95% of people. Don't pause too
5:52:56long. So if you've gone over an hour on
5:52:59a session, just hand it off to a new
5:53:01session. Obviously, start fresh when you
5:53:03switch tasks. So do a slash compact,
5:53:05which will break the cache, or do a
5:53:07slash clear. Or you can also use my
5:53:08session handoff skill, which I will
5:53:10include as well for free. So both the
5:53:13token dashboard, GitHub repo, and the
5:53:14skill will be in my free school
5:53:16community. The link for that down in the
5:53:17description. But basically what that
5:53:18means is, let's say right here, I've got
5:53:20this project which helps me build this
5:53:21HTML file you guys are looking at. It's
5:53:23got 205,000 tokens in here. And if I
5:53:25come in here and just do a session
5:53:26handoff, this basically summarizes
5:53:28everything we've done, all the important
5:53:30files that we've built, all of the open
5:53:31decisions, exactly where to pick back
5:53:33up. And then I basically am able to just
5:53:35copy that summary, do a slash clear, and
5:53:38then keep going. And it feels like I
5:53:39haven't actually lost anything. So that
5:53:41has been basically my replacement for
5:53:42doing /compact. I've just enjoyed doing
5:53:44this better. And sometimes the compact
5:53:46takes a long time. This typically
5:53:47doesn't take anywhere over a minute.
5:53:49There you go. So that is my session
5:53:51handoff. I do a /copy and then I just go
5:53:53ahead and clear that. Paste it in, hit
5:53:55enter, and now I'm basically right back
5:53:56where I was. And then this last one is
5:53:58for if you're using Claude chat
5:54:00specifically. If you're going to be
5:54:01pasting big documents in there, you're
5:54:03probably better off doing a project
5:54:04because like I said, I don't know
5:54:05exactly how the caching works in Cloud
5:54:07Chat. But we do have some confidence in
5:54:10saying that projects, those files are
5:54:13cached a little bit differently and
5:54:14probably more optimized for storing a
5:54:16bunch of documents compared to just
5:54:17dropping them into your cloud chat. So
5:54:19keep it alive, keep it focused, and
5:54:21start fresh when you switch. Now,
5:54:23there's a few other things that were a
5:54:24little bit confusing to me as far as
5:54:26like what breaks the cache. So the first
5:54:28one is if you switch the model. So you
5:54:31know, if you're in here and you're
5:54:32talking to Claude, hello, hello, hello.
5:54:34And then you go in here and you do a
5:54:36/model and you actually switch the
5:54:37model, that's going to reach everything.
5:54:39Because if you remember earlier, I said
5:54:40it's prefix matching, which I'm not
5:54:42going to dive into right now. But if you
5:54:44switch the model, then you are switching
5:54:46essentially the prefix and it can't
5:54:47match on that same cache. So if you
5:54:49switch the model, you are reaching
5:54:51everything. Now I do want to apologize
5:54:53for something here because if you do
5:54:54model opus plan, which is something that
5:54:57I've shown before in like token hacks
5:54:59videos, this basically means it uses
5:55:01opus for plan mode and then it switches
5:55:03to sonnet for the execution. But if you
5:55:06do that, just keep in mind that's
5:55:07actually going to break the cache
5:55:08because you're switching model halfway
5:55:10through. So right here you can see each
5:55:12model has its own cache. Switching with
5:55:13model means the next request reads the
5:55:15entire conversation history with no
5:55:17cache hits even though the context is
5:55:18identical. The opus plan model setting
5:55:20resolves to opus during plan mode and
5:55:22sonnet during execution. So each plan
5:55:24toggle is a model switch and starts a
5:55:26fresh cache. So it's very interesting
5:55:28because typically the point of that is
5:55:30to save your session limit and I think
5:55:31ultimately long run it does but it is
5:55:33important to understand that doing that
5:55:34does reset the cache. Now what you can
5:55:37do is you can edit your cloud. MD and
5:55:40you can do that mid session because the
5:55:41edit actually doesn't apply until you
5:55:43restart that session. So the cache stays
5:55:45safe. And then of course the cloud.AI
5:55:47projects caching. It's not exactly
5:55:48documented but pretty confident that it
5:55:51does help to drop docs in projects
5:55:52rather than in the chat. But anyways
5:55:54this token dashboard like I said is very
5:55:56helpful to just be able to understand
5:55:59get a little bit more visibility into
5:56:00your tokens. This does track your tokens
5:56:03on a local device. So, if you switch
5:56:05over to a laptop, then your dashboard is
5:56:07going to look different than on your
5:56:09main like PC or whatever you use, but
5:56:11it's very, very simple. It is a GitHub
5:56:12repo. You will go to my free school
5:56:13community. The link is in the
5:56:14description. You'll click on classroom.
5:56:16You'll click on all YouTube resources,
5:56:17and then you'll be able to find it right
5:56:19in there. And once you get that GitHub
5:56:20repo, all you have to do is give the
5:56:21link to cloud code and say, "Hey, this
5:56:23is a token dashboard. Set this up on a
5:56:25local host." Boom. You've got it open.
5:56:27And it will pull in all of your past
5:56:29sessions. So, it's not like you're going
5:56:30to start fresh. As soon as you uh, you
5:56:33know, link in this repo, it will read
5:56:35your past files and it will pull in your
5:56:36tokens. And then, of course, I will also
5:56:38include that session handoff skill that
5:56:40I just mentioned to you guys. So, I know
5:56:41this one was super quick. Hopefully,
5:56:42this one was helpful, though. Um, it's
5:56:44just important. Like I said, when I hear
5:56:47about stuff like this, I love to
5:56:48understand it to the point where I know
5:56:49how to use it and I know what's going on
5:56:51under the hood. But truthfully, if I
5:56:53looked at some of these other articles,
5:56:55like how in-depth they go and how much
5:56:57nuance there is, most of the stuff right
5:56:59now, I just don't need to know because
5:57:01I'm not using the the API in this way
5:57:03super heavily. So, the reason I wanted
5:57:04to throw that out there is because it's
5:57:06important to stay updated and follow
5:57:07things, but just understand what do you
5:57:09really need to know at its core. Okay.
5:57:13So, we've covered a lot in this course
5:57:14and I hope that you guys are kind of
5:57:16proud of how far you've come since the
5:57:18beginning where maybe you didn't even
5:57:19know what cloud code was up at the
5:57:21front. We've covered a lot of
5:57:22fundamentals. We've gone over a lot of
5:57:24different kind of skills and different
5:57:26things that you need to be aware of. And
5:57:27now we're really getting into the part
5:57:28where it's time to build your AI
5:57:30operating system. You've already kind of
5:57:32been building up your context and your
5:57:33second brain and your knowledge, but now
5:57:35you need to have an operating system
5:57:36where you actually are able to leverage
5:57:39all of that knowledge and become 10
5:57:41times more productive. And all of this
5:57:42is built on basically the four C's of
5:57:45building an AIOS as I like to call them.
5:57:47We have kind of these two, which is way
5:57:49more about the second brain element,
5:57:51context and connections. And then we
5:57:52have the capabilities and cadence. This
5:57:54is basically like the skills, the
5:57:56automations, the agents, and the
5:57:57routines and the deployments that
5:57:59actually make this thing work while you
5:58:00sleep. So, we've already spent multiple
5:58:02hours together in this course. So, I'm
5:58:03going to send you guys over to a
5:58:04different one. It's still completely
5:58:05free, and that is in my free school
5:58:07community. So, once you guys join this,
5:58:08or if you already have to grab all the
5:58:10skills and stuff, you're going to go to
5:58:11the classroom, and you're going to do
5:58:12the build your own AIOS course. It's a
5:58:152-hour course. It's going to walk you
5:58:17through the different mindsets around
5:58:19the AIOS and how you go from where you
Final Thoughts
5:58:20are right now to where you want to get
5:58:22to, which is probably something similar
5:58:24to me. But mine is still a work in
5:58:26progress. Every day, every week, every
5:58:27month, I'm adding so much stuff and I'm
5:58:29building it out. And this will never be
5:58:30a finished product. It's just going to
5:58:31be the way that I always work. And from
5:58:34there, if you guys enjoyed this course
5:58:36and you want to learn more and you want
5:58:37to connect with people who are building
5:58:39businesses or, you know, trying to get
5:58:40AI roles in companies, then definitely
5:58:42consider checking out our plus
5:58:44community. But anyways, that is going to
5:58:46do it for today. So, if you guys
5:58:48enjoyed, if you learned something new,
5:58:49please give it a like. It helps me out a
5:58:50ton. And I really, really appreciate you
5:58:51guys making it to the end of this course
5:58:53with me. And I hope to see you guys
5:58:54around in my communities or in future
5:58:56videos. Thanks so much, guys. Take care.